• Author / Uploaded
• Andrei Ghitiu

Citation preview

3900 Series Base Station

Cables Issue

04

Date

2017-10-27

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2017. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Address:

Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China

Website:

http://www.huawei.com

Email:

[email protected]

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

3900 Series Base Station Cables

About This Document

About This Document

Overview This document provides information about cables used in cabinets for 3900 series base stations, which includes the cable list and descriptions of cable connections and each cable. For information about cables for RRUs and AAUs, see the corresponding hardware description. The exteriors of components or cables in this document are for reference only. The actual exteriors may be different. NOTE

Unless otherwise specified, LTE refers to LTE (FDD), LTE (NB-IoT), or LTE (TDD), and eNodeB refers to an LTE (FDD) eNodeB, LTE (NB-IoT) eNodeB, or LTE (TDD) eNodeB in this document. The "L", "M", and "T" in RAT acronyms refer to LTE (FDD), LTE (NB-IoT), and LTE (TDD), respectively. For details about the LampSite solution, see DBS3900 LampSite Hardware Description.

Product Version The following table lists the product versions related to this document. Product

Solution Version

Product Version

BTS3900

l l l l

V100R008C00 and later

BTS3900A BTS3900L

SRAN8.0 and later GBSS15.0 and later RAN15.0 and later eRAN6.0 and later

BTS3900AL DBS3900

l SRAN8.0 and later l GBSS15.0 and later l RAN15.0 and later l eRAN6.0 and later l eRAN TDD 7.0 and later

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ii

3900 Series Base Station Cables

About This Document

Product

Solution Version

BTS3900C

l SRAN8.0 and later

Product Version

l RAN15.0 and later

Cabinets, components, and RATs described in this document are supported in V100R008C00 and later, except the special cases listed in the following table. Item

Solution Version

Product Version

l Quadruple-mode base station

SRAN8.1/GBSS15.1/ RAN15.1/eRAN6.1 and later

V100R008C01 and later

SRAN9.0/GBSS16.0/ RAN16.0/eRAN7.0/eRAN TDD 7.0 and later

V100R009C00 and later

SRAN10.0/GBSS17.0/ RAN17.0/eRAN8.0 and later

V100R010C00 and later

SRAN11.0/GBSS18.0/ RAN18.0/eRAN11.0/eRAN TDD 11.0 and later

V100R011C00 and later

SRAN11.1/GBSS18.1/ RAN18.1/eRAN11.1/eRAN TDD 11.1 and later

V100R011C10 and later

SRAN12.0/GBSS19.0/ RAN19.0/eRAN12.0/eRAN TDD 12.0 and later

V100R012C00 and later

SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ RAN19.1/eRAN12.1/eRAN TDD 12.1 and later

V100R012C10 and later

l IBC10 l BBU3910 l Second-level USU l APM30H (Ver.E) l TMC11H (Ver.E) l RFC (Ver.E) l IBBS200D (Ver.E) l IBBS200T (Ver.E) l BBU3910A l OPM50M l OPM15M l IBBS20D l IBBS300D (Ver.A) l IBBS300T (Ver.A) l USU3910 l IBBS20L l eBAT l WIUA l IBBS20L-E l OPM30M l UMPTe l UBBPei l RMU3900A l EPU02D l EPU02D-02 l MRE1000

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iii

3900 Series Base Station Cables

About This Document

Item

Solution Version

Product Version

l BTS3900(Ver.E_A~D)

SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ RAN19.1/eRAN12.1/eRAN TDD 12.1 and later

V100R012C10 and later

l BTS3900L(Ver.E_B~D) l IMB05 l ILC29 (Ver.E)

Intended Audience This document is intended for: l

System engineer

l

Base station installation personnel

l

Site maintenance personnel

Organization 1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables This chapter describes changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables. 2 Cable List This chapter describes cable lists for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, and BTS3900C base stations. 3 Cable Connections This chapter describes cable connections for 3900 series base station, including power cable connections, transmission cable connections, monitoring signal cable connections, BBU interconnection signal cable connections, CPRI cable connections, and RF cable connections. 4 PGND Cable PGND cables include PGND cables for cabinets and PGND cables for modules, which ensure grounding of cabinets and modules in the cabinets as well as safe operation of the base station. 5 Equipotential Cable Equipotential cables connect the PGND terminals of two cabinets. They ensure equipotential bonding between cabinets and safe operation of base stations. 6 Power Cables This section describes the exteriors, functions, and pin assignment of power cables in BTS3900A cabinets. 7 Transmission Cables This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of the transmission cables in a cabinet. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iv

3900 Series Base Station Cables

About This Document

8 Signal Cables This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of all signal cables in BTS3900A cabinets. 9 CPRI Cables This section describes CPRI cables, including CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables. 10 RF Cables This chapter describes the RF cables, including RF jumpers and inter-RFU RF signal cables.

Conventions Symbol Conventions The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Description

Symbol

Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss, performance deterioration, or unanticipated results. NOTICE is used to address practices not related to personal injury. Calls attention to important information, best practices and tips. NOTE is used to address information not related to personal injury, equipment damage, and environment deterioration.

General Conventions The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Convention

Description

Times New Roman

Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

v

3900 Series Base Station Cables

About This Document

Convention

Description

Boldface

Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in boldface. For example, log in as user root.

Italic

Book titles are in italics.

Courier New

Examples of information displayed on the screen are in Courier New.

Command Conventions The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Convention

Description

Boldface

The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

Italic

Command arguments are in italics.

[]

Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.

{ x | y | ... }

Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. One item is selected.

[ x | y | ... ]

Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.

{ x | y | ... }*

Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all items can be selected.

[ x | y | ... ]*

Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.

GUI Conventions The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Convention

Description

Boldface

Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles are in boldface. For example, click OK.

>

Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

Keyboard Operations The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

vi

3900 Series Base Station Cables

About This Document

Format

Description

Key

Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.

Key 1+Key 2

Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl +Alt+A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.

Key 1, Key 2

Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means the two keys should be pressed in turn.

Mouse Operations The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Action

Description

Click

Select and release the primary mouse button without moving the pointer.

Double-click

Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and quickly without moving the pointer.

Drag

Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the pointer to a certain position.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

vii

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Contents

Contents About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii 1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables............................................................................ 1 2 Cable List.......................................................................................................................................10 2.1 BTS3900 Cable List..................................................................................................................................................... 10 2.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Cable List......................................................................................................................................11 2.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cable List......................................................................................................................................18 2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List..................................................................................................................................... 25 2.2 BTS3900L Cable List................................................................................................................................................... 34 2.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Cable List................................................................................................................................... 35 2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cable List................................................................................................................................... 41 2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List................................................................................................................................... 48 2.3 BTS3900A Cable List.................................................................................................................................................. 56 2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List...................................................................................................................................56 2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List...................................................................................................................................67 2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List...................................................................................................................................78 2.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cable List................................................................................................................................... 91 2.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Cable List...........................................................................................................................106 2.3.6 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Cable List........................................................................................................................... 111 2.3.7 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2) Cable List.......................................................................................................................... 117 2.3.8 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1) Cable List.......................................................................................................................... 124 2.4 BTS3900AL Cable List.............................................................................................................................................. 129 2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List.............................................................................................................................. 129 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists................................................................................................................................................. 143 2.6 BTS3900C Cable List.................................................................................................................................................148 2.6.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Cable List............................................................................................................................. 148 2.6.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Cable List................................................................................................................................. 155

3 Cable Connections.....................................................................................................................163 3.1 Power Cable Connections...........................................................................................................................................163 3.1.1 BTS3900 Power Cable Connections....................................................................................................................... 164 3.1.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections........................................................................................................164 3.1.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections........................................................................................................168 3.1.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections....................................................................................................... 170 Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

viii

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Contents

3.1.2 BTS3900L Power Cable Connections..................................................................................................................... 175 3.1.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections..................................................................................................... 175 3.1.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections..................................................................................................... 176 3.1.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections..................................................................................................... 178 3.1.3 BTS3900A Power Cable Connections.................................................................................................................... 181 3.1.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections.....................................................................................................181 3.1.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections.....................................................................................................188 3.1.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections.....................................................................................................192 3.1.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Power Cable Connections..................................................................................................... 201 3.1.3.5 BTS3900A (Ver.D_A2) Power Cable Connections..............................................................................................212 3.1.3.6 BTS3900A (Ver.D_A1) Power Cable Connections..............................................................................................215 3.1.3.7 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2) Power Cable Connections.............................................................................................. 217 3.1.3.8 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1) Power Cable Connections.............................................................................................. 220 3.1.4 BTS3900AL Power Cable Connections.................................................................................................................. 223 3.1.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Power Cable Connections.................................................................................................. 223 3.1.5 Power Cable Connections in the DBS3900 (Using a BBU3900 or BBU3910)...................................................... 229 3.1.5.1 Power Cable Connections in an MRE1000 Used by a DBS3900........................................................................ 230 3.1.5.2 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)................................................................233 3.1.5.3 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D)............................................................... 236 3.1.5.4 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D_A2)........................................................ 253 3.1.5.5 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30(Ver.D_A1)............................................................ 255 3.1.5.6 When the BBU Is Installed in the APM30H (Ver.E_A2)..................................................................................... 257 3.1.5.7 When the BBU Is Installed in the APM30 (Ver.E_A1)........................................................................................ 260 3.1.5.8 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C)..............................262 3.1.5.9 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)................................................................275 3.1.5.10 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D)............................................................. 277 3.1.5.11 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C)............................ 279 3.1.5.12 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03........................................ 280 3.1.5.13 Power Cable Connections in an IMB05 Used by the DBS3900........................................................................ 285 3.1.5.14 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A........................................................................ 287 3.1.5.15 Power Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900............................................................................ 289 3.1.5.16 Power Cable Connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) Used by the DBS3900............................................................. 291 3.1.6 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Configured with a BBU3910A..............................................................292 3.1.7 BTS3900C Power Cable Connections.....................................................................................................................295 3.1.7.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Power Cable Connections................................................................................................. 295 3.1.7.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections..................................................................................................... 297 3.2 Transmission Cable Connections................................................................................................................................299 3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a Single-Mode Base Station...........................................................................300 3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Co-Transmission...................................... 309 3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Separate Transmission............................. 325 3.2.4 Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station..........................................................................334 3.2.5 Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station.................................................................. 338 Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ix

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Contents

3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections....................................................................................................................... 339 3.3.1 BTS3900 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................................... 340 3.3.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................... 340 3.3.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................... 345 3.3.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................... 347 3.3.2 BTS3900L Monitoring Signal Cable Connections..................................................................................................352 3.3.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................. 352 3.3.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................. 354 3.3.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections..................................................................................355 3.3.3 BTS3900A Monitoring Signal Cable Connections................................................................................................. 358 3.3.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections..................................................................................358 3.3.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections..................................................................................365 3.3.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections................................................................................. 373 3.3.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections..................................................................................379 3.3.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections........................................................................... 384 3.3.3.6 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections........................................................................... 387 3.3.3.7 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections........................................................................... 390 3.3.3.8 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections........................................................................... 393 3.3.4 BTS3900AL Monitoring Signal Cable Connections...............................................................................................397 3.3.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections............................................................................... 397 3.3.5 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the DBS3900 (Using a BBU3900 or BBU3910)................................... 404 3.3.5.1 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the MRE1000........................................................404 3.3.5.2 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)............................................ 407 3.3.5.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D)............................................ 410 3.3.5.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D_A2)..................................... 423 3.3.5.5 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30(Ver.D_A1)......................................... 426 3.3.5.6 When the BBU Is Installed in the APM30H (Ver.E_A2)..................................................................................... 428 3.3.5.7 When the BBU Is Installed in the APM30 (Ver.E_A1)........................................................................................ 430 3.3.5.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C)...........433 3.3.5.9 Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)........................................................439 3.3.5.10 Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D)..................................................... 440 3.3.5.11 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C)......... 441 3.3.5.12 Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03................................ 443 3.3.5.13 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IMB05 Used by the DBS3900..................................................... 449 3.3.5.14 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A.....................................................450 3.3.5.15 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900......................................................... 452 3.3.5.16 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) Used by the DBS5900..........................................454 3.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using a BBU3910A........................................................... 455 3.3.7 BTS3900C Monitoring Signal Cable Connections................................................................................................. 457 3.3.7.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Monitoring Signal Cable Connections..............................................................................458 3.3.7.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections..................................................................................459 3.4 Inter-BBU Signal Cable Connections.........................................................................................................................462 Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

x

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Contents

3.5 CPRI Cable Connections............................................................................................................................................ 464 3.5.1 CPRI Cable Connections in GSM Base Stations.....................................................................................................464 3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections in a UMTS Base Station................................................................................................. 469 3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for an LTE (FDD) and an LTE (TDD) Base Stations..................................................... 472 3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations.................................................................................477 3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL and a G*L Base Stations..................................................................................484 3.5.6 CPRI Cable Connections for a UL and a U*L Base Stations..................................................................................491 3.5.7 CPRI Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station........................................................................................497 3.5.8 CPRI Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station............................................................................... 512 3.6 RF Cable Connections................................................................................................................................................ 515 3.6.1 RF Cable Connection Description........................................................................................................................... 516 3.6.2 RF Cable Connections for the DRFU......................................................................................................................518 3.6.3 RF Cable Connections for the GRFU......................................................................................................................519 3.6.4 RF Cable Connections for the WRFU..................................................................................................................... 520 3.6.5 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUa................................................................................................................... 521 3.6.6 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUd................................................................................................................... 522 3.6.7 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUe................................................................................................................... 523 3.6.8 RF Cable Connections for the LRFU...................................................................................................................... 524 3.6.9 RF Cable Connections for the LRFUe.................................................................................................................... 525 3.6.10 RF Cable Connections for the MRFU................................................................................................................... 526 3.6.11 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUd................................................................................................................. 527 3.6.12 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUe................................................................................................................. 528 3.6.13 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUd.................................................................................................................. 529 3.6.14 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUe.................................................................................................................. 530 3.6.15 RF Cable Connections for Mixed RFU Configuration..........................................................................................531

4 PGND Cable............................................................................................................................... 534 5 Equipotential Cable.................................................................................................................. 538 6 Power Cables.............................................................................................................................. 541 6.1 Power Cables for Power Supply Devices................................................................................................................... 541 6.1.1 DCDU Power Cables...............................................................................................................................................541 6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable........................................................................................................................................ 541 6.1.1.2 DCDU-03B Power Cable..................................................................................................................................... 543 6.1.1.3 DCDU-03C Power Cable..................................................................................................................................... 544 6.1.1.4 DCDU-11A Power Cable..................................................................................................................................... 546 6.1.1.5 DCDU-11B Power Cable......................................................................................................................................548 6.1.1.6 DCDU-11C Power Cable......................................................................................................................................549 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable..................................................................................................................................... 551 6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable..................................................................................................................................... 553 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable..................................................................................................................................... 556 6.1.1.10 DCDU-13A Power Cable................................................................................................................................... 558 6.1.1.11 Power Cable Between Cascaded DCDU-13As.................................................................................................. 559 Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xi

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Contents

6.1.2 EPU/EPS/ETP Power Cables.................................................................................................................................. 560 6.1.2.1 EPS 01A or EPS 01C Power Cable...................................................................................................................... 560 6.1.2.2 EPS 01B or EPS 01D Power Cable...................................................................................................................... 562 6.1.2.3 EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 Power Cable............................................................................................................564 6.1.2.4 EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 Power Cable............................................................................................................566 6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable............................................................................................................568 6.1.2.6 EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 Power Cable............................................................................................................570 6.1.2.7 EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 Power Cable............................................................................................................572 6.1.2.8 EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 Power Cable............................................................................................................574 6.1.2.9 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 Power Cable................................................................................................................. 576 6.1.2.10 EPU03A-21 Power Cable................................................................................................................................... 578 6.1.2.11 ETP48100-A1 Power Cable................................................................................................................................579 6.1.2.12 EPS30-4815AF Power Cable............................................................................................................................. 580 6.1.2.13 EPS4890 Power Cable........................................................................................................................................580 6.1.2.14 EPS24S48100DC Power Cable.......................................................................................................................... 582 6.1.2.15 ETP48400 Power Cable......................................................................................................................................583 6.1.2.16 ETP48150-A3 Power Cable............................................................................................................................... 583 6.1.3 PDU Power Cables.................................................................................................................................................. 585 6.1.3.1 PDU10D-01 Power Cable.................................................................................................................................... 585 6.1.3.2 PDU05A-01 Power Cable.................................................................................................................................... 586 6.1.3.3 PDU03D-01 Power Cable.................................................................................................................................... 588 6.1.3.4 PDU08H-01 Power Cable.................................................................................................................................... 590 6.1.3.5 HSMU Power Cable for the PDU08H-01............................................................................................................ 591 6.1.4 Power Cables for Other Power Supply Devices...................................................................................................... 591 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.................................................................................................................. 591 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box........................................................................................................ 593 6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC................................................................................................ 596 6.1.4.4 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL.....................................................................................598 6.1.4.5 Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts...............................599 6.1.4.6 Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D Cabinets...........................................................................................600 6.1.4.7 IBBS20L Power Cable and Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20Ls............................................................601 6.1.4.8 Power Cable..........................................................................................................................................................602 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable............................................................................................................................................. 603 6.2 Power Cables for Monitoring Devices....................................................................................................................... 608 6.2.1 CMUEA Power Cable............................................................................................................................................. 608 6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable................................................................................................................................................ 609 6.2.3 CMUG Power Cable................................................................................................................................................610 6.2.4 CCU Power Cable....................................................................................................................................................611 6.2.5 CCU01D-03 Power Cable....................................................................................................................................... 612 6.2.6 HEUA Power Cable.................................................................................................................................................613 6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable.................................................................................................................................................613 6.3 Power Cables for Temperature Control Devices........................................................................................................ 614 Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xii

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Contents

6.3.1 Power Cables for Fan Assemblies........................................................................................................................... 614 6.3.1.1 FAN Power Cables............................................................................................................................................... 614 6.3.1.2 FAN 01A Power Cables........................................................................................................................................615 6.3.1.3 FAN 01B Power Cable......................................................................................................................................... 616 6.3.1.4 FAN 01C Power Cable......................................................................................................................................... 617 6.3.1.5 FAN 01D Power Cable......................................................................................................................................... 618 6.3.1.6 FAN 02A Power Cable......................................................................................................................................... 618 6.3.1.7 FAN 02B Power Cable......................................................................................................................................... 619 6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable......................................................................................................................................... 620 6.3.1.9 FAN 03B Power Cable......................................................................................................................................... 621 6.3.1.10 FAN 03C Power Cable....................................................................................................................................... 622 6.3.1.11 FAN 02E Power Cable........................................................................................................................................623 6.3.2 FAU03D-02 Power Cable........................................................................................................................................624 6.3.3 FAU03D-01 Power Cable........................................................................................................................................625 6.3.4 FAU01D-05 Power Cable........................................................................................................................................626 6.3.4.1 ETP48100-B1 Power Cable..................................................................................................................................627 6.3.4.2 FAN 03D Power Cable......................................................................................................................................... 628 6.3.5 Transfer Power Cable for the Fan Assembly...........................................................................................................628 6.3.6 Power Cable for an AC Heater................................................................................................................................ 629 6.3.7 Power Cable for a Heating Film.............................................................................................................................. 631 6.3.8 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System................................................................................................ 632 6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable.......................................................................................................................................633 6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D...................................................................................................................... 633 6.3.11 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D.......................................................................................................................636 6.3.12 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T..................................................................................................................... 637 6.3.13 TEC Power Cables in the IBBS300T.................................................................................................................... 640 6.3.14 Power Cable for a Heat Exchanger in the Front Door...........................................................................................641 6.4 Power Cables for Other Devices................................................................................................................................ 642 6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable............................................................................................................................... 642 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable................................................................................................................................................... 644 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.................................................................................................................................................. 648 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable................................................................................................................................................... 650 6.4.5 SOU Power Cable....................................................................................................................................................653 6.4.6 SPD Power Cable.................................................................................................................................................... 654 6.4.7 Power Cable for an AC Surge Protection Box........................................................................................................ 654 6.4.8 Power Cable for the AC Power Distribution Box in the MRE1000........................................................................655 6.4.9 GATM Power Cable................................................................................................................................................ 656 6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable......................................................................................................................................... 659

7 Transmission Cables.................................................................................................................660 7.1 E1/T1 Cable................................................................................................................................................................ 661 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable......................................................................................................................664 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable........................................................................................................................................... 665 Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xiii

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Contents

7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports............................................................................................ 666 7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports................................................................................................667 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable................................................................................................................................................ 667 7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable.....................................................................................................................668

8 Signal Cables.............................................................................................................................. 670 8.1 Signal Cables for Power Devices............................................................................................................................... 670 8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable...................................................................................................................... 670 8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable........................................................................................................ 671 8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable...............................................................................................................672 8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable...............................................................................................................673 8.1.5 PMU 12A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................. 674 8.1.6 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable................................................................................................. 675 8.1.7 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Power Distribution Box in the MRE1000.................................................... 677 8.1.8 HSMU Monitoring Signal Cable for the PDU08H-01............................................................................................ 678 8.1.9 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable............................................................................................................679 8.1.10 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable................................................................................................................ 679 8.1.11 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A............................................................................................... 680 8.1.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the DCDU-03B........................................................................................................681 8.1.13 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) Monitoring Signal Cable.................................................................................................681 8.1.14 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) In-Position Signal Cable................................................................................................. 682 8.1.15 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box in an IBBS20D........................................................... 683 8.1.16 IBBS20L Monitoring Signal Cable....................................................................................................................... 685 8.1.17 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20Ls...................................................................................... 685 8.1.18 Monitoring Signal Cable....................................................................................................................................... 686 8.2 Signal Cables for Monitoring Devices....................................................................................................................... 687 8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable................................................................................................................... 687 8.2.2 APMI-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................... 688 8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.................................................................................................................... 689 8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs........................................................................................................690 8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.......................................................................................................................691 8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs............................................................................................ 692 8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs............................................................................................ 692 8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs............................................................................................693 8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs......................................................................................... 694 8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s................................................................................. 695 8.2.11 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s......................................................................................... 696 8.2.12 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.................................................................................................................. 697 8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................698 8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................. 699 8.2.15 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................700 8.2.16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the CMUG............................................................................................................... 701 8.2.17 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUHs..........................................................................................703 Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xiv

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Contents

8.2.18 CMUH-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................. 704 8.2.19 CCUB-CMUH Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................. 705 8.2.20 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs...........................................................................................706 8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................. 707 8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................708 8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................709 8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable............................................................................................................... 710 8.2.25 WIUA Monitoring Signal Cable............................................................................................................................711 8.2.26 eBat Monitoring Signal Cable............................................................................................................................... 711 8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet.....................................................................................................712 8.2.28 BBU Alarm Cable................................................................................................................................................. 713 8.3 Signal Cables for Temperature Control Devices........................................................................................................ 717 8.3.1 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded Fan Assemblies................................................................................717 8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.....................................................................................................................719 8.3.3 FAU03D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable.....................................................................................................................720 8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs................................................................................................720 8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable........................................................................................................ 721 8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units................................................................................ 722 8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units................................................................................ 723 8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly............................................................................................724 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors................................................................................................724 8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................726 8.3.11 Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for Fans in Front Doors.................................................................................. 728 8.3.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Heat Exchanger................................................................................................. 730 8.3.13 TEC Alarm Transfer Cable for the IBBS2.2......................................................................................................... 731 8.4 Signal Cables for Other Devices................................................................................................................................ 732 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.................................................................................................732 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.................................................................................................................................................... 737 8.4.3 Monitoring Signal Cables for the IBBS Door Control and Temperature Sensor.................................................... 740 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable................................................................................................................ 741 8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable................................................................................................................................742 8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module.............................................................................. 743 8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box............................................................................................ 743 8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box...........................................................................................744 8.4.9 RRU AISG Multi-Wire Cable................................................................................................................................. 744 8.4.10 RRU AISG Extension Cable................................................................................................................................. 745 8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable........................................................................................................................................ 746 8.4.12 GPS Jumper........................................................................................................................................................... 747 8.4.13 BBU Interconnection Signal Cables......................................................................................................................747 8.4.14 Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations.......................................................................................................749 8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance....................................................................................................................751 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable........................................................................................................................... 752 Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xv

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Contents

8.4.17 CMUA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................753 8.4.18 CMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................. 754 8.4.19 CMUEA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable........................................................................................................... 755 8.4.20 CMUH-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................756 8.4.21 FMUC-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................. 756 8.4.22 FMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable...............................................................................................................757 8.4.23 RET Control Signal Cable..................................................................................................................................... 758 8.4.24 ODM06D Surge Protection Alarm Cable..............................................................................................................759

9 CPRI Cables................................................................................................................................ 760 9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable.................................................................................................................................................760 9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable..............................................................................................................................................761

10 RF Cables...................................................................................................................................768 10.1 RF Jumpers............................................................................................................................................................... 768 10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable...................................................................................................................................... 770

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xvi

3900 Series Base Station Cables

1

1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables

Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables

This chapter describes changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables.

04 (2017-10-27) This is the fourth commercial release. Compared with the Issue 03 (2017-05-31), this issue includes the following new topics: l

3.1.5.13 Power Cable Connections in an IMB05 Used by the DBS3900

l

3.1.5.16 Power Cable Connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) Used by the DBS3900

l

3.3.5.13 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IMB05 Used by the DBS3900

l

3.3.5.16 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) Used by the DBS5900

l

6.3.4.2 FAN 03D Power Cable

Compared with the Issue 03 (2017-05-31), this issue includes the following changes. Topic

Change Description

2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists

Added the IMB05 cable list and ILC29 (Ver.E) cable list.

Compared with the Issue 03 (2017-05-31), this issue does not delete any topics.

03 (2017-05-31) This is the third commercial release. Compared with the Issue 02 (2017-04-20), this issue does not add or delete any topics. Compared with the Issue 02 (2017-04-20), this issue includes the following changes.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

1

3900 Series Base Station Cables

1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables

Topic

Change Description

l 2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List

Added the EPU02D-02 power cable.

l 2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List l 2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List l 2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List l 2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List l 2.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cable List

02 (2017-04-20) This is the second commercial release. Compared with the Issue V100R012C10, WCDMA-NodeB V200R019C10, GSM-BTS V100R019C10, eNodeB V100R012C10 01 (2017-03-10), this issue includes the following new topics: l

3.1.5.1 Power Cable Connections in an MRE1000 Used by a DBS3900

l

3.3.5.1 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the MRE1000

l

6.1.2.10 EPU03A-21 Power Cable

l

6.3.4 FAU01D-05 Power Cable

l

6.4.8 Power Cable for the AC Power Distribution Box in the MRE1000

Compared with the Issue V100R012C10, WCDMA-NodeB V200R019C10, GSM-BTS V100R019C10, eNodeB V100R012C10 01 (2017-03-10), this issue includes the following changes. Topic

Change Description

2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists

Added the MRE1000 cable list.

This document incorporates 3900 Series Base Station Cables of all SRAN versions and presents differential information among these versions. Versions corresponding to original 3900 Series Base Station Cables are as follows: l

SRAN8.0: V100R008C00

l

SRAN8.1: V100R008C01

l

SRAN9.0: V100R009C00

l

SRAN10.0: V100R010C00

l

SRAN10.1: V100R010C10

l

SRAN11.1: V100R011C10

l

SRAN12.1: V100R012C10

The information added before the combination of all versions is as follows: l Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

6.1.2.9 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 Power Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2

3900 Series Base Station Cables

1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables

l

8.1.5 PMU 12A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

l

Cables

l

6.1.4.8 Power Cable

l

8.1.18 Monitoring Signal Cable

l

2.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cable List

l

3.1.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Power Cable Connections

l

3.3.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

l

3.1.5.2 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)

l

3.1.5.9 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)

l

3.3.5.2 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)

l

3.3.5.9 Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)

l

6.1.2.7 EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 Power Cable

l

6.1.2.8 EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 Power Cable

l

8.2.19 CCUB-CMUH Monitoring Signal Cable

l

8.2.20 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs

l

8.4.20 CMUH-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

l

6.3.1.5 FAN 01D Power Cable

l

6.3.1.11 FAN 02E Power Cable

l

8.1.10 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable

l

6.1.4.6 Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D Cabinets

l

6.2.3 CMUG Power Cable

l

8.1.15 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box in an IBBS20D

l

8.2.16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the CMUG

l

8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs

l

6.1.4.5 Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/ IBBS300Ts

l

6.1.4.6 Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D Cabinets

l

6.2.3 CMUG Power Cable

l

6.2.5 CCU01D-03 Power Cable

l

6.3.11 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D

l

6.3.13 TEC Power Cables in the IBBS300T

l

8.1.15 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box in an IBBS20D

l

8.2.16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the CMUG

l

8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s

l

8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs

l

3.1.5.15 Power Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900

l

3.3.5.15 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900

l

6.3.2 FAU03D-02 Power Cable

l

8.3.3 FAU03D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable

l

2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3

3900 Series Base Station Cables

1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables

l

6.1.4.4 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL

l

6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable

l

8.4.24 ODM06D Surge Protection Alarm Cable

l

Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station

l

CPRI Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station

The modifications made before the combination of all versions are as follows. Topic

Change Description

l 2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List

Added the EPU02D power cable.

l 2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List l 2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List l 2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List l 2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List l 2.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cable List l 6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable

Added the wire color in mainland China.

l 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable l 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable l 3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections in a UMTS Base Station

Added the CPRI cable connections when the RMU is configured.

l 3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for an LTE (FDD) and an LTE (TDD) Base Stations l 3.5.6 CPRI Cable Connections for a UL and a U*L Base Stations 3.2 Transmission Cable Connections and its child topics

Added the transmission configuration principle when a UMPTe is configured.

l 3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a Single-Mode Base Station

Added scenarios in which the GSM mode supports GTMUc boards.

l 3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Co-Transmission l 3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Separate Transmission l 3.2.4 Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station l 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists

Added Ver.E cabinet-related information.

l 4 PGND Cable l 5 Equipotential Cable l 6 Power Cables and its child topics

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4

3900 Series Base Station Cables

1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables

Topic

Change Description

l 2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List l 2.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Cable List

Modified connection positions of fan monitoring signal cables on the front doors of cabinets.

l 3.3.5.12 Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03

Added power cable connections and monitoring signal cable connections for an IBBS20D configured with an OMB (Ver.C).

l 3.1.5.12 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03 l 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists l 3.1.5.3 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D)

Added cable lists, power cable connections, and monitoring signal cable connections for a BBU3910A3.

l 3.3.5.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D) l 3.1.6 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Configured with a BBU3910A l 3.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using a BBU3910A l 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable l 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

Added information about cables used in a BBU3910A3.

l 8.2.28 BBU Alarm Cable l 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box

Added information about cables used in an IBBS20D.

l 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable l 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable l 4 PGND Cable l 5 Equipotential Cable l 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable l 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors l 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable 3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for an LTE (FDD) and an LTE (TDD) Base Stations

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Added CPRI cable connections in scenarios where LPMP boards are configured.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5

3900 Series Base Station Cables

1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables

Topic

Change Description

l 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists

Changed the BBU3910A to the BBU3910A3.

l 3.1.6 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Configured with a BBU3910A l 8.2.28 BBU Alarm Cable l 3.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using a BBU3910A l 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable l 4 PGND Cable l 7.1 E1/T1 Cable l 2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List l 3.1.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections l 3.3.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections l 2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List l 3.1.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Power Cable Connections l 3.3.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections l 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists l 3.1.5.3 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D) l 3.3.5.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D) l 3.1.6 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Configured with a BBU3910A

Added cable lists, power cable connections, and monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900A configured with an IBBS300D or IBBS300T.

Added cable lists, power cable connections, and monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL configured with an IBBS300D or IBBS300T.

l Added cable lists, power cable connections, and monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an IBBS300D or IBBS300T. l Added cable lists, power cable connections, and monitoring signal cable connections for a BBU3910A3.

l 3.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using a BBU3910A l 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable l 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

Added information about cables used in a BBU3910A3.

l 8.2.28 BBU Alarm Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6

3900 Series Base Station Cables

1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables

Topic

Change Description

l 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

Added information about cables used in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T.

l 6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable l 8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable l 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors l 4 PGND Cable l 5 Equipotential Cable

Added information about cables used in an IBBS300D, IBBS300T, or IBBS20D.

l 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable l 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors l 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable l 3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a Single-Mode Base Station l 3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Co-Transmission

Added descriptions of transmission cable connections when the BBU3910 is configured with a GTMUb.

l 3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Separate Transmission l 3.5.1 CPRI Cable Connections in GSM Base Stations l 3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations

Added descriptions of CPRI cable connections when the BBU3910 is configured with a GTMUb.

l 3.5.7 CPRI Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station l DCDU-12C Power Cables

Added descriptions of the IBC10.

l 4 PGND Cable l 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors About This Document

Added descriptions of the LampSite solution.

l 3.2 Transmission Cable Connections and its child topics

Added descriptions of cable connections when a BBU3910 is configured.

l 3.5 CPRI Cable Connections and its child topics

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7

3900 Series Base Station Cables

1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables

Topic

Change Description

l 2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List

Added descriptions of the EMUB power cable and EMUB monitoring signal cable.

l 2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List l 2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List l 2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List l 6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable l 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable All sections

Changed the names of all EPC6 connectors into EPC4 connectors.

l 2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List

Added descriptions of cables in a BTS3900 (Ver.D) or BTS3900L (Ver.D) that uses an IMS06.

l 2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List l 3.1.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections l 3.3.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

Added descriptions of cable connections in a BTS3900 (Ver.D) or BTS3900L (Ver.D) that uses an IMS06.

l 3.1.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections l 3.3.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections l 2.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cable List l 2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cable List

Deleted descriptions of the DCDU-12B power cable.

6.1.1.5 DCDU-11B Power Cable

Deleted the scenario where a DCDU-11B is installed in a cabinet.

6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable

Deleted the scenario where a DCDU-12B is installed on a wall.

l 3.2.4 Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station

Added descriptions of cable connections in G[L*T], U[L*T], G[U*T], and G*L*T base stations.

l CPRI Cable Connections for a TripleMode Base Station l 6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable

Added descriptions of cable connections in an IMS06.

l 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable l 6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable l 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable l 5 Equipotential Cable l 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8

3900 Series Base Station Cables

1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables

The information deleted before the combination of all versions is as follows: l

BusBar power cable

l

EPU03A-20 power cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

2

Cable List

About This Chapter This chapter describes cable lists for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, and BTS3900C base stations. 2.1 BTS3900 Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900 is configured with BTS3900 (Ver.B), BTS3900 (Ver.C), and BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets. 2.2 BTS3900L Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900L is configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets. 2.3 BTS3900A Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900A is configured with BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A (Ver.C), BTS3900A(Ver.D), BTS3900A(Ver.E), and enhanced cabinets. 2.4 BTS3900AL Cable List This section describes the list of BTS3900AL cables. 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists The DBS3900 cable lists include the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900, BBU cable list, and RRU cable list. 2.6 BTS3900C Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900C is configured with different types of cabinets.

2.1 BTS3900 Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900 is configured with BTS3900 (Ver.B), BTS3900 (Ver.C), and BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

2.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Cable List The BTS3900 cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables and Equipotential Cable The following table describes the PGND cables and equipotential cable. Table 2-1 PGND cables and equipotential cable Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cables installed before delivery

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

PGND cable for the cabinet

OT terminal

Ground terminal on the cabinet

OT terminal

External ground bar

5 Equipotenti al Cable

OT terminal

Wiring terminal for the equipotentia l cable

OT terminal

Wiring terminal for the equipotential cable

PGND cable for a module

OT terminal

Ground terminal on a module

OT terminal

Ground terminal for the PGND cable in the cabinet

Power Cables The following table describes the power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-2 Power cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-0 1

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-0 1

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

6.1.2.14 EPS24S481 00DC Power Cable

OT terminal

Power input terminal for the EPS24S481 00DC subrack

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

6.1.2.13 EPS4890 Power Cable

OT terminal

Power input terminal for the EPS4890 subrack

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

OT terminal

One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-03B

Depending on the RRU model

Power port on an RRU

GATM Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the GATM

Parallel terminal

SPARE1 or SPARE2 port on the DCDU-01

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Category

2 Cable List

Cable

6.1.1.2 DCDU-03B Power Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-0 3B

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-0 3B Cables installed before delivery

6.4.3 RFU Power Cables

3V3 connector

PWR port on an RFU

Parallel terminal

One of the RFU0 to RFU5 ports on the DCDU-01

6.3.1.1 FAN Power Cables

3V3 connector

-48V port on the FAN

Parallel terminal

FAN port on the DCDU-01

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU

Parallel terminal

BBU port on the DCDU-01

6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-01

OT terminal

RTN(+) and LOAD(-) terminals on the EPS24S481 00DC subrack

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-01

OT terminal

LOAD1(-) or LOAD2(-) and RTN(+) terminals on the EPS4890 subrack

For the BTS3900 +24V DC cabinet 6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable For the BTS3900 AC cabinet

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

13

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Transmission Cables The following table describes the transmission cables. Table 2-3 Transmission cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cables installed before delivery

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP

Depending on the external equipment

External transmission equipment

7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

RJ45 connector

Routing device

7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

LC connector

SFP0 or SFP1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP

l FC connecto r

Routing device

l SC connecto r l LC connecto r

7.4 Interconnec tion Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the GTMU

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the WMPT

7.5 Interconnec tion Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

LC connector

FE1 port on the GTMU

LC connector

FE1 port on the WMPT

Signal Cables The following table describes signal cables. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

14

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-4 Signal cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cables installed before delivery

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMU

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU or UEIU

8.2.28 BBU Alarm Cable

RJ45 connector

EXT-ALM0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

RJ45 connector

External alarm device

8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU

Type N female connector

GPS surge protector

RET Control Signal Cable

SMA elbow male connector

ANT0 to ANT5 ports on the GATM

SMA straight male connector

DC/OOK port on the DIN BiasTee

GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM1 port on the GATM

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU or MON0 port on the UEIU

FMUCGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM2 port on the GATM

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level FAN

8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenanc e

USB connector

USBa port on the UMPT in the BBU

Network connector

Network cable

8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the PMU 01B

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

15

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Category

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

8.1.14 PSU (EPW25-24 S48D) InPosition Signal Cable

Cord end terminal

ALM terminal on the EPS24S481 00DC subrack

RJ45 connector

EXT-ALM0 port on the UPEU

8.1.13 PSU (EPW25-24 S48D) Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

PRESENT port on the EPS24S481 00DC subrack

RJ45 connector

EXT-ALM1 port on the UPEU

8.2.22 FMUCBBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the FAN

RJ45 connector

MON0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level FAN

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level FAN

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

NOTE The upperlevel FAN communicat es with the BBU directly.

ELU

NOTE The lowerlevel FAN communicat es with the BBU through the upper-level FAN.

RJ45 connector

SENSOR port on the FAN

NOTE

a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than configuring and exporting information of the base station.

CPRI Electrical Cables The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

16

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-5 CPRI electrical cables Category

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

SFP20 male connector

CPRI port on the GTMU, UBRI, WBBP, or LBBP

SFP20 male connector

CPRI port on an RFU

Cables to be installed onsite

9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable

Cables installed before delivery

If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900 cabinet before delivery, CPRI electrical cables are also installed in the cabinet before delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900 cabinets must be installed onsite.

RF Cables The following table describes the RF cables. Table 2-6 RF cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

DIN elbow male connector

ANT_TX/R XA or ANT_RXB port on an RFU

DIN straight male connector

l Feeder of the antenna system (no GATM configure d) l ANT port on the Bias-Tee (GATM configure d)

Cables installed before delivery

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

10.2 InterRFU RF Signal Cable

QMA elbow male connector

RX OUTA port on an RFU

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

QMA elbow male connector

RX INB port on another RFU

17

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

2.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cable List The BTS3900 cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables and Equipotential Cable The following table describes the PGND cables and equipotential cable. Table 2-7 PGND cables and equipotential cable Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cables installed before delivery

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

PGND cable for the cabinet

OT terminal

Ground terminal on the cabinet

OT terminal

External ground bar

5 Equipotenti al Cable

OT terminal

Wiring terminal for the equipotentia l cable

OT terminal

Wiring terminal for the equipotential cable

PGND cable for a module

OT terminal

Ground terminal on a module

OT terminal

Ground terminal for the PGND cable in the cabinet

Power Cables The following table describes the power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

18

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-8 Power cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

6.1.1.4 DCDU-11A Power Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU 6.1.2.16 ETP48150A3 Power Cable

OT terminal

Power input terminal for the ETP48150A3 subrack

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-11B

Depending on the RRU model

Power port on an RRU

GATM Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the GATM

Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

LOAD8 or LOAD9 port on the DCDU-11A

6.1.1.5 DCDU-11B Power Cable

OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 1B

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 1B

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

19

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Category

Cables installed before delivery

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

6.4.3 RFU Power Cables

3V3 connector

PWR port on the RFU

Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-11A

6.3.1.9 FAN 03B Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the FAN 03B

Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

LOAD6 port on the DCDU-11A

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU

Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

LOAD7 or LOAD8 port on the DCDU-11A

6.1.2.16 ETP48150A3 Power Cable

OT terminal

RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-11A

OT terminal

RTN(+) power output terminal for the ETP48150A3 subrack

OT terminal

NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-11A

OT terminal

NEG(-) power output terminal for the ETP48150A3 subrack

(Black)

6.1.2.16 ETP48150A3 Power Cable (Blue)

Transmission Cables The following table describes the transmission cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

20

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-9 Transmission cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cables installed before delivery

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP

Depending on the external equipment

External transmission equipment

7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the GTMU, WMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

RJ45 connector

External transmission equipment

7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

LC connector

SFP0 or SFP1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

l FC connecto r

External transmission equipment

l SC connecto r l LC connecto r

7.4 Interconnec tion Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the GTMU

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the WMPT

7.5 Interconnec tion Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

LC connector

FE1 port on the GTMU

LC connector

FE1 port on the WMPT

Signal Cables The following table describes the signal cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

21

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-10 Signal cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMU

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU or UEIU

8.2.28 BBU Alarm Cable

RJ45 connector

EXT-ALM0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

RJ45 connector

External alarm device

8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU

Type N female connector

GPS surge protector

RET Control Signal Cable

SMA elbow male connector

ANT0 to ANT5 ports on the GATM

SMA straight male connector

DC/OOK port on the DIN BiasTee

GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM1 port on the GATM

RJ45 connector

MON0 or MON1 port on the UPEU

FMUEGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM2 port on the GATM

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the lower-level FAN 03B

8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units

RJ45 connector

COM OUT port on the upper-level FAN 03B

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the lower-level FAN 03B

NOTE The upperlevel FAN 03B communicat es with the BBU directly.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

NOTE The lowerlevel FAN 03B communicat es with the BBU through the upper-level FAN 03B.

22

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Category

Cables installed before delivery

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenanc e

USB connector

USBa port on the UMPT in the BBU

Network connector

Network cable

8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the left side of the PMU 01B

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU

8.2.23 FMUEBBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the FAN 03B

RJ45 connector

MON0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

NOTE If no BBU is installed in the cabinet, bind the cable on the right side of the cabinet.

ELU

RJ45 connector

SENSOR port on the FAN 03B

NOTE

a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than configuring and exporting information of the base station.

CPRI Electrical Cables The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

23

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-11 CPRI electrical cables Category

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

SFP20 male connector

CPRI port on the GTMU, WBBP, or LBBP

SFP20 male connector

CPRI port on an RFU

Cables installed before delivery

9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable

Cables to be installed onsite

If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900 cabinet before delivery, CPRI electrical cables are also installed in the cabinet before delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900 cabinets must be installed onsite.

RF Cables The following table describes the RF cables. Table 2-12 RF cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

DIN elbow male connector

ANT_TX/R XA or ANT_RXB port on an RFU

DIN straight male connector

l Feeder of the antenna system (no GATM configure d) l ANT port on the Bias-Tee (GATM configure d)

Cables installed before delivery

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

10.2 InterRFU RF Signal Cable

QMA elbow male connector

RX OUTA port on an RFU

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

QMA elbow male connector

RX INB port on another RFU

24

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List The BTS3900 cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables and Equipotential Cable The following table describes the PGND cables and equipotential cable. Table 2-13 PGND cables and equipotential cable Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

4 PGND Cable

One End Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

OT terminal

Ground terminal on the cabinet

OT terminal

External ground bar

OT terminal

Wiring terminal for the equipotentia l cable

OT terminal

Wiring terminal for the equipotential cable

OT terminal

Ground terminal on a module

OT terminal

Ground terminal for the PGND cable in the cabinet

For the cabinet 5 Equipotenti al Cable Between the cabinets

Cables installed before delivery

4 PGND Cable For a module

The Other End

Power Cables The following table describes the power cables for an AC-powered BTS3900.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

25

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-14 Power cables for an AC-powered BTS3900 Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 2A

OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal near the RFC2 silkscree n on the EPU05A -02

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 2A

EPU05A-02 Power Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

OT terminal

Power input terminal for the EPU05A-02 subrack

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal near the RFC2 silkscree n on the EPU05A -02 Depending on the external equipment

External power equipment

26

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Category

2 Cable List

Cable

6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 2B

OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal near the RFC1 silkscree n on the EPU05A -02

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 2B

Cables installed before delivery

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal near the RFC1 silkscree n on the EPU05A -02

GATM Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the GATM

EPC4 connector

LOAD8 or LOAD9 port on the DCDU-12A

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

EPC5 connector

One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-12B

Depending on the RRU model

Power port on an RRU

EPC4 connector

One of the LOAD6 to LOAD8 ports on the DCDU-12B

Depending on the RRU model

Power port on an RRU

6.4.3 RFU Power Cables

3V3 connector

PWR port on an RFU

EPC4 connector

One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-12A

6.3.1.10 FAN 03C Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the FAN 03C

EPC4 connector

LOAD6 port on the DCDU-12A

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

27

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Category

2 Cable List

Cable

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU

EPC4 connector

LOAD7 or LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12A

The following table describes the power cables for a DC-powered BTS3900. Table 2-15 Power cables for a DC-powered BTS3900 Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 2A

Depending on the external equipment

External power equipment

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 2A 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

GATM Power Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

EPC5 connector

One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-12B

Depending on the RRU model

Power port on an RRU

EPC4 connector

One of the LOAD6 to LOAD8 ports on the DCDU-12B

Depending on the RRU model

Power port on an RRU

3V3 connector

-48V port on the GATM

EPC4 connector

LOAD8 or LOAD9 port on the DCDU-12A

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

28

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Category

2 Cable List

Cable

6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 2B

Depending on the external equipment

External power equipment

Depending on the external equipment

External power equipment

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 2B 6.1.2.9 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 Power Cable

OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the EPU02D or EPU02D -02 l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the EPU02D or EPU02D -02

Cables installed before delivery

4 PGND Cable

Ground terminal on a module

OT terminal

Ground terminal for the PGND cable in the cabinet

3V3 connector

PWR port on an RFU

EPC4 connector

One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-12A

For a module

6.4.3 RFU Power Cables

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

OT terminal

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

29

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Category

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

6.3.1.10 FAN 03C Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the FAN 03C

EPC4 connector

LOAD6 port on the DCDU-12A

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU

EPC4 connector

LOAD7 or LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12A

Transmission Cables The following table describes the transmission cables. Table 2-16 Transmission cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP

Depending on the external equipment

External transmission equipment

7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the GTMU, WMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

RJ45 connector

External transmission equipment

7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

LC connector

SFP0 or SFP1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

l FC connecto r

External transmission equipment

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

l SC connecto r l LC connecto r

30

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Category

Cables installed before delivery

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

7.4 Interconnec tion Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the GTMU

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the WMPT

7.5 Interconnec tion Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

LC connector

FE1 port on the GTMU

LC connector

FE1 port on the WMPT

Signal Cables The following table describes the signal cables. Table 2-17 Signal cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMU

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU or UEIU

8.2.28 BBU Alarm Cable

RJ45 connector

EXT-ALM0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

RJ45 connector

External alarm device

8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU

Type N female connector

GPS surge protector

RET Control Signal Cable

SMA elbow male connector

ANT0 to ANT5 ports on the GATM

SMA straight male connector

DC/OOK port on the DIN BiasTee

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

31

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Category

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM1 port on the GATM

RJ45 connector

MON0 or MON1 port on the UPEU

CMUEAGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM2 port on the GATM

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the lower-level FAN 03C

8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units

RJ45 connector

COM OUT port on the upper-level FAN 03C

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the lower-level FAN 03C

8.4.13 BBU Interconnec tion Signal Cables

DLC connector

NOTE The upperlevel FAN 03C communicat es with the BBU directly.

NOTE The lowerlevel FAN 03C communicat es with the BBU through the upper-level FAN 03C.

One of the M0 to M4 ports on the UCIU in the BBU

DLC connector

l CI port on the UMPT in the BBU l S0 port on the UCIU in the BBU

8.4.14 Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations

DB15 male connector

GCK port on the UCIU in the BBU

MD36 male connector

CKB1 or CKB2 port on the DCTB

8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenanc e

USB connector

USBa port on the UMPT in the BBU

Network connector

Network cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

32

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Category

Cables installed before delivery

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the left side of the PMU 11A

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU

8.2.24 FMUEABBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the FAN 03C

RJ45 connector

MON0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

NOTE If no BBU is installed in the cabinet, bind the cable on the right side of the cabinet.

ELU

RJ45 connector

SENSOR port on the FAN 03C

NOTE

a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than configuring and exporting information of the base station.

CPRI Electrical Cables The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables. Table 2-18 CPRI electrical cables Category

Cables installed before delivery

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable

9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

SFP20 male connector

CPRI port on the GTMU, WBBP, or LBBP

SFP20 male connector

CPRI port on an RFU

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

33

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Category

2 Cable List

Cable

One End Connector

Cables to be installed onsite

The Other End Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900 cabinet before delivery, CPRI electrical cables are also installed in the cabinet before delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900 cabinets must be installed onsite.

RF Cables The following table describes the RF cables. Table 2-19 RF cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

DIN elbow male connector

ANT_TX/R XA or ANT_RXB port on an RFU

DIN straight male connector

l Feeder of the antenna system (no GATM configure d) l ANT port on the Bias-Tee (GATM configure d)

Cables installed before delivery

10.2 InterRFU RF Signal Cable

QMA elbow male connector

RX OUTA port on an RFU

QMA elbow male connector

RX INB port on another RFU

2.2 BTS3900L Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900L is configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

34

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

2.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Cable List The BTS3900L cables are the PGND cables, power cables, transmission cables, CPRI cables, signal cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables The following table describes the PGND cables. Table 2-20 PGND cables Category

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

Cables to be installed onsite

PGND cable for the cabinet

OT terminal (M8)

Ground terminal on the cabinet

OT terminal (M8)

External ground bar

Cables installed before delivery

PGND cable for a module

OT terminal (M4)

Ground terminal on a module

OT terminal (M4)

Ground terminal on the cabinet

Power Cables The following table describes the power cables. Table 2-21 Power cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

OT terminal (M6)

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-0 1

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-0 1

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

35

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Category

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable (optional)

OT terminal (M4)

One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-03B

Depending on the RRU model

Power port on an RRU

6.4.9 GATM Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the GATM

Parallel terminal

SPARE1 or SPARE2 port on the DCDU-01

6.1.1.2 DCDU-03B Power Cable (optional)

OT terminal (M6)

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-0 3B

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-0 3B Cables installed before delivery

6.4.3 RFU Power Cables

3V3 connector

PWR port on the RFU

Parallel terminal

One of the RFU0 to RFU5 ports on the DCDU-01

6.3.1.1 FAN Power Cables

3V3 connector

-48V port on the fan assembly

Parallel terminal

FAN port on the DCDU-01

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

3V3 connector

PWR port on the UPEU

Parallel terminal

BBU port on the DCDU-01

Transmission Cables The following table shows the transmission cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

36

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-22 Transmission cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP

Depending on the external transmission equipment

External transmission equipment

7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

RJ45 connector

FE or FE/GE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

RJ45 connector

External transmission equipment

7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

LC connector

l FE or FE/GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP

l FC connecto r

External transmission equipment

l SFP0 or SFP1 port on the LMPT Cables installed before delivery

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

l SC connecto r l LC connecto r

7.4 Interconnec tion Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

RJ45 connector

FE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the WMPT

7.5 Interconnec tion Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

LC connector

FE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT

LC connector

FE1 port on the WMPT

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

37

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Signal Cables The following table describes signal cables. Table 2-23 Signal cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMU

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU or UEIU

8.2.28 BBU Alarm Cable

RJ45 connector

EXT-ALM0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

RJ45 connector

External alarm device

Inter-BBU Signal Cables

DLC connector

l M0 or M1 port on the UCIU

DLC connector

CI port on the UMPT

l CI port on the UMPT HEI port on the WBBPf

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

HEI port on the WBBPf

8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU, LMPT, or UMPT

Type N female connector

GPS surge protector

8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs

RJ45 connector

COM OUT port on the upper-level fan assembly

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the lower-level fan assembly

NOTE The upperlevel fan assembly communicat es with the BBU directly.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

NOTE The lowerlevel fan assembly communicat es with the BBU through the upper-level fan assembly.

38

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Category

Cables installed before delivery

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

RET Control Signal Cable

SMA elbow male connector

ANT0 to ANT5 ports on the GATM

SMA straight male connector

DC/OOK port on the DIN BiasTee

8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM1 port on the GATM

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU or MON0 port on the UEIU

FMUCGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM2 port on the GATM

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level FAN

8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenanc e

USB connector

USBa port on the UMPT in the BBU

Network connector

Network cable

8.4.14 Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations

DB15 male connector

GCK port on the UCIU in the BBU

MD36 or DB15 male connector

DGLUb port on the DCTB in the 3012 series base station

8.2.22 FMUCBBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the FAN

RJ45 connector

MON0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

ELU

RJ45 connector

SENSOR port on the FAN

NOTE

a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than configuring and exporting information of the base station.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

39

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

CPRI Electrical Cables and CPRI Fiber Optic Cables The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables. Table 2-24 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables Category

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

Cables installed before delivery

CPRI electrical cables(1)

SFP20 male connector

CPRI ports on the GTMU, WBBP, LBBP, UBRI, or UBBP

SFP20 male connector

CPRI0 or CPRI1 port on the RFU

Cables to be installed onsite

CPRI fiber optic cable (optional)

DLC connector

CPRI ports on the GTMU, WBBP, LBBP, UBRI, or UBBP

DLC connector

CPRI port on the RRU

NOTE

(1) If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900L cabinet before delivery, CPRI electrical cables are also installed in the cabinet before delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900 cabinets must be installed onsite.

RF Cables The following table describes the RF cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

40

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-25 RF cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

DIN elbow male connector

ANT_TX/R XA or ANT_RXB port on an RFU

DIN straight male connector

l Feeder of the antenna system (no GATM configure d) l ANT port on the Bias-Tee (GATM configure d)

Cables installed before delivery

10.2 InterRFU RF Signal Cable

QMA elbow male connector

RX OUT port on the RFU

QMA elbow male connector

RX IN port on another RFU

2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cable List The BTS3900L cables are the PGND cables, power cables, transmission cables, CPRI cables, signal cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables The following table describes the PGND cables. Table 2-26 PGND cables Category

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Cables to be installed onsite

PGND cable for the cabinet

OT terminal (M8)

Ground terminal on the cabinet

OT terminal (M8)

External ground bar

Cables installed before delivery

PGND cable for a module

OT terminal (M4)

Ground terminal on a module

OT terminal (M4)

Ground terminal on the cabinet

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

41

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Power Cables The following table describes the power cables. Table 2-27 Power cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

6.1.1.4 DCDU-11A Power Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

OT terminal

Global:

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 1A l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 1A UK: l Blue wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 1A l Gray wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 1A

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable (optional)

Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-11B

Depending on the RRU model

Power port on an RRU

6.4.9 GATM Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the GATM

Parallel terminal

LOAD8 or LOAD9 port on the DCDU-11A

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

42

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Category

2 Cable List

Cable

6.1.1.5 DCDU-11B Power Cable (optional)

One End

The Other End

Connecto r

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

OT terminal

Global:

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 1B l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 1B UK: l Blue wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 1B l Gray wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 1B

Cables installed before delivery

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

6.4.3 RFU Power Cables

3V3 connector

PWR port on the RFU

Parallel terminal

One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-11A

6.3.1.9 FAN 03B Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the FAN 03B

Parallel terminal

LOAD6 port on the DCDU-11A

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU

Parallel terminal

LOAD7 or LOAD8 port on the DCDU-11A

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

43

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Transmission Cables The following table shows the transmission cables. Table 2-28 Transmission cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP

Depending on the external transmission equipment

External transmission equipment

7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

RJ45 connector

FE or FE/GE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

RJ45 connector

External transmission equipment

7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

LC connector

l FE or FE/GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP

l FC connecto r

External transmission equipment

l SFP0 or SFP1 port on the LMPT Cables installed before delivery

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

7.4 Interconnec tion Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

RJ45 connector

FE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

l SC connecto r l LC connecto r

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the WMPT

44

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Category

2 Cable List

Cable

7.5 Interconnec tion Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

LC connector

FE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT

LC connector

FE1 port on the WMPT

Signal Cables The following table describes signal cables. Table 2-29 Signal cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMU

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU or UEIU

8.2.28 BBU Alarm Cable

RJ45 connector

EXT-ALM0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

RJ45 connector

External alarm device

Inter-BBU Signal Cables

DLC connector

l M0 or M1 port on the UCIU

DLC connector

CI port on the UMPT

l CI port on the UMPT HEI port on the WBBPf 8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU, LMPT, or UMPT

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HEI port on the WBBPf Type N female connector

GPS surge protector

45

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Category

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units

RJ45 connector

COM OUT port on the upper-level FAN 03B

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the lower-level FAN 03B

RET Control Signal Cable

SMA elbow male connector

ANT0 to ANT5 ports on the GATM

SMA straight male connector

DC/OOK port on the DIN BiasTee

8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM1 port on the GATM

RJ45 connector

MON0 or MON1 port on the UPEU

FMUEGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM2 port on the GATM

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the lower-level FAN 03B

8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenanc e

USB connector

USBa port on the UMPT in the BBU

Network connector

Network cable

8.4.14 Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations

DB15 male connector

GCK port on the UCIU in the BBU

MD36 or DB15 male connector

DGLUb port on the DCTB in the 3012 series base station

NOTE The upperlevel FAN 03B communicat es with the BBU directly.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

NOTE The lowerlevel FAN 03B communicat es with the BBU through the upper-level FAN 03B.

46

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Category

Cables installed before delivery

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

8.2.23 FMUEBBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the FAN 03B

RJ45 connector

MON0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

ELU

RJ45 connector

SENSOR port on the FAN 03B

NOTE

a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than configuring and exporting information of the base station.

CPRI Electrical Cables and CPRI Fiber Optic Cables The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables. Table 2-30 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables Category

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

Cables installed before delivery

CPRI electrical cables(1)

SFP20 male connector

CPRI ports on the GTMU, WBBP, LBBP, UBRI, or UBBP

SFP20 male connector

CPRI0 or CPRI1 port on the RFU

Cables to be installed onsite

CPRI fiber optic cable (optional)

DLC connector

CPRI ports on the GTMU, WBBP, LBBP, UBRI, or UBBP

DLC connector

CPRI port on the RRU

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

47

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

NOTE

(1) If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900L cabinet before delivery, CPRI electrical cables are also installed in the cabinet before delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900 cabinets must be installed onsite.

RF Cables The following table describes the RF cables. Table 2-31 RF cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

DIN elbow male connector

ANT_TX/R XA or ANT_RXB port on an RFU

DIN straight male connector

l Feeder of the antenna system (no GATM configure d) l ANT port on the Bias-Tee (GATM configure d)

Cables installed before delivery

10.2 InterRFU RF Signal Cable

QMA elbow male connector

RX OUT port on the RFU

QMA elbow male connector

RX IN port on another RFU

2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List The BTS3900L cables are classified into PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, CPRI cables, signal cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables and Equipotential Cables The following table lists the PGND cables and equipotential cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

48

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-32 PGND cables and equipotential cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cables installed before delivery

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

PGND Cable for a Cabinet

OT terminal (M8)

Ground terminal on the cabinet

OT terminal (M8)

External ground bar

Equipotenti al Cable (between the BTS3900L cabinet and IMS06)

OT terminal (M6)

Wiring terminal for the equipotentia l cable on the cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

Wiring terminal for the equipotential cable on the subrack

Equipotenti al Cable (between the IMS06 and door of the subrack)

OT terminal (M6)

Wiring terminal for the equipotentia l cable on the subrack

OT terminal (M6)

Wiring terminal for the equipotential cable on the door of the subrack

PGND Cable for a Module

OT terminal (M4)

Ground terminal on a module

OT terminal (M4)

Ground terminal for the PGND cable in the cabinet

Power Cables The following table describes the power cables. Table 2-33 Power cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable

EPU05A-02 Power Cable (in an AC scenario)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

OT termina l (M6)

AC INPUT port on the EPU05A-02 in the IMS06

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

49

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Category

2 Cable List

Cable

DCDU-12A Power Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

OT termina l (M6)

Global:

l Dependi ng on the external power equipme nt in DC scenario s

l External equipme nt in DC scenario s

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-12A l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-12A UK: l Blue wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-12A

l OT terminal (M6) in AC scenario s

l Gray wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-12A

DCDU-12B Power Cable (optional)

OT termina l (M6)

Global: l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-12B

Depending on the external power equipment

l RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminal s near the RFC_1 and RFC_2 silkscree ns on the EPU05A -02 in AC scenario s External power equipment

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-12B UK: l Blue wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-12B l Gray wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-12B

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

50

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Category

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

6.1.2.9 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 Power Cable (in a DC scenario)

OT termina l

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the EPU02D or EPU02D-02

Depending on the external equipment

External power equipment

GATM Power Cable

3V3 connect or

-48V port on the GATM

EPC4 connector

LOAD8 or LOAD9 port on the DCDU-12A

RRU Power Cable (optional)

EPC4 or EPC5 connect or

l EPC4 connector: one of the LOAD6 to LOAD8 ports on the DCDU-12B

Depending on the RRU model

PWR port on the RRU

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the EPU02D or EPU02D-02

l EPC5 connector: one of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-12B Cables installed before delivery

RFU Power Cable

3V3 connect or

PWR port on an RFU

EPC4 connector

One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-12A

FAN 03C Power Cable

3V3 connect or

-48V port on the FAN 03C

EPC4 connector

LOAD6 port on the DCDU-12A

BBU Power Cable

3V3 connect or

-48V port on the UPEU

EPC4 connector

LOAD7 or LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12A

Transmission Cables The following table describes the transmission cables. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

51

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-34 Transmission cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP

Depending on the external transmission equipment

External transmission equipment

FE/GE Ethernet Cable

RJ45 connector

FE or FE/GE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

RJ45 connector

External transmission equipment

FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

LC connector

l FE or FE/GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP

l FC connecto r

External transmission equipment

l SFP0 or SFP1 port on the LMPT Cables installed before delivery

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

l SC connecto r l LC connecto r

Interconnec tion Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

RJ45 connector

FE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the WMPT

Interconnec tion Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

LC connector

FE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT

LC connector

FE1 port on the WMPT

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

52

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Signal Cables The following table describes signal cables. Table 2-35 Signal cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

EMU Monitoring Signal Cable

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMU

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU or UEIU

BBU Alarm Cable

RJ45 connector

EXT-ALM0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

RJ45 connector

External alarm device

BBU Interconnec tion Signal Cable

DLC connector

l M0 or M1 port on the UCIU

DLC connector

CI port on the UMPT

l CI port on the UMPT HEI port on the WBBPf

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

HEI port on the WBBPf

GPS Clock Signal Cable

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU, LMPT, or UMPT

Type N female connector

GPS surge protector

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units

RJ45 connector

COM OUT port on the upper-level FAN 03C

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the lower-level FAN 03C

RET Control Signal Cable

SMA elbow male connector

NOTE The upperlevel FAN 03C communicat es with the BBU directly.

ANT0 to ANT5 ports on the GATM

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

NOTE The lowerlevel FAN 03C communicat es with the BBU through the upper-level FAN 03C.

SMA straight male connector

DC/OOK port on the DIN BiasTee 53

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Category

Cables installed before delivery

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

GATM Monitoring Signal Cable (in a DC scenario)

RJ45 connector

COM1 port on the GATM

RJ45 connector

MON0 or MON1 port on the UPEU

CMUEAGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM2 port on the GATM

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the lower-level FAN 03C

Adapter Used for Local Maintenanc e

USB connector

USBa port on the UMPT in the BBU

Ethernet connector

Ethernet cable

Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations

DB15 male connector

GCK port on the UCIU in the BBU

MD36 or DB15 male connector

DGLUb port on the DCTB in the 3012 series base station

PMU 11ABBU Monitoring Signal Cable (in an AC scenario)

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the PMU 11A in the EPU05A-02 in the IMS06

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU or UEIU

FMUEABBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the FAN 03C

RJ45 connector

MON0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

ELU Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

ELU

RJ45 connector

SENSOR port on the FAN 03C

NOTE

a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than configuring and exporting information of the base station.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

54

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

CPRI Electrical Cables and CPRI Fiber Optic Cables The following table describes CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables. Table 2-36 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables Category

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

Cables installed before delivery

CPRI electrical cable(1)

SFP20 male connector

CPRI ports on the GTMU, WBBP, LBBP, UBRI, or UBBP

SFP20 male connector

CPRI0 or CPRI1 port on the RFU

Cables to be installed onsite

CPRI fiber optic cable (optional)

DLC connector

CPRI ports on the GTMU, WBBP, LBBP, UBRI, or UBBP

DLC connector

CPRI port on the RRU

NOTE

(1) If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900L cabinet before delivery, CPRI electrical cables are also installed in the cabinet before delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900 cabinets must be installed onsite.

RF Cables The following table describes the RF cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

55

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-37 RF cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

RF Jumper

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

DIN elbow male connector

ANT_TX/R XA or ANT_RXB port on an RFU

DIN straight male connector

l Feeder of the antenna system (no GATM configure d) l ANT port on the Bias-Tee (GATM configure d)

Cables installed before delivery

RFU Interconnec tion RF Signal Cable

QMA elbow male connector

RX OUT port on the RFU

QMA elbow male connector

RX IN port on another RFU

2.3 BTS3900A Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900A is configured with BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A (Ver.C), BTS3900A(Ver.D), BTS3900A(Ver.E), and enhanced cabinets.

2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List BTS3900A cables include a PGND cable, equipotential cables, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cable and Equipotential Cable The following table lists a PGND cable and equipotential cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

56

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-38 PGND cable and equipotential cables Categ ory

Cable

Cable s to be install ed onsite

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

PGND cable

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in a cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

Ground busbar outside the cabinet

Equipotential cable

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in the upper cabinet(1)

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in the lower cabinet(1)

Ground bar in a TMC11H, IBBS200D, or IBBS200T

Ground bar in an RFC

NOTE

(1) If an APM30H or TMC11H is stacked on an RFC, the equipotential cable between the cabinets has been installed before delivery. If an IBBS200D or IBBS200T is stacked on another IBBS200D or IBBS200T or a TMC11H, the equipotential cable must be installed onsite.

Power Cables The following table lists the power cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-39 Power cables to be installed onsite Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Conne ctor

Installation Position

EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable

OT termina l (M6)

AC INPUT terminal on the EPS in an APM30H

Depend ing on the externa l power equipm ent

External power equipment

DCDU-01 power cable (in a DC scenario)

Depend ing on the external power equipm ent

External power equipment

OT termina l (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) ports near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-01 in an RFC

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

57

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Conne ctor

Installation Position

DCDU-03C power cable (in an AC scenario)

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

TMC terminal on the EPS in an APM30H

OT termina l (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-03C in a TMC11H

Power cable for a power distribution box

Power series 120 connect or (gray)

BAT terminal on the EPS in an APM30H

OT termina l (M8)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the BAT silkscreen on the power distribution box in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

Power cable for the fan in an IBBS200D

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

LOAD3 port on the EPS in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the FAN/TEC silkscreen on the power distribution box in an IBBS200D

TEC power cable

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

LOAD2 or LOAD3 port on the EPS in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the FAN/TEC silkscreen on the power distribution box in an IBBS200T

Power cable for a heating film

OT termina l (M4)

L1 and N1 terminals or L2 and N2 terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals on the junction terminal for the heating-film power cable in an IBBS200D

Power cable for an AC junction box (in an AC scenario)

OT termina l (M4)

L3 and N3 terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box in a TMC11H

6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable (in an APM30H)

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

LOAD4 port on the EPS in an APM30H

Cord end termina l

PWR1 port on the EMUA or PWR port on the EMUB in an APM30H or TMC11H

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

58

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable (in a TMC11H)

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

LOAD8 port on the DCDU-03C in a TMC11H

6.4.9 GATM Power Cable (in an APM30H)

Parallel termina l

-48V port on a GATM

Conne ctor

Installation Position

3V3 connect or

l GATM0(1): SPARE1 port on the DCDU-01 in an RFC l GATM1(2): BBU port on the DCDU-01 in an RFC

6.4.9 GATM Power Cable (in a TMC11H)

OT termina l (M4)

-48V port on a GATM

3V3 connect or

l GATM0: LOAD8 port on the DCDU-03C in a TMC11H l GATM1: LOAD7 port on the DCDU-03C in a TMC11H

NOTE

(1) and (2): If two GATMs are installed, they are installed below the BBU in sequence. GATM0 is installed above GATM1.

The following table lists the power cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-40 Power cables installed before delivery Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Connec tor

Installation Position

DCDU-03C power cable (in a DC scenario)

Parallel termina l

SPARE2 port on the DCDU-01 in an RFC

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-03C in a TMC11H

DCDU-01 power cable (in an AC scenario)

Power series 120 connect or (blue)

RFC1 terminal on the EPS in an APM30H

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) ports near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-01 in an RFC

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

59

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Connec tor

Installation Position

BBU power cable (in an APM30H)

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

LOAD1 port on the EPS in an APM30H

3V3 connecto r

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H

BBU power cable (in a TMC11H)

OT termina l

LOAD6 port on the DCDU-03C in a TMC11H

3V3 connecto r

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in a TMC11H

FAN 02A power cable (in an APM30H)

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

LOAD0 port on the EPS in an APM30H

3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H

FAN 02A power cable (in a TMC11H)

OT termina l (M4)

LOAD8 port on the DCDU-03C in a TMC11H

3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 02A in a TMC11H

RFU power cable

Parallel termina l

RFU0 to RFU5 ports on the DCDU-01 in an RFC

3V3 connecto r

PWR ports on RFUs 0 to 5 in an RFC

FAN 01A power cable

Parallel termina l

FAN port on the DCDU-01 in an RFC

3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 01A in an RFC

Power cable for an AC heater (in an APM30H)

OT termina l (M4)

L0, N0, and PE terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

C13 connecto r

Power input port on the AC heater in an APM30H

Power cable for an AC heater (in a TMC11H)

OT termina l (M4)

L0, N0, and PE terminals on the AC junction box in a TMC11H

C13 connecto r

Power input port on the AC heater in a TMC11H

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

60

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Connec tor

Installation Position

SOU power cable

OT termina l (M4)

M4 ground screw, L2 terminal, and N2 terminal near the AC OUTPUT silkscreen on the left side of the EPS in an APM30H

C13 connecto r

AC INPUT port on the SOU in an APM30H

Power cable for an AC junction box (in an APM30H)

OT termina l (M4)

M4 ground screw, L1 terminal, and N1 terminal near the AC OUTPUT silkscreen on the left side of the EPS in an APM30H

OT terminal

L and N terminals on the AC junction box and ground bar in an APM30H

Transmission Cable The following table lists transmission cables. Table 2-41 Transmission cables

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Categ ory

Cable

Cables to be install ed onsite

One End

The Other End

Connect or

Installation Position

Connecto r

Installation Position

E1/T1 cable

DB26 male connecto r

OUTSIDE port on the UELP in an SLPU

Dependin g on the external power equipment

External transmission equipment

FE/GE Ethernet cable

RJ45 connecto r

FE/GE electrical port near the OUTSIDE port on the UFLP in an SLPU

RJ45 connector

External transmission equipment

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

61

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Categ ory

2 Cable List

Cable

FE/GE fiber optic cable

Cables install ed before deliver y

One End

The Other End

Connect or

Installation Position

Connecto r

Installation Position

LC connecto r

l FE/GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

l FC connec tor

External transmission equipment

l FE/GE optical port on the LMPT or UMPT in the BBU

l LC connec tor

l SC connec tor

E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable

DB25 connecto r

INSIDE port on the UELP in an SLPU

DB26 connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

FE/GE surge protection transfer cable

RJ45 connecto r

l FE/GE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UMPT in a BBU

RJ45 connector

FE/GE electrical port near the INSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in an SLPU

l FE/GE electrical port on the LMPT or UMPT in a BBU Interconne ction cable between FE/GE electrical ports

RJ45 connecto r

FE/GE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in a BBU3900

RJ45 connector

FE/GE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in a BBU3900

Interconne ction cable between FE/GE optical ports

LC connecto r

FE/GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in a BBU3900

LC connector

FE/GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in a BBU3900

Signal Cable The following table lists the signal cables to be installed onsite. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

62

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-42 Signal cables to be installed onsite Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level CMUA

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level CMUA

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level fan assembly

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level fan assembly

Monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUA in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

RJ45 connector

COM_485 port on the PMU in an APM30H

GPS clock signal cable

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU in a BBU

Type N female connector

GPS surge protector

8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable (in an APM30H)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA or COM_485 port on the EMUB in an APM30H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the PMU in an APM30H

8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable (in a TMC11H)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA or COM_485 port on the EMUB in a TMC11H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the FAN 02A in a TMC11H

BBU alarm cable

RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 or EXT_ALM1 port on the UPEU or UEIU in a BBU

RJ45 connector

External alarm device

8.4.23 RET Control Signal Cable

SMA elbow male connector

ANT0 to ANT5 ports on a GATM

SMA straight male connector

DC/OOK port on a Bias-Tee

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

63

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

8.4.19 CMUEAGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM2 port on a GATM

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H or COM_IN port on the FAN 01A in an RFC

8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM1 port on a GATM

RJ45 connector

MON0 or MON1 port in the BBU in an APM30H

Adapter used for local maintenance

USB connector

USBa port on the UMPT in a BBU

Network connector

Ethernet cable

Cable between two combined base stations

DB15 male connector

GCK port on the UCIU in a BBU

MD36 or DB15 male connector

DGLUb port on a DCTB

NOTE

a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than configuring and exporting information of the base station.

The following table lists the signal cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-43 Signal cables installed before delivery Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connec tor

Installation Position

Connect or

Installation Position

Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor (in an RFC)

4-pin connecto r

TEM port on the FAN 01A in an RFC

Temperat ure sensor

Air intake vent at the bottom of an RFC

CMUA-BBU monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

COM_IN port on the FAN 01A in an RFC

RJ45 connector

MON0 port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

64

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Cable

2 Cable List

One End Connec tor

The Other End Installation Position

Connect or

COM_IN port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H

Installation Position MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H

HPMI-PMU monitoring signal cable

DB50 male connecto r

COM port on the PMU in an APM30H

DB50 male connector

PMU_DB50 port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H

PMU-CMUA monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

COM_IN port on the PMU in an APM30H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H

ELU signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

RJ45 port on the ELU in each cabinet

RJ45 connector

l ELU port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H or TMC11H l ELU port on the FAN 01A in an RFC l ELU port on the CMUA in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in an APM30H)

2-pin connecto r

GATE port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H

Bare wire

Door status sensor

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in a TMC11H, RFC, IBBS200D, or IBBS200T)

Bare wire

l GATE port on the FAN 02A in a TMC11H

Bare wire

Door status sensor

Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in the front door

4-pin connecto r

4-pin connector

FAN_EXT port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H

l GATE port on the FAN 01A in an RFC l GATE port on the CMUA in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T DC junction box in the front door of an APM30H

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

65

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

CPRI Electrical Cable and CPRI Fiber Optic Cable The following table lists CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables. Table 2-44 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables Categ ory

Cable

Cable s install ed before delive ry Cable s to be install ed onsite

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

CPRI electrical cables(1)

SFP20 male connector

CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the GTMU, UBRI, LBBP, WBBP, or UBBP in a BBU

SFP20 male connector

CPRI0 or CPRI1 ports on RFUs 0 to 5

CPRI fiber optic cables

DLC connector

CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the GTMU, UBRI, LBBP, WBBP, or UBBP in a BBU

DLC connector

l CPRI_W port on an RRU l CPRI_0 port on an RRU

NOTE

(1) If boards have been installed in cabinets before delivery, CPRI electrical cables have also been installed in the APM30H+RFC or TMC11H+RFC cabinet combination. CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite in the following cases: l

In initial configuration, fewer than six RFUs are installed in an RFC before delivery. If RFUs are added for capacity expansion, CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite.

l

If an RFC is added, RFUs and CPRI electrical cables must be installed in the RFC onsite.

RF Cable The following table lists RF cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

66

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-45 RF cables Categ ory

Cable

Cable s to be install ed onsite Cable s install ed before delive ry

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

RF jumper

DIN straight male connector

Antenna feeder

DIN elbow male connector

ANT_TX/RX A and ANT_RXB ports on an RFU

RFU interconnectio n RF signal cable

QMA elbow male connector

RX_OUTA port on an RFU

QMA elbow male connector

RX_INB port on an RFU

2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List BTS3900A cables include a PGND cable, equipotential cables, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cable and Equipotential Cable The following table lists a PGND cable and equipotential cables. Table 2-46 PGND cable and equipotential cables Categ ory

Cable

Cable s to be install ed onsite

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

PGND cable

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in a cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

Ground busbar outside the cabinet

Equipotential cable

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in the upper cabinet(1)

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in the lower cabinet(1)

Ground bar in a TMC11H, IBBS200D, or IBBS200T

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Ground bar in an RFC

67

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

NOTE

(1) If an APM30H or TMC11H is stacked on an RFC, the equipotential cable between the cabinets has been installed before delivery. If an IBBS200D or IBBS200T is stacked on another IBBS200D or IBBS200T or a TMC11H, the equipotential cable must be installed onsite.

Power Cables The following table lists the power cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-47 Power cables to be installed onsite One End

Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Conne ctor

Installation Position

EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 power cable

OT termina l (M6)

AC INPUT terminal on the EPU in an APM30H

Depend ing on the externa l power equipm ent

External power equipment

DCDU-11C power cable (in an AC scenario)

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

TMC terminal on the EPU in an APM30H

OT termina l (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-11C in a TMC11H

Power cable for a power distribution box

Power series 175 connect or (gray)

Power series 175 connector (gray) of the EPU in an APM30H

OT termina l (M8)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the BAT silkscreen on the power distribution box in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

Power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC (in a DC scenario)

OT termina l (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DC junction box in an RFC

Depend ing on the externa l power equipm ent

External power equipment

Power cable for the fan in an IBBS200D

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

LOAD3 port on the EPU in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the FAN/TEC silkscreen on the power distribution box in an IBBS200D

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

68

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Conne ctor

Installation Position

TEC power cable

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

LOAD2 or LOAD3 port on the EPU in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the FAN/TEC silkscreen on the power distribution box in an IBBS200T

Power cable for a heating film

OT termina l (M4)

L1 and N1 terminals or L2 and N2 terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals on the junction terminal for the heating-film power cable in an IBBS200D

Power cable for an AC junction box (in an AC scenario)

OT termina l (M4)

L3 and N3 terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box in a TMC11H

6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable (in an APM30H)

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

LOAD4 port on the EPU in an APM30H

Cord end termina l

PWR1 port on the EMUA or PWR port on the EMUB in an APM30H or TMC11H

6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable (in a TMC11H)

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12C in a TMC11H

6.4.9 GATM Power Cable (in an APM30H)

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

-48V port on a GATM

3V3 connect or

l GATM0(1): LOAD7 port on the DCDU-11A in an RFC

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

l GATM1(2): BBU_1 port on the EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 in an APM30H

69

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

6.4.9 GATM Power Cable (in a TMC11H)

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

-48V port on a GATM

3V3 connect or

l GATM0: LOAD8 port on the DCDU-11C in a TMC11H l GATM1: LOAD6 port on the DCDU-11C in a TMC11H

NOTE

(1) and (2): If two GATMs are installed, they are installed below the BBU in sequence. GATM0 is installed above GATM1.

The following table lists the power cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-48 Power cables installed before delivery Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Connec tor

Installation Position

Power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC (in an AC scenario)

OT termina l (M6)

Power series 120 connector (blue) of the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DC junction box in an RFC

DCDU-11A power cable

OT termina l (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DC junction box in an RFC

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-11A in an RFC

DCDU-11C power cable (in a DC scenario)

OT termina l

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DC junction box in an RFC

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-11C in a TMC11H

BBU power cable (in an APM30H)

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

BBU_0 or BBU_1 port on the EPU in an APM30H

3V3 connecto r

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

70

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Connec tor

Installation Position

BBU power cable (in a TMC11H)

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

LOAD6 or LOAD7 port on the DCDU-11C in a TMC11H

FAN 02B power cable (in an APM30H)

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

LOAD5 port on the EPU in an APM30H

3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H

FAN 02B power cable (in a TMC11H)

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

LOAD9 port on the DCDU-11C in a TMC11H

3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 02B in a TMC11H

RFU power cable

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-11A in an RFC

3V3 connecto r

PWR ports on RFUs 0 to 5 in an RFC

FAN 01B power cable

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

LOAD6 port on the DCDU-11A in an RFC

3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 01B in an RFC

Power cable for an AC heater (in an APM30H)

OT termina l (M4)

L0, N0, and PE terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

C13 connecto r

Power input port on the AC heater in an APM30H

Power cable for an AC heater (in a TMC11H)

OT termina l (M4)

L0, N0, and PE terminals on the AC junction box in a TMC11H

C13 connecto r

Power input port on the AC heater in a TMC11H

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in a TMC11H

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

71

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Connec tor

Installation Position

SOU power cable

OT termina l (M4)

M4 ground screw, L2 terminal, and N2 terminal near the AC OUTPUT silkscreen on the left side of the EPU in an APM30H

C13 connecto r

AC INPUT port on the SOU in an APM30H

Power cable for an AC junction box (in an APM30H)

OT termina l (M4)

M4 ground screw, L1 terminal, and N1 terminal near the AC OUTPUT silkscreen on the left side of the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal

L and N terminals on the AC junction box and ground bar in an APM30H

Transmission Cable The following table lists transmission cables. Table 2-49 Transmission cables

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Categ ory

Cable

Cables to be install ed onsite

One End

The Other End

Connect or

Installation Position

Connecto r

Installation Position

E1/T1 cable

DB26 male connecto r

OUTSIDE port on the UELP in an SLPU

Dependin g on the external power equipment

External transmission equipment

FE/GE Ethernet cable

RJ45 connecto r

FE/GE electrical port near the OUTSIDE port on the UFLP in an SLPU

RJ45 connector

External transmission equipment

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

72

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Categ ory

2 Cable List

Cable

FE/GE fiber optic cable

Cables install ed before deliver y

One End

The Other End

Connect or

Installation Position

Connecto r

Installation Position

LC connecto r

l FE/GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

l FC connec tor

External transmission equipment

l FE/GE optical port on the LMPT or UMPT in the BBU

l LC connec tor

l SC connec tor

E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable

DB25 connecto r

INSIDE port on the UELP in an SLPU

DB26 connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

FE/GE surge protection transfer cable

RJ45 connecto r

l FE/GE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UMPT in a BBU

RJ45 connector

FE/GE electrical port near the INSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in an SLPU

l FE/GE electrical port on the LMPT or UMPT in a BBU Interconne ction cable between FE/GE electrical ports

RJ45 connecto r

FE/GE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in a BBU3900

RJ45 connector

FE/GE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in a BBU3900

Interconne ction cable between FE/GE optical ports

LC connecto r

FE/GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in a BBU3900

LC connector

FE/GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in a BBU3900

Signal Cable The following table lists the signal cables to be installed onsite. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

73

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-50 Signal cables to be installed onsite Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level CMUE

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level CMUE

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level fan assembly

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level fan assembly

Monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUE in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

RJ45 connector

COM_485 port on the PMU in an APM30H

GPS clock signal cable

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU in a BBU

Type N female connector

GPS surge protector

8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable (in an APM30H)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA or COM_485 port on the EMUB in an APM30H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the PMU in an APM30H

8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable (in a TMC11H)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA or COM_485 port on the EMUB in a TMC11H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the FAN 02B in a TMC11H

BBU alarm cable

RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 or EXT_ALM1 port on the UPEU or UEIU in a BBU

RJ45 connector

External alarm device

8.4.23 RET Control Signal Cable

SMA elbow male connector

ANT0 to ANT5 ports on a GATM

SMA straight male connector

DC/OOK port on a Bias-Tee

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

74

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

8.4.19 CMUEAGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM2 port on a GATM

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H or COM_IN port on the FAN 01B in an RFC

8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM1 port on a GATM

RJ45 connector

MON0 or MON1 port in the BBU in an APM30H

Adapter used for local maintenance

USB connector

USBa port on the UMPT in a BBU

Network connector

Ethernet cable

Cable between two combined base stations

DB15 male connector

GCK port on the UCIU in a BBU

MD36 or DB15 male connector

DGLUb port on a DCTB

NOTE

a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than configuring and exporting information of the base station.

The following table lists the signal cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-51 Signal cables installed before delivery Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connec tor

Installation Position

Connect or

Installation Position

Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor (in an RFC)

4-pin connecto r

TEM port on the FAN 01B in an RFC

Temperat ure sensor

Air intake vent at the bottom of an RFC

CMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

COM_IN port on the FAN 01B in an RFC

RJ45 connector

MON0 port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

75

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Cable

2 Cable List

One End Connec tor

The Other End Installation Position

Connect or

COM_IN port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H

Installation Position MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H

HPMI-PMU monitoring signal cable

DB50 male connecto r

COM port on the PMU in an APM30H

DB50 male connector

PMU_DB50 port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H

PMU-CMUE monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

COM_IN port on the PMU in an APM30H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H

ELU signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

RJ45 port on the ELU in each cabinet

RJ45 connector

l ELU port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H or TMC11H l ELU port on the FAN 01B in an RFC l ELU port on the CMUE in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in an APM30H)

2-pin connecto r

GATE port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H

Bare wire

Door status sensor

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in a TMC11H, RFC, IBBS200D, or IBBS200T)

Bare wire

l GATE port on the FAN 02B in a TMC11H

Bare wire

Door status sensor

Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in the front door

4-pin connecto r

4-pin connector

FAN_EXT port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H

l GATE port on the FAN 01B in an RFC l GATE port on the CMUE in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T DC junction box in the front door of an APM30H

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

76

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

CPRI Electrical Cable and CPRI Fiber Optic Cable The following table lists CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables. Table 2-52 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables Categ ory

Cable

Cable s install ed before delive ry Cable s to be install ed onsite

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

CPRI electrical cables(1)

SFP20 male connector

CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the GTMU, UBRI, LBBP, WBBP, or UBBP in a BBU

SFP20 male connector

CPRI0 or CPRI1 ports on RFUs 0 to 5

CPRI fiber optic cables

DLC connector

CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the GTMU, UBRI, LBBP, WBBP, or UBBP in a BBU

DLC connector

l CPRI_W port on an RRU l CPRI_0 port on an RRU

NOTE

(1) If boards have been installed in cabinets before delivery, CPRI electrical cables have also been installed in the APM30H+RFC or TMC11H+RFC cabinet combination. CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite in the following cases: l

In initial configuration, fewer than six RFUs are installed in an RFC before delivery. If RFUs are added for capacity expansion, CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite.

l

If an RFC is added, RFUs and CPRI electrical cables must be installed in the RFC onsite.

RF Cable The following table lists RF cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

77

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-53 RF cables Categ ory

Cable

Cable s to be install ed onsite Cable s install ed before delive ry

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

RF jumper

DIN straight male connector

Antenna feeder

DIN elbow male connector

ANT_TX/RX A and ANT_RXB ports on an RFU

RFU interconnectio n RF signal cable

QMA elbow male connector

RX_OUTA port on an RFU

QMA elbow male connector

RX_INB port on an RFU

2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List BTS3900A cables include a PGND cable, equipotential cables, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cable and Equipotential Cable The following table lists a PGND cable and equipotential cables. Table 2-54 PGND cable and equipotential cables Categ ory

Cable

Cable s to be install ed onsite

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

PGND cable

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in a cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

Ground busbar outside the cabinet

Equipotential cable

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in the upper cabinet(1)

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in the lower cabinet(1)

Ground bar in a TMC11H or battery cabinet

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Ground bar in an RFC

78

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

NOTE

(1) If an APM30H or TMC11H is stacked on an RFC, the equipotential cable between the cabinets has been installed before delivery. If an IBBS200D or IBBS200T is stacked on another IBBS200D or IBBS200T or a TMC11H, the equipotential cable must be installed onsite.

Power Cables The following table lists the power cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-55 Power cables to be installed onsite One End

Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Conne ctor

Installation Position

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 power cable

OT terminal (M6)

AC INPUT terminal on the EPU in an APM30H

Depend ing on the external power equipm ent

External power equipment

DCDU-12B power cable

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12B in an RFC

Depend ing on the external power equipm ent

External power equipment

DCDU-12C power cable (in an AC scenario)

EPC4 connect or

LOAD7 port on the EPU in an APM30H

OT termina l (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in a TMC11H

Power cable for a power distribution box

OT terminal (M8)

BAT terminal on the EPU in an APM30H

OT termina l (M8)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the BAT silkscreen on the power distribution box in a battery cabinet(1)

Power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC (in a DC scenario)

OT terminal (M6)

DC junction box in an RFC

Depend ing on the external power equipm ent

External power equipment

Power cable for the fan in an IBBS200D

EPC4 connect or

LOAD8 port on the EPU in an APM30H

EPC4 connect or

FAN/TEC_INPUT port on the power distribution box in an IBBS200D

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

79

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Power cable for the fan in an IBBS300D

EPC4 connect or

LOAD8 port on the EPU in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

NEG(-) and RTN(+) wiring terminals on the DC junction box in an IBBS300D

Power cable for the TEC in an IBBS200T

EPC4 connect or

LOAD8 port on the EPU in an APM30H

EPC4 connect or

FAN/TEC_INPUT port on the power distribution box in an IBBS200T

Power cable for the TEC in the IBBS300T

EPC4 connect or

LOAD8 port on the EPU in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

NEG(-) and RTN(+) wiring terminals on the DC junction box in an IBBS300T

Power cable for a heating film

OT terminal (M4)

L1 and N1 terminals or L2 and N2 terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals on the junction terminal for the heating-film power cable in an IBBS200D

Power cable for an AC junction box (in a TMC11H)

OT terminal (M4)

L3 and N3 terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box in a TMC11H

Power cable for an AC junction box (in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T)

OT terminal (M4)

L2 and N2 terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T

Power cable for the temperature control system

EPC4 connect or

LOAD8 port on the EPU in an APM30H

EPC4 connect or

DC INPUT port on the power distribution box in an IBBS700D or IBBS700T

Power cable for the AC junction box (in an IBBS700D/ IBBS700T)

OT terminal (M4)

L2 and N2 terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box in an IBBS700D or IBBS700T

Power cables for storage batteries

OT terminal (M8)

BAT(+) and BAT(-) terminals on the power distribution box in a battery cabinet

OT termina l (M6)

Positive and negative poles of storage batteries in a battery cabinet

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

80

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Power cables for storage batteries (in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T)

OT terminal (M8)

Circuit breaker on the lower part of the DC junction box on the inner right wall of a battery cabinet and terminal labeled NEG(-) on the DC junction box on the inner left wall of the battery cabinet

OT termina l (M6)

Positive and negative poles of storage batteries in a battery cabinet

6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable (in an APM30H)

EPC4 connect or

LOAD5 port on the EPU in an APM30H

Cord end termina l

PWR1 port on the EMUA or PWR port on the EMUB in an APM30H or TMC11H

6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable (in a TMC11H)

EPC4 connect or

LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12C in a TMC11H

6.4.9 GATM Power Cable (in an APM30H)

EPC4 connect or

-48V port on a GATM

3V3 connect or

l GATM0(2): LOAD7 port on the DCDU-12A in an RFC

6.4.9 GATM Power Cable (in a TMC11H)

EPC4 connect or

l GATM1(3): LOAD5 port on the EPU05A-02/04 in an APM30H -48V port on a GATM

3V3 connect or

l GATM0: LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12C in a TMC11H l GATM1: LOAD7 port on the DCDU-12C in a TMC11H

6.1.2.9 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 Power Cable (in an APM30H)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on an EPU02D/ EPU02D-02

OT termina l

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on an EPU02D/ EPU02D-02

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal near the RFC1 or RFC2 silkscreen on an EPU05A l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal near the RFC1 or RFC2 silkscreen on an EPU05A

81

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

6.1.2.9 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 Power Cable (in a TMC11H)

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Conne ctor

Installation Position

OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on an EPU02D/ EPU02D-02

Depend ing on the external equipm ent

External power equipment

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on an EPU02D/ EPU02D-02

NOTE

(1) Battery cabinet: IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS700D, or IBBS700T (2) and (3): If two GATMs are installed, they are installed below the BBU in sequence. GATM0 is installed above GATM1.

The following table lists the power cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-56 Power cables installed before delivery Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Connec tor

Installation Position

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable (in a DC scenario)

OT termina l (M6)

DC junction box in an RFC

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in a TMC

Power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC (in an AC scenario)

OT termina l (M6)

RFC1 or RFC2 terminal on the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal (M6)

DC junction box in an RFC

DCDU-12A power cable

OT termina l (M6)

DC junction box in an RFC

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12A in an RFC

BBU power cable (in an APM30H)

EPC4 connect or

LOAD0 or LOAD1 port on the EPU in an APM30H

3V3 connecto r

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

82

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Connec tor

Installation Position

BBU power cable (in a TMC11H)

EPC4 connect or

LOAD6 or LOAD7 port on the DCDU-12C in a TMC11H

FAN 02D power cable (in an APM30H)

EPC4 connect or

LOAD2 port on the EPU in an APM30H

3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 02D in an APM30H

FAN 02D power cable (in a TMC11H)

EPC4 connect or

LOAD9 port on the DCDU-12C in a TMC11H

3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 02D in a TMC11H

RFU power cable

EPC4 connect or

LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-12A in an RFC

3V3 connecto r

PWR ports on RFUs 0 to 5 in an RFC

FAN 01C power cable

EPC4 connect or

LOAD6 port on the DCDU-12A in an RFC

3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 01C in an RFC

Power cable for an AC heater (in an APM30H)

OT termina l (M4)

L0, N0, and PE terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

C13 connecto r

Power input port on the AC heater in an APM30H

Power cable for an AC heater (in a TMC11H)

OT termina l (M4)

L0, N0, and PE terminals on the AC junction box in a TMC11H

C13 connecto r

Power input port on the AC heater in a TMC11H

SOU power cable

OT termina l (M4)

M4 ground screw, L2 terminal, and N2 terminal near the AC OUTPUT silkscreen on the left side of the EPU in an APM30H

C13 connecto r

AC INPUT port on the SOU in an APM30H

Power cable for an AC junction box (in an APM30H)

OT termina l (M4)

M4 ground screw, L1 terminal, and N1 terminal near the AC OUTPUT silkscreen on the left side of the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal

L and N terminals on the AC junction box and ground bar in an APM30H

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in a TMC11H

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

83

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor

Installation Position

Connec tor

Installation Position

CMUEA power cable

3V3 connect or

PWR port on the CMUEA in an IBBS700D

Bare wire

FAN/TEC port on the power distribution box in an IBBS700D

CMUF power cable

3V3 connect or

PWR port on the CMUF in an IBBS700T

Bare wire

FAN/TEC port on the power distribution box in an IBBS700D

Transmission Cable The following table lists transmission cables. Table 2-57 Transmission cables

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Categ ory

Cable

Cables to be install ed onsite

One End

The Other End

Connect or

Installation Position

Connecto r

Installation Position

E1/T1 cable

DB26 male connecto r

OUTSIDE port on the UELP in an SLPU

Dependin g on the external power equipment

External transmission equipment

FE/GE Ethernet cable

RJ45 connecto r

FE/GE electrical port near the OUTSIDE port on the UFLP in an SLPU

RJ45 connector

External transmission equipment

FE/GE fiber optic cable

LC connecto r

l FE/GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

l FC connec tor

External transmission equipment

l FE/GE optical port on the LMPT or UMPT in the BBU

l LC connec tor

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

l SC connec tor

84

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Categ ory

Cable

Cables install ed before deliver y

One End

The Other End

Connect or

Installation Position

Connecto r

Installation Position

E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable

DB25 connecto r

INSIDE port on the UELP in an SLPU

DB26 connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

FE/GE surge protection transfer cable

RJ45 connecto r

l FE/GE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UMPT in a BBU

RJ45 connector

FE/GE electrical port near the INSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in an SLPU

l FE/GE electrical port on the LMPT or UMPT in a BBU Interconne ction cable between FE/GE electrical ports

RJ45 connecto r

FE/GE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in a BBU3900

RJ45 connector

FE/GE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in a BBU3900

Interconne ction cable between FE/GE optical ports

LC connecto r

FE/GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in a BBU3900

LC connector

FE/GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in a BBU3900

Signal Cable The following table lists the signal cables to be installed onsite.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

85

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-58 Signal cables to be installed onsite Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level CMUEA

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level CMUEA

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03 modules

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level CCU01D-03

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level CCU01D-03

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level fan assembly

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level fan assembly

Monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUEA or CCU01D-03 in a battery cabinet

RJ45 connector

COM_485 port on the PMU in an APM30H

GPS clock signal cable

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU in a BBU

Type N female connector

GPS surge protector

8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable (in an APM30H)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA or COM_485 port on the EMUB in an APM30H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the PMU in an APM30H

8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable (in a TMC11H)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA or COM_485 port on the EMUB in a TMC11H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the FAN 02D in a TMC11H

BBU alarm cable

RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 or EXT_ALM1 port on the UPEU or UEIU in a BBU

RJ45 connector

External alarm device

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

86

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

8.4.23 RET Control Signal Cable

SMA elbow male connector

ANT0 to ANT5 ports on a GATM

SMA straight male connector

DC/OOK port on a Bias-Tee

8.4.19 CMUEAGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM2 port on a GATM

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the FAN 02D in an APM30H or COM_IN port on the FAN 01C in an RFC

8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM1 port on a GATM

RJ45 connector

MON0 or MON1 port in the BBU in an APM30H

Adapter used for local maintenance

USB connector

USBa port on the UMPT in a BBU

Network connector

Ethernet cable

Cable between two combined base stations

DB15 male connector

GCK port on the UCIU in a BBU

MD36 or DB15 male connector

DGLUb port on a DCTB

NOTE

a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than configuring and exporting information of the base station.

The following table lists the signal cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-59 Signal cables installed before delivery Cable

Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor (in an RFC)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connec tor

Installation Position

Connect or

Installation Position

4-pin connecto r

TEM port on the FAN 01C in an RFC

Temperat ure sensor

Air intake vent at the bottom of an RFC

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

87

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Cable

2 Cable List

One End

The Other End

Connec tor

Installation Position

Connect or

Installation Position

CMUEABBU monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

COM_IN port on the FAN 01C in an RFC

RJ45 connector

MON0 port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H

PMUCMUEA monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

COM_IN port on the PMU in an APM30H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the FAN 02D in an APM30H

ELU signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

l ELU port on the FAN 02D in an APM30H or TMC11H

RJ45 connector

RJ45 port on the ELU in each cabinet

Bare wire

Door status sensor

COM_IN port on the FAN 02D in an APM30H

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H

l ELU port on the FAN 01C in an RFC l ELU port on the CMUEA in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T l ELU port on the CCU01D-03 in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T l ELU port on the CMUEA in an IBBS700D l ELU port on the CMUF in an IBBS700T Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in an APM30H)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

2-pin connecto r

GATE port on the PMU in an APM30H

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

88

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Cable

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in the TMC11H, RFC, IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS700D, or IBBS700T)

2 Cable List

One End

The Other End

Connec tor

Installation Position

Connect or

Installation Position

Bare wire

l GATE port on the FAN 02D in a TMC11H

Bare wire

Door status sensor

4-pin connector

FAN_EXT port on the FAN 02D in an APM30H

l GATE port on the FAN 01C in an RFC l GATE port on the CMUEA in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T l GATE port on the CCU01D-03 in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T l GATE port on the CMUEA in an IBBS700D l GATE port on the CMUF in an IBBS700T

Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in the front door

Intercon nection terminal

Fan power cable routed out of the front door of an APM30H

CPRI Electrical Cable and CPRI Fiber Optic Cable The following table lists CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

89

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-60 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables Categ ory

Cable

Cable s install ed before delive ry Cable s to be install ed onsite

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

CPRI electrical cables(1)

SFP20 male connector

CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the GTMU, UBRI, LBBP, WBBP, or UBBP in a BBU

SFP20 male connector

CPRI0 or CPRI1 ports on RFUs 0 to 5

CPRI fiber optic cables

DLC connector

CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the GTMU, UBRI, LBBP, WBBP, or UBBP in a BBU

DLC connector

l CPRI_W port on an RRU l CPRI_0 port on an RRU

NOTE

(1) If boards have been installed in cabinets before delivery, CPRI electrical cables have also been installed in the APM30H+RFC or TMC11H+RFC cabinet combination. CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite in the following cases: l

In initial configuration, fewer than six RFUs are installed in an RFC before delivery. If RFUs are added for capacity expansion, CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite.

l

If an RFC is added, RFUs and CPRI electrical cables must be installed in the RFC onsite.

RF Cable The following table lists RF cables. Table 2-61 RF cables

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Categ ory

Cable

Cable s to be install ed onsite

RF jumper

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

DIN straight male connector

Antenna feeder

DIN elbow male connector

ANT_TX/RX A and ANT_RXB ports on an RFU

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

90

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Categ ory

Cable

Cable s install ed before delive ry

RFU interconnectio n RF signal cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

QMA elbow male connector

RX_OUTA port on an RFU

QMA elbow male connector

RX_INB port on an RFU

2.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cable List BTS3900A cables include PGND cables, equipotential cables, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cable and Equipotential Cables The following table lists a PGND cable and equipotential cables. Table 2-62 PGND cable and equipotential cables Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector

Installatio n Position

4 PGND Cable

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in a cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar for the site

5 Equipotenti al Cable

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in the upper cabinet(1)

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in the lower cabinet(1)

Ground bar in a TMC11H or battery cabinet

Ground bar in an RFC

NOTE

(1) If an APM30H or TMC11H is stacked on an RFC, the equipotential cable between the cabinets has been installed before delivery. If an IBBS200D or IBBS200T is stacked on another IBBS200D or IBBS200T or a TMC11H, the equipotential cable must be installed onsite.

Power Cables The following table lists the power cables to be installed onsite. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

91

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-63 Power cables to be installed onsite Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 power cable

OT terminal (M6)

AC INPUT terminal on the EPU in an APM30H

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

DCDU-12B power cable (in a DC scenario)

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12B in an RFC

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

DCDU-12C power cable (in an AC scenario)

EPC4 connector

LOAD7 port on the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in a TMC11H

Power cable for a power distribution box

OT terminal (M8)

BAT terminal on the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal (M8)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the BAT silkscreen on the power distribution box in a battery cabinet(1)

Power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC (in a DC scenario)

OT terminal (M6)

DC junction box in an RFC

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

Power cable for the fan in an IBBS200D

EPC4 connector

LOAD8 port on the EPU in an APM30H

EPC4 connector

FAN/TEC INPUT port on the power distribution box in an IBBS200D

Power cable for the fan in an IBBS300D

EPC4 connector

LOAD8 port on the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal (M4)

NEG(-) and RTN(+) wiring terminals on the DC junction box in an IBBS300D

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

92

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Power cable for the TEC in an IBBS200T

EPC4 connector

LOAD8 port on the EPU in an APM30H

EPC4 connector

FAN/TEC INPUT port on the power distribution box in an IBBS200T

Power cable for the TEC in the IBBS300T

EPC4 connector

LOAD8 port on the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal (M4)

NEG(-) and RTN(+) wiring terminals in the DC junction box in an IBBS300T

Power cable for a heating film

OT terminal (M4)

L1 and N1 terminals or L2 and N2 terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

OT terminal (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box for the heating film in an IBBS200D

Power cable for an AC junction box (in a TMC11H)

OT terminal (M4)

L3 and N3 terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

OT terminal (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box in a TMC11H

Power cable for an AC junction box (in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T)

OT terminal (M4)

L2 and N2 terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

OT terminal (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box for the heating film in the IBBS300D or IBBS300T

Storage battery power cable (in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T)

OT terminal (M8)

Power distribution boxes on the top and inner right wall of a battery cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

Positive and negative poles of the battery packs in a battery cabinet

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

93

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Power cables for storage batteries (in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T)

OT terminal (M8)

Circuit breakers in the lower side of the DC junction box on the right side of the battery cabinet and terminals on the DC junction box near the NEG(-) silkscreen on the left side of the battery cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

Positive and negative poles of the battery packs in a battery cabinet

EMUA or EMUB power cable (in an APM30H)

EPC4 connector

LOAD5 port on the EPU in an APM30H

Cord end terminal

EMUA or EMUB power cable (in a TMC11H)

EPC4 connector

LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12C in a TMC11H

PWR1 port on the EMUA or PWR port on the EMUB in an APM30H or TMC11H

GATM power cable (in an APM30H)

EPC4 connector

-48V port on a GATM

3V3 connector

l GATM0(2): LOAD7 port on the DCDU-12A in an RFC l GATM1(3): LOAD5 port on the EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 in an APM30H

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

94

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

GATM power cable (in a TMC11H)

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

EPC4 connector

-48V port on a GATM

3V3 connector

l GATM0: LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12C in a TMC11H l GATM1: LOAD7 port on the DCDU-12C in a TMC11H

6.1.2.9 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 Power Cable (in an APM30H)

OT terminal

l RTN(+) terminal on the EPU02D/ EPU02D-02

OT terminal

l NEG(-) terminal on the EPU02D/ EPU02D-02

6.1.2.9 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 Power Cable (in a TMC11H)

OT terminal

l RTN(+) terminal on the EPU02D/ EPU02D-02

l RTN(+) terminal on the PDU01D-01 in the EPU05A l NEG(-) terminal on the PDU01D-01 in the EPU05A

Depending on the external equipment

External power equipment

l NEG(-) terminal on the EPU02D/ EPU02D-02

NOTE

(1) Battery cabinet: IBBS200D or IBBS200T (2) and (3): If two GATMs are installed, they are installed below the BBU in sequence. GATM0 is installed above GATM1.

The following table lists the power cables that have been installed before delivery.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

95

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-64 Power cables installed before delivery Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

DCDU-12C power cable (in a DC scenario)

OT terminal (M6)

DC junction box in an RFC

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in a TMC

Power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC (in an AC scenario)

OT terminal (M6)

RFC1 or RFC2 terminal on the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal (M6)

DC junction box in an RFC

DCDU-12A power cable

OT terminal (M6)

DC junction box in an RFC

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12A in an RFC

BBU power cable (in an APM30H)

EPC4 connector

LOAD0 or LOAD1 port on the EPU in an APM30H

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H

BBU power cable (in a TMC11H)

EPC4 connector

LOAD6 or LOAD7 port on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H

FAN 02E power cable (in an APM30H)

EPC4 connector

LOAD2 port on the EPU in an APM30H

3V3 connector

PWR port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H

FAN 02E power cable (in a TMC11H)

EPC4 connector

LOAD9 port on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H

3V3 connector

PWR port on the FAN 02E in a TMC11H

RFU power cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-12A in an RFC

3V3 connector

PWR ports on RFU 0 to RFU 5 in an RFC

FAN 01D power cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD6 port on the DCDU-12A in an RFC

3V3 connector

PWR port on the FAN 01D in an RFC

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in a TMC11H

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

96

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Cable

2 Cable List

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Power cable for an AC heater (in an APM30H)

OT terminal (M4)

L0, N0, and PE terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

C13 connector

Power input port on the AC heater in an APM30H

Power cable for an AC heater (in a TMC11H)

OT terminal (M4)

L0, N0, and PE terminals on the AC junction box in a TMC11H

C13 connector

Power input port on the AC heater in a TMC11H

SOU power cable

OT terminal (M4)

M4 ground screw, L2 terminal, and N2 terminal near the AC OUTPUT silkscreen on the left side of the EPU in an APM30H

C13 connector

AC INPUT port on the SOU in an APM30H

Power cable for an AC junction box (in an APM30H)

OT terminal (M4)

M4 ground screw, L1 terminal, and N1 terminal near the AC OUTPUT silkscreen on the left side of the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal

L and N terminals on the AC junction box and ground bar in an APM30H

Transmission Cable The following table lists transmission cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

97

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-65 Transmission cables Categ ory

Cable

Cables to be install ed onsite

Cables install ed before deliver y

One End

The Other End

Connect or

Installation Position

Connecto r

Installation Position

E1/T1 cable

DB26 male connecto r

OUTSIDE port on the UELP in an SLPU

Dependin g on the external power equipment

External transmission equipment

FE/GE Ethernet cable

RJ45 connecto r

FE/GE electrical port near the OUTSIDE port on the UFLP in an SLPU

RJ45 connector

External transmission equipment

FE/GE fiber optic cable

LC connecto r

l FE/GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

l FC connec tor

External transmission equipment

l FE/GE optical port on the LMPT or UMPT in the BBU

l LC connec tor

l SC connec tor

E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable

DB25 connecto r

INSIDE port on the UELP in an SLPU

DB26 connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

FE/GE surge protection transfer cable

RJ45 connecto r

l FE/GE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UMPT in a BBU

RJ45 connector

FE/GE electrical port near the INSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in an SLPU

l FE/GE electrical port on the LMPT or UMPT in a BBU

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

98

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Categ ory

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connect or

Installation Position

Connecto r

Installation Position

Interconne ction cable between FE/GE electrical ports

RJ45 connecto r

FE/GE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in a BBU3900

RJ45 connector

FE/GE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in a BBU3900

Interconne ction cable between FE/GE optical ports

LC connecto r

FE/GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in a BBU3900

LC connector

FE/GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in a BBU3900

Signal Cable The following table lists the signal cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-66 Signal cables to be installed onsite Cable

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level FAN 01D

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lowerlevel FAN 01D

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT/ U_COM1 port on the upperlevel FAN 02E

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lowerlevel FAN 01D

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level FAN 01D

RJ45 connector

COM_IN/ U_COM0 port on the lowerlevel FAN 02E

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT/ U_COM1 port on the upperlevel FAN 02E

RJ45 connector

COM_IN/ U_COM0 port on the lowerlevel FAN 02E

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

99

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the CMUH in the upper-level IBBS200D or IBBS200T

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUH in the lowerlevel IBBS200D or IBBS200T

CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT/ U_COM1 port on the CCUB in the upper-level TMC11H

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUH in the lowerlevel extension RFC

CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the CMUH in the upper-level RFC

RJ45 connector

COM_IN/ U_COM0 port on the CCUB in the lower-level TMC11H

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03 modules

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level CCU01D-03

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lowerlevel CCU01D-03

Monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUH or CCU01D-03 in a battery cabinet

RJ45 connector

COM_485 port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H

GPS clock signal cable

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU in a BBU

Type N female connector

GPS surge protector

EMUA or EMUB monitoring signal cable (in an APM30H)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA or COM_485 port on the EMUB in an APM30H

RJ45 connector

MON1-1/ D_COM1-1 port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H

EMUA or EMUB monitoring signal cable (in a TMC11H)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA or COM_485 port on the EMUB in a TMC11H

RJ45 connector

MON1-1/ D_COM1-1 port on the FAN 02E in a TMC11H

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

100

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

BBU alarm cable

RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 or EXT_ALM1 port on the UPEU or UEIU in a BBU

RJ45 connector

External alarm device

RET control signal cable

SMA elbow male connector

ANT0 to ANT5 ports on a GATM

SMA straight male connector

DC/OOK port on a Bias-Tee

CMUHGATM monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

COM2 port on GATM0

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUH in an RFC

GATM monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

COM1 port on a GATM

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT/ U_COM1 or MON1-1/ D_COM1-1 port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H

Adapter used for local maintenance

USB connector

USBa port on the UMPT in a BBU

Network connector

Ethernet cable

Cable between two combined base stations

DB15 male connector

GCK port on the UCIU in a BBU

MD36 or DB15 male connector

DGLUb port on a DCTB

WIUA monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on a WIUA

RJ45 connector

l D_COM1 port on the CMUH in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T l D_COM1 port on the CCU01D-03 in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

101

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

NOTE

a: The security of a USB port is ensured by encryption, and a USB port can be shut down using a command. A USB commission port is used for commissioning a base station rather than configuring and exporting information of the base station.

The following table lists the signal cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-67 Signal cables installed before delivery One End

Cable

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor (in an RFC)

4-pin connector

TEM port on the FAN 01D in an RFC

Temperature sensor

Air intake vent at the bottom of an RFC

CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the FAN 01D in an RFC

RJ45 connector

MON0-0/ D_COM0-0 port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H

CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN/ U_COM0 port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H or TMC11H

RJ45 connector

MON0 port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H or TMC11H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT/ U_COM1 port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H or TMC11H

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H or TMC11H

RJ45 connector

PMI port on the PMIU in an APM30H

RJ45 connector

PMI port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H

PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

The Other End

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

102

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

ELU signal cable

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

RJ45 connector

l ELU port on the FAN 02E in a an APM30H or TMC11H

RJ45 connector

RJ45 port on the ELU in each cabinet

Bare wire or cord end terminal

Door status sensor

l ELU port on the FAN 01D in an RFC l ELU port on the CMUH in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T l ELU port on the CCU01D-03 in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in an APM30H)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Bare wire

GATE port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

103

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in a TMC11H, RFC, IBBS200D, or IBBS200T)

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Bare wire

l GATE port on the FAN 02E in the TMC11H

Bare wire

Door status sensor

4-pin connector

FAN_EXT port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H or TMC11H

l GATE port on the FAN 01D in the RFC l GATE port on the CMUH in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T l GATE port on the CCU01D-03 in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T

Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in the front door

Interconnection terminal

Fan power cable routed out of the front door of an APM30H or TMC11H

CPRI Electrical Cable and CPRI Fiber Optic Cable The following table lists CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

104

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-68 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables Categ ory

Cable

Cable s install ed before delive ry Cable s to be install ed onsite

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

CPRI electrical cables(1)

SFP20 male connector

CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the GTMU, UBRI, LBBP, WBBP, or UBBP in a BBU

SFP20 male connector

CPRI0 or CPRI1 ports on RFUs 0 to 5

CPRI fiber optic cables

DLC connector

CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the GTMU, UBRI, LBBP, WBBP, or UBBP in a BBU

DLC connector

l CPRI_W port on an RRU l CPRI_0 port on an RRU

NOTE

(1) If boards have been installed in cabinets before delivery, CPRI electrical cables have also been installed in the APM30H+RFC or TMC11H+RFC cabinet combination. CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite in the following cases: l

In initial configuration, fewer than six RFUs are installed in an RFC before delivery. If RFUs are added for capacity expansion, CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite.

l

If an RFC is added, RFUs and CPRI electrical cables must be installed in the RFC onsite.

RF Cables The following table lists RF cables. Table 2-69 RF cables

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Categ ory

Cable

Cable s to be install ed onsite

RF jumper

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

DIN straight male connector

Antenna feeder

DIN elbow male connector

ANT_TX/RX A and ANT_RXB ports on an RFU

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

105

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Categ ory

Cable

One End

Cable s install ed before delive ry

RFU interconnectio n RF signal cable

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

QMA elbow male connector

RX_OUTA port on an RFU

QMA elbow male connector

RX_INB port on an RFU

2.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Cable List BTS3900A cables consist of the PGND cables, power cables, signal cables, and RF cables.

Power Cables and PGND Cables NOTE

Transmission cables in the BTS3900A need to be reused and the reused transmission cables are connected to the original positions. For details about transmission cable connections in the BTS3900A, see BTS3900A (Ver.A) GSM Hardware Description (with a Heat Exchanger).

The following table describes the power cables and PGND cables after the hardware upgrade. Cable

Equipotential Cable for the Front Door

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

OT terminal

l Ground point on an inner wall of the APM30H

OT terminal

l Front door of the APM30H l Front door of the TMC11H

l Ground point on an inner wall of the TMC11H

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Input Power Cables for the APM30H

OT terminal

AC INPUT terminal on the EPU in the APM30H

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

Input Power Cable for the TMC11H (in AC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD7 port on the EPU in the APM30H

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

106

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Cable

2 Cable List

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Input Power Cable for the TMC11H (in DC Scenarios)

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H

Input Power Cable for the RFC (in AC Scenarios)

OT terminal

RFC1 terminal on the EPU in the APM30H

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

Input Power Cable for the RFC (in DC Scenarios)

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

RFU Power Cables

EPC4 connector

LOAD0 to LOAD2 ports on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

3V3 connector

PWR port on any of RFU0 to RFU2 in the RFC

LOAD0 to LOAD2 ports on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC Power cables between cascaded DCDU-13As

OT terminal

l NEG(-) terminal on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

PWR port on any of RFU3 to RFU5 in the RFC OT terminal

l RTN(+) terminal on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

l NEG(-) terminal on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC l RTN(+) terminal on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC

107

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Power Cables for the Battery Cabinet

OT terminal

BAT terminal on the EPU in the APM30H

OT terminal (M8)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the BAT silkscreen on the power distribution box in the IBBS200T

TEC Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD8 port on the EPU in the APM30H

EPC4 connector

FAN/ TEC_INPUT port on the power distribution box in the IBBS200T

BBU Power Cable (in AC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD0 and LOAD1 ports on the EPU in the APM30H

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30H or TMC11H

BBU Power Cable (in DC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD6 and LOAD7 ports on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in the TMC11H

CMUEA Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD2 port on the EPU in the APM30H

3V3 connector

PWR port on the CMUEA in the APM30H

EMUA Power Cable (Optional)

EPC4 connector

LOAD9 port on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H

PWR port on the CMUEA in the TMC11H

LOAD3 port on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

PWR port on the CMUEA in the RFC

LOAD5 port on the EPU in the APM30H

Cord end terminal

PWR1 terminal on the EMUA

LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

108

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Signal Cables The following table describes the signal cables after the hardware upgrade. Cable

One End

CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUEA in the APM30H

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30H

COM_IN port on the CMUEA in the RFC

MON0 port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30H

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor in the APM30H

Bare wire

Door status sensor

2-pin connector

GATE port on the PMU in the APM30H

Monitoring Signal Cable for the IBBS200T

OT terminal

Signal cable transfer terminal in the IBBS200T

RJ45 connector

COM_485 port on the CMUEA or PMU

ELU Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

ELU port on the CMUEA

RJ45 connector

ELU

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor

Bare wire

l GATE port on the CMUEA in the TMC11H

Bare wire

Door status sensor

l GATE port on the CMUEA in the RFC

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

109

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan in the Front Door

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Interconnection terminal

l Power cable for the fan in the front door of the APM30H

4-pin connector

l FAN_EXT port on the fan assembly in the APM30H

l Power cable for the fan in the front door of the TMC11H

Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A

Bare wire

l DC_SPD port on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

l FAN_EXT port on the fan assembly in the TMC11H Bare wire

l IN1 port on the CMUEA in the RFC

l DC_SPD port on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor

4-pin connector

TEMP1 port on the CMUEA in the RFC

5-pin connector

Port on the environmental temperature sensor in the RFC

PMU-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the PMU

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the CMUEA

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level CMUEA

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lowerlevel CMUEA

EMUA Monitoring Signal Cable (Optional)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA in the APM30H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the PMU in the APM30H

RS485 port on the EMUA in the TMC11H

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

l IN0 port on the CMUEA in the RFC

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

COM_OUT port on the CMUEA in the TMC11H

110

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

RF Cables The following table describes the RF cables after the hardware upgrade. NOTE

l When a Bias Tee is configured, the jumpers use DIN straight male connectors. After the cabinet is upgraded, the Bias Tee needs to be removed, and therefore the DIN straight male connectors need to be replaced by DIN elbow male connectors. l When a Bias Tee is not configured before the upgrade, the original jumpers can be reused during the upgrade.

Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

DIN straight male connector

Antenna feeder

DIN elbow male connector

ANT_RXA and ANT_RXB ports on RFUs

2.3.6 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Cable List BTS3900A cables consist of the PGND cables, power cables, and signal cables. NOTE

Transmission cables in the BTS3900A need to be reused and the reused transmission cables are connected to the original positions. For details about transmission cable connections in the BTS3900A, see BTS3900A GSM Hardware Description (with Breathable Film).

Power Cables and PGND Cables The following table describes the power cables and PGND cables after the hardware upgrade. Cable

Equipotential Cable for the Front Door

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

OT terminal

l Ground point on an inner wall of the APM30

OT terminal

l Front door of the APM30

l Ground point on an inner wall of the TMC

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

l Front door of the TMC

111

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Cable

2 Cable List

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Input Power Cables for the APM30

OT terminal

AC INPUT terminal on the EPU in the APM30

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

Input Power Cable for the TMC (in AC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD7 port on the EPU in the APM30

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in the TMC

Input Power Cable for the TMC (in DC Scenarios)

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in the TMC

Input Power Cable for the RFC (in AC Scenarios)

OT terminal

RFC1 terminal on the EPU in the APM30

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

Input Power Cable for the RFC (in DC Scenarios)

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

RFU Power Cables

EPC4 connector

LOAD0 to LOAD2 ports on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

3V3 connector

PWR port on any of RFU0 to RFU2 in the RFC

LOAD0 to LOAD2 ports on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

PWR port on any of RFU3 to RFU5 in the RFC

112

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

Power Cables Between Cascaded DCDU-13As

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

OT terminal

l NEG(-) terminal on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

OT terminal

l NEG(-) terminal on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC

l RTN(+) terminal on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

l RTN(+) terminal on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC

Storage Battery Power Cable

OT terminal

BAT terminal on the EPU in the APM30

OT terminal

Wiring copper bar for the positive and negative poles of storage batteries

BBU Power Cable (in AC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD0 and LOAD1 ports on the EPU in the APM30

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30 or TMC

BBU Power Cable (in DC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD6 and LOAD7 ports on the DCDU-12C in the TMC

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in the TMC

Input Power Cable for the Heater

OT terminal

8-pin transfer terminal on the EPU in the APM30

Cord end terminal

Transfer terminal on the heater

Power Cable for the Heating Film

OT terminal

8-pin transfer terminal on the EPU in the APM30

OT terminal

Wiring terminal for the input power cable for the heating film in the BBC

CMUEA Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD2 port on the EPU in the APM30

3V3 connector

PWR port on the CMUEA in the APM30

LOAD9 port on the DCDU-12C in the TMC

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

PWR port on the CMUEA in the TMC

113

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End Connector

The Other End Installation Position

Connector

LOAD3 port on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC EMUA Power Cable (Optional)

EPC4 connector

LOAD5 port on the EPU in the APM30

Installation Position PWR port on the CMUEA in the RFC

Cord end terminal

PWR1 terminal on the EMUA

LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12C in the TMC

Signal Cables The following table describes the signal cables after the hardware upgrade. Cable

One End

CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUEA in the APM30

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30

COM_IN port on the CMUEA in the RFC Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor in the APM30

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Bare wire

Door status sensor

MON0 port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30 2-pin connector

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

GATE port on the PMU in the APM30

114

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor in the Battery Cabinet

OT terminal

When an external battery cabinet is used, this cable is bound to the cable bridge on the left side of the upper compartment in the battery cabinet.

2-pin connector

TEM_BAT port on the PMU in the APM30

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor

4-pin connector

l TEMP1 port on the CMUEA in the APM30

5-pin connector

l Port on the environment al temperature sensor in the APM30

l TEMP2 port on the CMUEA in the APM30

l Port on the temperature sensor near the air exhaust vent in the APM30

l TEMP1 port on the CMUEA in the RFC

l Port on the environment al temperature sensor in the RFC

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan on the Top of the Cabinet Interior

4-pin connector

IFAN1 and IFAN2 ports on the CMUEA

4-pin connector

J01 and J02 ports on the fan interface board

ELU Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

ELU on the CMUEA

RJ45 connector

ELU

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

115

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Bare wire

l GATE port on the CMUEA in the TMC

Bare wire

Door status sensor

4-pin connector

l EFAN1 and EFAN2 ports on the CMUEA in the APM30

l GATE port on the CMUEA in the RFC Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan in the Front Door

Interconnection terminal

l Power cable for the fan in the front door of the APM30 l Power cable for the fan in the front door of the TMC

Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A

Bare wire

l DC_SPD port on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

l EFAN1 and EFAN2 ports on the CMUEA in the TMC Bare wire

l IN1 port on the CMUEA in the RFC

l DC_SPD port on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

l IN0 port on the CMUEA in the RFC

PMU-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the PMU

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the CMUEA

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level CMUEA

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lowerlevel CMUEA

EMUA Monitoring Signal Cable (Optional)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA in the APM30

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the PMU in the APM30

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

116

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End Connector

The Other End Installation Position

Connector

RS485 port on the EMUA in the TMC

Installation Position COM_OUT port on the CMUEA in the TMC

RF Cables The following table describes the RF cables after the hardware upgrade. NOTE

l When a Bias Tee is configured, the jumpers use DIN straight male connectors. After the cabinet is upgraded, the Bias Tee needs to be removed, and therefore the DIN straight male connectors need to be replaced by DIN elbow male connectors. l When a Bias Tee is not configured before the upgrade, the original jumpers can be reused during the upgrade.

Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

DIN straight male connector

Antenna feeder

DIN elbow male connector

ANT_TX/RXA and ANT_RXB ports on an RFU

2.3.7 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2) Cable List BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2) cables include PGND cables, power cables, signal cables, and RF cables.

Power Cables and PGND Cables NOTE

Transmission cables in the BTS3900A need to be reused and the reused transmission cables are connected to the original positions. For details about transmission cable connections in the BTS3900A, see BTS3900A (Ver.A) GSM Hardware Description (with a Heat Exchanger).

The following table lists the power cables and PGND cables after the hardware upgrade.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

117

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Cable

2 Cable List

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Input power cable for the APM30H (in AC scenarios)

OT terminal (M6)

AC INPUT port on the EPU

Depending on the power supply equipment

External power equipment

Input power cable for the TMC11H (in AC scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD7 port on the EPU

OT terminal (M6, 4 mm2 or 0.006 in.2)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-12C

Input power cable for the TMC11H (in DC scenarios)

OT terminal (M6, 25 mm2 or 0.039 in.2)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-12C

Depending on the power supply equipment

External power equipment

Input power cable for the RFC in DC scenarios

OT terminal (M6, 35 mm2 [0.054 in.2] for one group of power cables or 16 mm2 [0.025 in.2] for two groups of power cables)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-13A in the RFC

Depending on the power supply equipment

External power equipment

Input power cable for the RFC in AC scenarios

OT terminal (M6)

RFC1 terminal on the EPU in the APM30H

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-13A in the RFC

Main power cables

Cord end terminal

Cord end terminal bar on the ODM

Depending on the power supply equipment

l In AC scenarios: PDU01D in the EPU of the APM30H l In DC scenarios: external power equipment

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

118

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Power cables for a battery cabinet

OT terminal (M8, 35 mm2 or 0.054 in.2)

BAT terminal on the EPU in the APM30H

OT terminal (M8, 35 mm2 or 0.054 in.2)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the BAT silkscreen on the power distribution box in the IBBS200T

TEC power cables in the IBBS200T

EPC4 connector

LOAD8 port on the EPU

EPC4 connector

FAN/ TEC_INPUT port on the power distribution box in the IBBS200T

RRU power cables

EPC5 or EPC4 connector

Cable hole for the RRU power cable on the ODM

Depending on the RRU model

PWR port on the RRU

PGND cable for the front door

OT terminal

Ground point on the inner wall of the cabinet

OT terminal

Front door

EMUA power cable

EPC4 connector

l In the APM30H: LOAD5 port on the EPU

Cord end terminal

PWR1 terminal on the EMUA

3V3 connector

PWR port on the FAN 02E

l In the TMC11H: LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12C Power cables for fan assemblies

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

EPC4 connector

l LOAD2 port on the EPU l In the TMC11H: LOAD9 port on the DCDU-12C

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

119

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Cable

BBU power cables

2 Cable List

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

EPC4 connector

l In the APM30H: LOAD0 or LOAD1 port on the EPU

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU

EPC4 connectors

l LOAD0 to LOAD2 ports on the left of the DCDU-13A

l In the TMC11H: LOAD6 or LOAD7 port on the DCDU-12C RFU power cables

3V3 connectors

l PWR ports on RFU0 to RFU2 l PWR ports on RFU3 to RFU5

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

l LOAD0 to LOAD2 ports on the right of the DCDU-13A

CMUH power cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD3 port on the left of the DCDU-13A

3V3 connector

PWR port on the fan assembly in the RFC

Power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the left of the DCDU-13A

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the right of the DCDU-13A

Power cables for storage batteries

OT terminal

Storage battery

OT terminal

Power distribution box

Power transfer cable for the TEC in the front door

OT terminal

Transfer terminal for the input power cable for the TEC

OT terminal

Power distribution box

TEC power cable

-

TEC

OT terminal

Transfer terminal for the input power cable for the TEC

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

120

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Signal Cables The following table describes the signal cables after the hardware upgrade. Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet

Bare wire

Signal cable transfer terminal on the front door of the IBBS200T

2-pin connector and bare wire

TEM_BAT, IN2, SMOKE, and green terminals on the fan assembly of the APM30H

CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN/ D_COM0 port on the fan assembly of the APM30H

RJ45 connector

MON0 port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30H

COM_OUT/ D_COM1 port on the fan assembly of the APM30H Monitoring signal cable for the transmission cabinet

RJ45 connector

COM_IN/ U_COM0 port on the fan assembly of the TMC11H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the CMUH in the RFC

CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUH in the RFC

RJ45 connector

MON0-0/ D_COM0-0 port on the fan assembly of the APM30H

BBU interconnection cable

DLC connector

One of the M0 to M4 ports on the UCIU in the BBU

DLC connector

l CI port on the UMPT in the BBU

EXT_ALM0 or EXT_ALM1 port on the UPEU or UEIU in the BBU

RJ45 connector

BBU alarm cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30H

RJ45 connector

l S0 port on the UCIU in the BBU

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

External alarm device

121

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Cable between two combined base stations

DB15 male connector

GCK port on the UCIU in the BBU

MD36 or DB15 male connector

DGLUb or DCTB

External dry contact monitoring signal cable

Bare wire

IN0, IN1, IN2, and IN3 terminals on the USLP in the SLPU

Bare wire

External monitoring equipment

EMUA monitoring signal cable

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA

RJ45 connector

MON1-1/ D_COM1-1 port on the FAN 02E

GPS clock signal cable

Type N female connector

GPS surge protector

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU in the BBU

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor

Bare wire

l In the APM30H or TMC11H: GATE terminal on the FAN 02E

Bare wire

Door status sensor

l In the RFC: GATE terminal on the CMUH l In the IBBS200T: signal cable transfer terminal GPS jumper

N50 straight male connector

GPS surge protector

N50 straight male connector

GPS antenna

ELU signal cable

RJ45 connector

ELU

RJ45 connector

l In the APM30H or TMC11H: ELU port on the FAN 02E l In the RFC: ELU port on the CMUH

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

122

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in a front door

Interconnection terminal

Power cable for the fan assembly in the front door of the cabinet

4-pin connector

FAN_EXT port on the FAN 02E

Monitoring signal cable for the fan in the front door

4-pin connector

Power cable for the fan assembly in the front door of the cabinet

4-pin connector

FAN_EXT port on the FAN 02E

CCUB-PMIU monitoring signal transfer cable

RJ45 connector

PMI port on the FAN 02E

RJ45 connector

PMI port on the PMIU in the EPU

CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

MON0 port on the UPEU in the BBU

RJ45 connector

COM_IN/ U_COM0 port on the FAN 02E

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT/ U_COM1 port on the FAN 02E

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor

Bare wire

GATE terminal on the FAN 02E

Bare wire

Door status sensor

DCDU-FMUA monitoring signal cable

Bare wire

IN0 and IN1 terminals on the CMUH

Bare wire

DC_SPD terminal on the DCDU-13A

Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor in the RFC

4-pin connector

TEM port on the fan assembly

RJ45 connector

Air intake vent at the bottom of an RFC

Monitoring signal cable for the left fan

Interconnection terminal

Cable configured for the fan assembly

4-pin connector

IFAN0 and IFAN1 cables configured for the CMUH

Monitoring signal cable for the right fan

Interconnection terminal

Cable configured for the fan assembly

4-pin connector

IFAN2 and IFAN3 cables configured for the CMUH

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

123

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor for storage batteries

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Bare wire

Transfer terminal for the signal cable

OT terminal

Negative poles on the batteries

2.3.8 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1) Cable List BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1) cables include PGND cables, power cables, signal cables, and RF cables.

Power Cables and PGND Cables NOTE

Transmission cables in the BTS3900A need to be reused and the reused transmission cables are connected to the original positions. For details about transmission cable connections in the BTS3900A, see BTS3900A GSM Hardware Description (with Breathable Film).

The following table lists the power cables and PGND cables after the hardware upgrade. Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Input power cable for the APM30 (in AC scenarios)

OT terminal (M6)

AC INPUT port on the EPU

Depending on the power supply equipment

External power equipment

Input power cable for the TMC (in AC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD7 port on the EPU

OT terminal (M6, 4 mm2 or 0.006 in.2)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-12C

Input power cable for the TMC (in DC Scenarios)

OT terminal (M6)

External power equipment

OT terminal (M6, 25 mm2 or 0.039 in.2)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-12C

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

124

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Input power cable for the RFC in DC scenarios

OT terminal (M6, 35 mm2 [0.054 in.2] for one group of power cables or 16 mm2 [0.025 in.2] for two groups of power cables)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-13A in the RFC

Depending on the power supply equipment

External power equipment

Input power cable for the RFC in AC scenarios

OT terminal (M6)

RFC1 terminal on the EPU in the APM30

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-13A in the RFC

RRU power cables

EPC5 or EPC4 connector

One of LOAD0 to LOAD8 ports on the DCDU-12B

Depending on the RRU model

PWR port on the RRU

Power cables for a battery cabinet

OT terminal (M8, 35 mm2 or 0.054 in.2)

BAT terminal on the EPU in the APM30

OT terminal (M8, 35 mm2 or 0.054 in.2)

Wiring terminals for power cables for storage batteries in the BBC

Power cables for the heating film of a battery cabinet

-

8-pin wiring terminal in the APM30

-

Junction terminal for the power cable of a heating film in the BBC

PGND cable for the front door

OT terminal

Ground point on the inner wall of the cabinet

OT terminal

Front door

EMUA or EMUB power cable

EPC4 connector

l In the APM30: LOAD5 port on the EPU

Cord end terminal

PWR1 terminal on the EMUA or EMUB

l In the TMC: LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12C

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

125

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

BBU power cables

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

EPC4 connector

l In the APM30: LOAD0 or LOAD1 port on the EPU

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU

l In the TMC: LOAD6 or LOAD7 port on the DCDU-12C Power cable for the transfer terminal

Bare wire

Transfer terminal

OT terminal

AC OUTPUT terminal on the EPU

Power cable for an AC heater

Bare wire

Transfer terminal

Bare wire

AC heater

RFU power cables

3V3 connectors

l PWR ports on RFU0 to RFU2

EPC4 connectors

l LOAD0 to LOAD2 ports on the left of the DCDU-13A

l PWR ports on RFU3 to RFU5

CMUH power cable

EPC4 connector

l In the APM30: LOAD2 port on the EPU

l LOAD0 to LOAD2 ports on the right of the DCDU-13A 3V3 connector

l In the TMC: LOAD3 port on the left of the DCDU-13A

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

l In the APM30: PWR port on the CMUH l In the TMC: PWR port on the fan assembly

Power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the left of the DCDU-13A

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the right of the DCDU-13A

Power cables for storage batteries

OT terminal

Storage battery

OT terminal

Wiring terminal for storage batteries

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

126

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Power cable for the heating film

-

Heating film

OT terminal

Transfer terminal

Power cable between the wiring terminal and circuit breaker on the storage batteries

OT terminal

Wiring terminal for storage batteries

OT terminal

Circuit Breaker

Signal Cables The following table describes the signal cables after the hardware upgrade. One End

Cable

CMUH-BBU monitoring signal cable

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUH in the APM30

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30

COM_IN port on the CMUH in the RFC BBU interconnection cable

EMUA monitoring signal cable

DLC connector

DB9 male connector

MON0 port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30

One of the M0 to M4 ports on the UCIU in the BBU

DLC connector

RS485 port on the EMUA

RJ45 connector

l CI port on the UMPT in the BBU l S0 port on the UCIU in the BBU l In the APM30: COM_OUT port on the PMU l In the TMC: COM_OUT port on the CMUH

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

127

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

GPS clock signal cable

Type N female connector

GPS surge protector

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU in the BBU

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor in the APM30

2-pin connector

GATE port on the PMU

Bare wire

Door status sensor and green terminal

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor in the TMC

Bare wire

GATE port on the CMUH

Bare wire

Door status sensor

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor in the BBC

Bare wire

Transfer terminal for the signal cable

Cord end terminal

Door status sensor

GPS jumper

N50 straight male connector

GPS surge protector

N50 straight male connector

GPS antenna

ELU signal cable

RJ45 connector

ELU

RJ45 connector

ELU port in the CMUH

Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in a front door

4-pin connector

Transfer terminal on the front door

4-pin connector

IFAN2 and IFAN3 terminals on the CMUH

Monitoring signal cable for fan assemblies

4-pin connector

Transfer board in the fan assembly

4-pin connector

IFAN0 and IFAN1 terminals on the CMUH

PMU-CMUH monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the PMU 11B

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the CMUH

CMUH-BBU monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUH

Environmental temperature monitoring signal cable

5-pin connector

Environmental temperature sensor on the front door

4-pin connector

TEM port on the CMUH

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

128

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Temperature monitoring signal cable for the air exhaust vent

5-pin connector

Environmental temperature sensor at the air exhaust vent on the right of the fan assembly at the top of the cabinet

4-pin connector

TEMP1 port on the CMUH

DCDU-FMUA monitoring signal cable

Bare wire

IN0 and IN1 terminals on the CMUH

Bare wire

DC_SPD terminal on the DCDU-13A

Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor in the RFC

4-pin connector

TEM port on the fan assembly

RJ45 connector

Air intake vent at the bottom of an RFC

Monitoring signal cable for the left fan

Interconnection terminal

Cable configured for the fan assembly

4-pin connector

IFAN0 and IFAN1 cables configured for the CMUH

Monitoring signal cable for the right fan

Interconnection terminal

Cable configured for the fan assembly

4-pin connector

IFAN2 and IFAN3 cables configured for the CMUH

Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor for storage batteries

2-pin connector

TEM_BAT port on the PMU 11B in the APM30

OT terminal

Cable bridge on the left side of the upper storage battery compartment

2.4 BTS3900AL Cable List This section describes the list of BTS3900AL cables.

2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List The BTS3900AL cables consist of the PGND cable, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cable and Equipotential Cable The PGND cable and equipotential cable need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the cable connections. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

129

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-70 PGND cable and equipotential cable No.

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connect or

Installation Position

Connect or

Installation Position

1

4 PGND Cable

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in a cabinet

OT terminal

Ground busbar outside the cabinet

2

5 Equipotentia l Cable

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in a cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in a cabinet

Power Cable Table 2-71 lists the power cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-72 lists the power cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-71 Power cables to be installed onsite No.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r

Installation Position

Connecto r

Installation Position

1

6.1.3.2 PDU05A-01 Power Cable

Cord end terminal

L1, L2, L3, N, and PE terminals on the PDU05A-01

Depending on the external equipment

External power equipment

2

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD7 or LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

3V3 connector

-48 V port on the UPEU or UEIU

3

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD1 port on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H (Ver.D)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

130

3900 Series Base Station Cables

No.

4

2 Cable List

Cable

6.1.3.3 PDU03D-01 Power Cable

One End Connecto r

Installation Position

Connecto r

Installation Position

Power series 120 connector

LOAD1 port for connecting the ETP48400 that provides power supply for the BTS3900AL DC cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+)_2 and NEG(-)_2 terminals near the Input2 silkscreen on the PDU03D-01 in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet

OT terminal (M8)

DCDU:RTN+ and DCDU0:NEG - terminals on the BusBar in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+)_0 and NEG(-)_0 terminals near the Input0 silkscreen on the PDU03D-01 in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet

Depending on the external equipment

External power equipment

OT terminal (M6)

l RTN(+)_2 and NEG(-)_2 terminals near the Input2 silkscreen on the PDU03D-01 in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet

(obtaining power from the BTS3900AL AC)

6.1.3.3 PDU03D-01 Power Cable (obtaining power from external power equipment)

The Other End

l RTN(+)_0 and NEG(-)_0 terminals near the Input0 silkscreen on the PDU03D-01 in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

131

3900 Series Base Station Cables

No.

5

2 Cable List

Cable

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable (in an IBBS700D/ IBBS700T)

One End

The Other End

Connecto r

Installation Position

Connecto r

Installation Position

OT terminal (M8)

RTN0+, BAT0-, RTN1+, and BAT1terminals on the BusBar in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet

OT terminal (M8)

RTN(+)_0, NEG(-)_0, RTN(+)_1, and NEG(-)_1 terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the power distribution box in the IBBS700D or IBBS700T

OT terminal (M8)

RTN1+ and BAT1terminals on the BusBar in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

Battery pack in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet

6

6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD1 port on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

Cord end terminal

PWR1 terminal on the EMUA or EMUB

7

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

OT terminal (M4)

L2 and N2 terminals on the AC junction box

OT terminal (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box

OT terminal (M4)

L3 and N3 terminals on the AC junction box

OT terminal (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box

EPC4 connector

DC INPUT port on the power distribution box in the battery cabinet

EPC4 connector

LOAD4 port on the DCDU-12C

(in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet) 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box [in an IBBS700D, IBBS700T, or TMC11H (Ver.D)] 8

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

6.3.8 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

132

3900 Series Base Station Cables

No.

9

2 Cable List

Cable

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r

Installation Position

Connecto r

Installation Position

l OT terminal

l One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-03 B

Depending on the RRU model

Power port on the RRU

l Toolless female connect or (pressfit type) l EPC5 or EPC4 connect or

l One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-11 B l One of the LOAD0 to LOAD8 ports on the DCDU-12 B

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

10

Storage battery power cable (in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T)

OT terminal (M8)

RTN0+, BAT0-, RTN1+, and BAT1terminals on the BusBar in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet

OT terminal (M8)

Wiring terminal labeled NEG(-) on the AC junction box on the inner left wall of an IBBS300D or IBBS300T and wiring terminal labeled RTN(+) on the AC junction box on the inner right wall of the IBBS300D or IBBS300T

11

Fan power cables in an IBBS300D

EPC4 connector

LOAD4 port on the DCDU-12C in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet

OT terminal (M4)

Copper bars labeled NEG- and RTN+ on the inner left and right walls of an IBBS300D

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

133

3900 Series Base Station Cables

No.

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r

Installation Position

Connecto r

Installation Position

12

TEC power cables in the IBBS300T

EPC4 connector

LOAD4 port on the DCDU-12C in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet

OT terminal (M4)

Copper bars labeled NEG- and RTN+ on the inner left and right walls of an IBBS300T

13

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable NEG(-)

OT terminal (M6)

Storage battery

OT terminal (M8)

AC junction box on the inner left wall of the cabinet

14

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable RTN(+)

OT terminal (M6)

Storage battery

OT terminal (M8)

AC junction box on the inner right wall of the cabinet

15

HAU01A-01 power cable (between cabinets) (optional)

OT terminal (M4)

L3 and N3 terminals on the AC junction box in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet

OT terminal (M4)

L and N terminals on the heater's junction box on the inner left wall of an IBBS300D

16

6.1.2.9 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 Power Cable (in a BTS3900AL DC cabinet)

OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on an EPU02D/ EPU02D-0 2

Depending on the external equipment

External power equipment

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on an EPU02D/ EPU02D-0 2

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

134

3900 Series Base Station Cables

No.

17

2 Cable List

Cable

6.1.2.9 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 Power Cable (in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet)

One End

The Other End

Connecto r

Installation Position

Connecto r

Installation Position

OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on an EPU02D/ EPU02D-0 2

OT terminal

LOAD3 and LOAD5 ports on the ETP48400

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on an EPU02D/ EPU02D-0 2

Table 2-72 Power cables installed before delivery No.

Cable

One End Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

1

6.1.2.15 ETP48400 Power Cable

Cord end terminal

L11, N11, L12, N12, L13, and N13 terminals on the PDU05A-01

OT terminal (M6)

L1, N1, L2, N2, L3, and N3 terminals on the ETP48400

2

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable

OT terminal (M6)

LOAD0 terminal on the ETP48400, which provides power supply for the DCDU-12C

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-12C

(in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

The Other End

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

135

3900 Series Base Station Cables

No.

3

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

OT terminal (M8)

RTN(+)_2 and NEG(-)_2 terminals near the Output or Output2 silkscreen on the PDU03D-01 in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

OT terminal (M8)

RTN(+)_0 and NEG(-)_0 terminals near the Output0 silkscreen in the Output area of the PDU03D-01 in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

(in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

The Other End

4

6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD9 port on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

3V3 connector

PWR port on the CMUF

5

6.2.4 CCU Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD0 port on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

EPC4 connector

RTN(+) and NEG(-) ports near the INPUT silkscreen on the CCU

6

6.3.3 FAU03D-01 Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD9 port on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

3V3 connector

PWR port on the FAU03D-01

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

136

3900 Series Base Station Cables

No.

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

7

6.4.3 RFU Power Cables

EPC4 connector

One of the LOAD0 to LOAD8 ports on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

3V3 connector

PWR port on an RFU

8

6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable

OT terminal (M4)

L1, N1, and PE terminals on the AC junction box

C13 straight female connector

AC-IN port on the HAU01A-01

9

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

Cord end terminal

L21 and N21 terminals on the PDU05A-01

OT terminal (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box

(in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

10

8.3.11 Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for Fans in Front Doors

4-pin male connector

FAN_IN0 and FAN_IN1 ports on the CMUF

4-pin female connector

Signal cable delivered with an inner air circulation fan

11

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD5 or LOAD6 port on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

3V3 connector

-48 V port on the UPEU or UEIU

12

6.1.4.4 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL

OT terminal

Two NEG(-)_1 terminals and one RTN(+)_1 terminal near the Output1 silkscreen on the PDU03D-01

OT terminal

Two NEG(-) terminals and one RTN(+) terminal on the DC junction box

13

6.2.5 CCU01D-03 Power Cable

OT terminal (M4)

Junction boxes on the inner left and right walls of the cabinet

3V3 connector

PWR port on the CCU01D-03

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

137

3900 Series Base Station Cables

No.

14

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

HAU01A-01 power cable (in the cabinet) (optional)

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

OT terminal (M4)

AC junction box on the inner left wall of the cabinet

C13 connector

AC_IN port on a heater

Transmission Cable Table 2-73 lists the transmission cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-74 lists the transmission cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-73 Transmission cables and CPRI electrical cables to be installed onsite No.

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

1

7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

OUTSIDE port on the UELP in the surge protection subrack for transmission signals

Depending on the external equipment

External transmission equipment

2

7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

RJ45 connector

FE0 and FE1 ports near the OUTSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in the surge protection subrack for transmission signals

RJ45 connector

Routing device

3

7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

LC connector

l FE1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP

l FC connector

Routing device

l SFP0 or SFP1 port on the LMPT

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

l SC connector l LC connector

138

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-74 Transmission cables installed before delivery No.

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

1

7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable

DB25 connector

INSIDE port on the UELP in the surge protection subrack for transmission signals

DB26 connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP

2

7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable

RJ45 connector

l FE0 port on the GTMU or WMPT

RJ45 connector

FE0 port near the INSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in the surge protection subrack for transmission signals

l FE0 or FE1 port on the LMPT 3

7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the GTMU

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the WMPT

4

7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

LC connector

FE1 port on the GTMU

LC connector

FE1 port on the WMPT

Signal Cable Table 2-75 lists the signal cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-76 lists the signal cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-75 Signal cables to be installed onsite No.

1

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable

One End

8.4.13 BBU Interconnection Signal Cables

The Other End

Connecto r

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

DLC connector

M0 or M1 port on the UCIU

DLC connector

CI port on the UMPT

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

139

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

No.

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

2

8.2.28 BBU Alarm Cable

RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 or EXT_ALM1 port on the UPEU or UEIU

RJ45 connector

External alarm device

3

8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs

RJ45 connector

FE_L port on the CCU

RJ45 connector

FE_R port on the CCU

4

8.2.14 CMUEACCU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

D_COM7 port on the CCU

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUEA in the TMC11H (Ver.D)

5

8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

U_COM1 port on the CCU

RJ45 connector

MON0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

6

8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector COM

RS-485 port on the EMUA or COM-485 port on the EMUB

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the HAU01A-01

7

8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU

Type N female connector

Protect port on the GPS surge protector

8

8.4.12 GPS Jumper

Type N male connector

Surge port on the GPS surge protector

Type N male connector

GPS antenna

9

Adapter used for local maintenance

USB connector

USB(1) port on the UMPT in a BBU

Network connector

Ethernet cable

NOTE

a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than configuring and exporting information of the base station.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

140

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-76 Signal cables installed before delivery No.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

1

8.1.1 PMUCCU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the PMU

RJ45 connector

D_COM2 port on the CCU

2

8.2.15 CMUFCCU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUF

RJ45 connector

D_COM0 port on the CCU

3

8.2.11 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the HAU01A-01

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the HAU01A-01

4

HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the HAU01A-01

RJ45 connector

D_COM3 port on the CCU

5

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors

Bare wire

Door Status Sensor

Bare wire

GATE port on the CCU

6

8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the FAU03D-01

RJ45 connector

D_COM1 port on the CCU

7

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

ELU

RJ45 connector

ELU port on the CCU

8

8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module

2-pin wire terminal block

AC surge protection port on the PDU05A-01

Cord end terminal

IN1 port on the CCU

9

Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor in the device compartment

4-pin connector

Temperature sensor in the device compartment: TEM0 port on the CMUF

Temperature sensor

Temperature sensor in the device compartment

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

141

3900 Series Base Station Cables

No.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor in the RF compartment

4-pin connector

Temperature sensor in the device compartment: TEM0 port on the FAU03D-01

Temperature sensor

Temperature sensor in the RF compartment

Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor in the front door

4-pin connector

Temperature sensor in the device compartment: TEM1 port on the CMUF

Temperature sensor

Temperature sensor on the front door

10

8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

U_COM0 port on the CCU

RJ45 connector

MON0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

10

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors (in an IBBS300D/ IBBS300T)

Bare wire

Door status sensor

Bare wire

GATE port on a CCU01D-03

11

8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors (in an IBBS300D/ IBBS300T)

Temperatur e sensor

Temperature sensor on the inner left wall of the cabinet

4-pin connector

TEM port on a CCU01D-03

12

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable (in an IBBS300D/ IBBS300T)

RJ45 connector

ELU on the inner left wall of the cabinet

RJ45 connector

ELU port on a CCU01D-03

13

8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable (optional)

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on a heater

RJ45 connector

D_COM0 port on a CCU01D-03

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

142

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

CPRI Electrical Cable Inter-cabinet CPRI electrical cables need to be installed onsite. CPRI electrical cables in the cabinets have been installed before delivery. The following table describes their connections. Table 2-77 CPRI electrical cables No.

1

Cable

One End

9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable (inter-cabinet CPRI electrical cables)

2

9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable (CPRI electrical cables in the cabinet)

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

SFP20 male connector

CPRI port on the GTMU, UBRI, WBBP, or LBBP

SFP20 male connector

CPRI port on an RFU

SFP20 male connector

CPRI port on the GTMU, WBBP, or LBBP

SFP20 male connector

CPRI port on an RFU

RF Cable All RF cables need to be installed onsite. The following table describes the RF cable connections. Table 2-78 RF cables No.

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

1

10.1 RF Jumpers

DIN elbow male connector

Antenna feeder

DIN straight male connector

ANT_TX/RX A or ANT_RXB port on an RFU

2

10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable

QMA elbow male connector

RX OUTA port on an RFU

QMA elbow male connector

RX INB port on another RFU

2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists The DBS3900 cable lists include the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900, BBU cable list, and RRU cable list. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

143

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable Lists for the Supported Cabinets The following table lists the links to the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900. Table 2-79 Links to the cable lists for the supported cabinets

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Supported Cabinet

Cable List

APM30H (Ver.B)

APM30H (Ver.B) cable list

TMC11H (Ver.B)

TMC11H (Ver.B) cable list

IBBS200D (Ver.B)

IBBS200D (Ver.B) cable list

IBBS200T (Ver.B)

IBBS200T (Ver.B) cable list

APM30H (Ver.C)

APM30H (Ver.C) cable list

TMC11H (Ver.C)

TMC11H (Ver.C) cable list

IBBS200D (Ver.C)

IBBS200D (Ver.C) cable list

IBBS200T (Ver.C)

IBBS200T (Ver.C) cable list

APM30H (Ver.D)

APM30H (Ver.D) cable list

TMC11H (Ver.D)

TMC11H (Ver.D) cable list

IBBS200D (Ver.D)

IBBS200D (Ver.D) cable list

IBBS200T (Ver.D)

IBBS200T (Ver.D) cable list

APM30H (Ver.E)

APM30H (Ver.E) cable list

TMC11H (Ver.E)

TMC11H (Ver.E) cable list

IBBS200D (Ver.E)

IBBS200D (Ver.E) cable list

IBBS200T (Ver.E)

IBBS200T (Ver.E) cable list

IBBS700D

IBBS700D cable list

IBBS700T

IBBS700T cable list

IBBS300D

IBBS300D cable list

IBBS300T

IBBS300T cable list

IBBS20D

IBBS20D cable list

IBBS20L

IBBS20L cable list

IBBS20L-E

IBBS20L-E cable list

IBC10

IBC10 cable list

MRE1000

MRE1000 cable List

IMB05

IMB05 Cable List

ILC29 (Ver.E)

ILC29 (Ver.E) Cable List Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

144

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

BBU Cable List The following table lists BBU3900&BBU3910 cables. Table 2-80 BBU3900&BBU3910 cable list One End

Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

The Other End

Connector

Connection Position

Connector

Connection Position

BBU PGND Cable

OT terminal (M4, 6 mm2 [0.009 in.2])

Ground terminal on the BBU

OT terminal (M8, 6 mm2 [0.009 in.2])

External ground bar

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

3V3 connector

"-48V" port on the UPEU in a BBU

Depending on the power equipment

Depending on the power equipment

7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

"E1/T1" port on the UMPT, GTMU, UELP, WMPT, or UTRP in a BBU

Depending on site requirements

External transmission equipment

7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable

DB26 male connector

"E1/T1" port on the UMPT, GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP in a BBU

DB25 connector

"INSIDE" port on the UELP in the SLPU

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

145

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

The Other End

Connector

Connection Position

Connector

Connection Position

RJ45 connector

l "FE0" port near the OUTSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in a BBU

RJ45 connector

External transmission equipment

RJ45 connector

"FE0" port near the INSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in the SLPU

l "FE0" port on the UMPT, GTMU, or WMPT in a BBU l "FE/GE" port on the UTRP in a BBU l "FE/GE" port on the LMPT in a BBU 7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable

RJ45 connector

"FE0" port on the UMPT, GTMU, or WMPT in a BBU "FE/GE" port on the UTRP in a BBU

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

RJ45 connector

"FE0" port on the WMPT in a BBU

RJ45 connector

"FE0" port on the GTMU in a BBU

7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

LC connector

"FE1" port on the WMPT in a BBU

LC connector

"FE1" port on the GTMU in a BBU

7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

LC connector

"FE1" port on the WMPT, GTMU, LMPT, or UMPT in a BBU

FC, SC, or LC connector

External transmission equipment

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

146

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Connection Position

Connector

Connection Position

9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable

DLC connector

CPRI port on the GTMU, WBBP, LBBP, or UBRI in a BBU

DLC connector

"CPRI_W" port on an RRU

8.2.2 APMI-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

"MON1" port on the UPEU or UEIU in a BBU

Twisted pair

"TX+", "TX-", "RX+", or "RX-" port on an APMI

8.2.13 HEUABBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

"MON1" port on the UPEU or UEIU in a BBU

RJ45 connector

"COM_IN" port on an HEUA

CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

"MON1" port on the UPEU or UEIU in a BBU

RJ45 connector

"COM_IN" port on a CMUA

CMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

"MON1" port on the UPEU or UEIU in a BBU

RJ45 connector

"COM_IN" port on a CMUE

8.2.21 CMUEABBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

"MON1" port on the UPEU or UEIU in a BBU

RJ45 connector

"COM_IN" port on a CMUEA

8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

"MON1" port on the UPEU or UEIU in a BBU

DB9 male connector

"RS-485" port on an EMUA

8.1.13 PSU (EPW25-24S48D ) Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

"EXT-ALM0" port on the UPEU or UEIU in a BBU

Cord end terminal

ALM terminal on the PSU (DC/DC)

8.1.14 PSU (EPW25-24S48D ) In-Position Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

"EXT-ALM0" port on the UPEU or UEIU in a BBU

RJ45 connector

"RESENT" port on a PSU (DC/DC)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

147

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Connection Position

Connector

Connection Position

8.2.28 BBU Alarm Cable

RJ45 connector

"EXT-ALM0" port on the UPEU or UEIU in a BBU

RJ45 connector

External alarm device

8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable

SMA male connector

"GPS" port on the LMPT, USCU, or UMPTa6 in a BBU

Type N female connector

GPS surge protector

8.4.13 BBU Interconnection Signal Cables

DLC connector

M0 to M4 ports on the UCIU in a BBU

DLC connector

"CI" port on the UMPT in a BBU

8.4.14 Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations

DB15 male connector

"GCK" port on the UCIU in a BBU

MD36 or DB15 male connector

DCTB or DGLUb

8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance

USBa connector

USBa port on the UMPT in a BBU

Network connector

Ethernet cable

NOTE

a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than configuring and exporting information of the base station.

RRU Cable List For the RRU cable list, see the related RRU hardware description, for example, RRU3926 Hardware Description.

2.6 BTS3900C Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900C is configured with different types of cabinets.

2.6.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Cable List The cable list includes connector types and installation positions of cables, such as PGND cables, power cables, transmission cables and signal cables. Some cables need to be installed onsite, and some cables have been installed before delivery, the cable list provides a reference for onsite installation of cables. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

148

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

PGND Cable PGND cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the PGND cable connections. Table 2-81 PGND cable Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r

Installation Position

Connecto r

Installation Position

OMB PGND cable

OT terminal

Ground bar at the bottom of the OMB

OT terminal

Ground bar outside the cabinet

RRU PGND cable

OT terminal

Ground bar at the bottom of the OMB

OT terminal

Ground terminal on the RRU

Power Cables Table 2-82 and Table 2-83 list power cables for AC cabinets. Table 2-84 and Table 2-85 list power cables for DC cabinets. Table 2-82 Power cables installed before delivery (in an AC cabinet) Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

6.1.2.12 EPS30-4815AF Power Cable

3-pin male connector

AC power input port on the EPS30-4815AF

Cord end terminal

SPD ALM terminals on the AC surge protection box

6.2.6 HEUA Power Cable

H4 connector

DC output port LOAD1 on the EPS30-4815AF

3V3 connector

DC INPUT port on the HEUA

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

149

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-83 Power cables to be installed onsite (in an AC cabinet) Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

6.4.6 SPD Power Cable

OT terminal

L, N, and PE terminals on the AC surge protection box

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

H4 connector

DC output port LOAD1 on the EPS30-4815AF

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

OT terminal

RRU wiring terminal on the EPS30-4815AF

Depending on the RRU type

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the RRU

Table 2-84 Power cables installed before delivery (in a DC cabinet) Cable

One End

6.2.6 HEUA Power Cable

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

OT terminal

LOAD7 terminal on the DCDU-03B

3V3 connector

DC INPUT port on the HEUB

Table 2-85 Power cables to be installed onsite (in a DC cabinet) Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

OT terminal

LOAD6 terminal on the DCDU-03B

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU

6.1.1.2 DCDU-03B Power Cable

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-03B

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

OT terminal

LOAD0 terminal on the DCDU-03B

Depending on the RRU type

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the RRU

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

150

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Transmission Cables Table 2-86 lists the transmission cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-87 lists the transmission cables and CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-86 Transmission cables installed before delivery Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable

DB25 connector

INSIDE port on the UELP in the BBU

DB26 connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable

RJ45 connector

l FE0 port on the GTMU or WMPT in the BBU

RJ45 connector

FE0 port at the INSIDE label on the UFLP in the BBU

l FE0 or FE1 port on the LMPT in the BBU

Table 2-87 Transmission cables to be installed onsite Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

OUTSIDE port on the UELP in the BBU

Depending on the external transmission equipment

External transmission equipment

7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

RJ45 connector

FE0 port at the OUTSIDE label on the UFLP in the BBU

RJ45 connector

Routing device

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

151

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

LC connector

l FE1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

l FC connector

Routing device

l SFP0 or SFP1 port on the LMPT in the BBU 9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable

DLC connector

l CPRI port on the GTMU or UBRI in the BBU

l SC connector l LC connector

DLC connector

CPRI_W or CPRI0 port on the RRU

l CPRI port on the WBBP in the BBU l CPRI port on the LBBP in the BBU

Signal Cables Table 2-88 and Table 2-89 list the signal cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-90 lists the signal cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-88 Signal cables installed before delivery (in an AC cabinet) Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors

Bare wire

Door status sensor

Bare wire

GATE port on the HEUA

8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly

4-pin connector

IntFAN port on the HEUA

5-pin connector

Power and monitoring port for the inner air circulation fan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

152

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly

4-pin connector

ExtFAN port on the HEUA

Round waterproof connector

Power and monitoring port for the outer air circulation fan

8.2.1 PMUHEUA Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the HEUA

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the PMU in the EPS30-4815AF

8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance

USB 3.0 connector

USBa port on the UMPT in the BBU

Ethernet connector

Network cable

Table 2-89 Signal cables installed before delivery (in a DC cabinet) One End

Cable

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors

Bare wire

Door status sensor

Bare wire

GATE port on the HEUA

8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly

4-pin connector

IntFAN port on the HEUA

5-pin connector

Power and monitoring port for the inner air circulation fan

8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly

4-pin connector

ExtFAN port on the HEUA

Round waterproof connector

Power and monitoring port for the outer air circulation fan

8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance

USB 3.0 connector

USBa port on the UMPT in the BBU

Ethernet connector

Network cable

NOTE

a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than configuring and exporting information of the base station.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

153

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-90 Signal cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU in the BBU

Type N female connector

Protect port on the GPS surge protector

8.2.13 HEUABBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the HEUA

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU

8.2.28 BBU Alarm Cable

RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

RJ45 connector

External alarm device

CPRI Cables The following table lists the CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-91 CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End

9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

DLC connector

l CPRI port on the GTMU or UBRI in the BBU

DLC connector

CPRI_W or CPRI0 port on the RRU

l CPRI port on the WBBP in the BBU l CPRI port on the LBBP in the BBU

RF Cables All RF cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the RF cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

154

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-92 RF cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

10.1 RF Jumpers

DIN male connector

ANT_TX/RXA or ANT_TX/RXB port on the RRU

DIN male connector

Antenna system

8.4.9 RRU AISG Multi-Wire Cable

Waterproofe d DB9 male connector

RET port on the RRU

Standard AISG female connector

Standard AISG male connector on the RCU or on the AISG multi-wire cable

8.4.10 RRU AISG Extension Cable

Standard AISG male connector

Standard AISG female connector on the AISG extension cable

Standard AISG female connector

Standard AISG male connector on the RCU

2.6.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Cable List The cable list includes connector types and installation positions of the cables, such as PGND cables, power cables, transmission cables and signal cables. Some cables need to be installed onsite, and some cables have been installed before delivery. The cable list provides reference for the installation of cables.

PGND Cables PGND cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the PGND cable connections. Table 2-93 PGND cables Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connecto r

Installation Position

Connecto r

Installation Position

OMB PGND cable

OT terminal

Ground bar at the bottom of the OMB

OT terminal

Ground bar outside the cabinet

RRU PGND cable

OT terminal

Ground terminal on the RRU

OT terminal

Ground bar outside the cabinet

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

155

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Power Cables Table 2-94 and Table 2-95 list the power cables for an AC cabinet. Table 2-96 and Table 2-97 list the power cables for a DC cabinet. Table 2-94 Power cables installed in an AC cabinet before delivery Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

OT terminal

L/L1 and N/L2 terminals on the INPUT side of the ETP48100A1

Cord end terminal

L/N, N/L, and PE ports on the AC surge protection box

OT terminal

PDU10D-01

6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD9 port on the PDU10D-01

3V3 connector

DC INPUT port on the HEUB

6.1.3.1 PDU10D-01 Power Cable

OT terminal

RTN0(+) and NEG0(-) terminals near the OUTPUT silkscreen on the ETP48100A1

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INTPUT: -48V silkscreen on the PDU10D-01

6.1.2.11 ETP48100-A1 Power Cable

Table 2-95 Power cables in an AC cabinet to be installed onsite Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

6.1.3.1 PDU10D-01 Power Cable

OT terminal

INPUT: AC silkscreen on the PDU10D-01

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD6 port on the PDU10D-01

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD0 port on the PDU10D-01

Depending on the RRU type

RTN(+) and NEG(-) ports on the RRU

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

156

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-96 Power cables in a DC cabinet installed before delivery Cable

One End

6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

EPC4 connector

LOAD9 port on the PDU10D-01

3V3 connector

DC INPUT port on the HEUB

Table 2-97 Power cables in a DC cabinet to be installed onsite One End

Cable

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

6.1.3.1 PDU10D-01 Power Cable

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INTPUT: -48V silkscreen on the PDU10D-01

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD6 port on the PDU10D-01

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD0 port on the PDU10D-01

Depending on the RRU type

RTN(+) and NEG(-) ports on the RRU

Transmission Cables Table 2-98 lists the transmission cables that have been installed before delivery Table 2-99 lists the transmission cables and CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-98 Transmission cables installed before delivery Cable

One End

7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

DB25 male connector

INSIDE port on the UELP in the BBU

DB26 male connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

157

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

RJ45 connector

l FE0 port on the GTMU or WMPT in the BBU

RJ45 connector

FE0 port near the INSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in the BBU

l FE0 or FE1 port on the LMPT in the BBU 7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the GTMU in the BBU

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the WMPT in the BBU

7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

LC connector

FE1 port on the GTMU in the BBU

LC connector

FE1 port on the WMPT in the BBU

Table 2-99 Transmission cables and CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

OUTSIDE port on the UELP in the BBU

Depending on the external transmission equipment

External transmission equipment

7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

RJ45 connector

FE0 port near the OUTSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in the BBU

RJ45 connector

Routing device

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

158

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

LC connector

l FE1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

l FC connector

Routing device

l SFP0 or SFP1 port on the LMPT in the BBU

l SC connector l LC connector

Signal Cables Table 2-100 and Table 2-101 list the signal cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-102 lists the signal cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-100 Signal cables installed in an AC cabinet before delivery Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors

Bare wire

Door status sensor

Bare wire

GATE port on the HEUB

Monitoring signal cable for the inner air circulation fan

4-pin connector

IntFAN port on the HEUB

4-pin connector

Power and monitoring port for the inner air circulation fan

Monitoring signal cable for the outer air circulation fan

4-pin connector

ExtFAN port on the HEUB

4-pin connector

Power and monitoring port for the outer air circulation fan

8.1.9 PMU 11AHEUB Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the HEUB

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the PMU 11A on the ETP48100-A1

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

RJ45 port on the ELU

RJ45 connector

ELU port on the HEUB

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

159

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

USB3.0 connector

USBa port on the UMPT in the BBU

Network connector

Ethernet cable

Table 2-101 Signal cables installed in a DC cabinet before delivery One End

Cable

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors

Bare wire

Door status sensor

Bare wire

GATE port on the HEUB

Monitoring signal cable for the inner air circulation fan

4-pin connector

IntFAN port on the HEUB

4-pin connector

Power and monitoring port for the inner air circulation fan

Monitoring signal cable for the outer air circulation fan

4-pin connector

ExtFAN port on the HEUB

4-pin connector

Power and monitoring port for the outer air circulation fan

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

RJ45 port on the ELU

RJ45 connector

ELU port on the HEUB

8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance

USB3.0 connector

USBa port on the UMPT in the BBU

Network connector

Ethernet cable

NOTE

a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than configuring and exporting information of the base station.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

160

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-102 Signal cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU in the BBU

Type N female connector

Protect port on the GPS surge protector

8.2.12 HEUBBBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the HEUB

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU

8.2.28 BBU Alarm Cable

RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

RJ45 connector

External alarm device

CPRI Cables The following table lists the CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-103 CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End

9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

DLC connector

l CPRI port on the GTMU or UBRI in the BBU

DLC connector

CPRI_W or CPRI0 port on the RRU

l CPRI port on the WBBP in the BBU l CPRI port on the LBBP in the BBU

RF Cables All RF cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the RF cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

161

3900 Series Base Station Cables

2 Cable List

Table 2-104 RF cables to be installed onsite Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installation Position

Connector

Installation Position

10.1 RF Jumpers

DIN male connector

ANT_TX/RXA or ANT_TX/RXB port on the RRU

DIN male connector

Antenna system

8.4.10 RRU AISG Extension Cable

Waterproofe d DB9 male connector

RET port on the RRU

Standard AISG female connector

Standard AISG male connector on the RCU or on the AISG multi-wire cable

8.4.9 RRU AISG Multi-Wire Cable

Standard AISG male connector

Standard AISG female connector on the AISG extension cable

Standard AISG female connector

Standard AISG male connector on the RCU

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

162

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

3

Cable Connections

About This Chapter This chapter describes cable connections for 3900 series base station, including power cable connections, transmission cable connections, monitoring signal cable connections, BBU interconnection signal cable connections, CPRI cable connections, and RF cable connections. 3.1 Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations. 3.2 Transmission Cable Connections Transmission cable connections vary according to the configuration of main control boards and transmission boards in base stations of different modes. This section describes transmission cable connections in single-mode, dual-mode, triple-mode, and quadruple-mode base stations. 3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations. 3.4 Inter-BBU Signal Cable Connections This section describes the inter-BBU signal cable connections when two BBUs are configured. 3.5 CPRI Cable Connections CPRI cable connections include those for a single-mode, dual-mode, triple-mode, and quadruple-mode base station. 3.6 RF Cable Connections Configuration of RF modules varies according to the modes of base stations, and therefore RF cable connections are different. This chapter describes RF cable connections in single-mode, dual-mode, and multimode base stations.

3.1 Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

163

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

3.1.1 BTS3900 Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900 when it is configured with different types of cabinets.

3.1.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 cabinet supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC, -48 V DC, and +24 V DC power.

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios The power supply to the BTS3900 cabinet (AC) can be 110 V AC three-phase, 220 V AC three-phase, and 220 V AC single-phase power. This section uses a cabinet powered by 220 V AC three-phase power as an example. The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet (110 V/220 V). Figure 3-1 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet. Table 3-1 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1 to P6

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P7

For details, see 6.3.1.1 FAN Power Cables.

P8

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

164

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P11 and P12

For details, see 6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable.

P13

For details, see 6.1.2.13 EPS4890 Power Cable.

Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V). Figure 3-2 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V). Table 3-2 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V) No.

Description

P1 to P6

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P7

For details, see 6.3.1.1 FAN Power Cables.

P8

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P11 and P12

For details, see 6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable.

Power Cable Connections in +24 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V). Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

165

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-3 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V)

The following table describes the power cables in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V). Table 3-3 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V) No.

Description

P1 to P6

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P7

For details, see 6.3.1.1 FAN Power Cables.

P8

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P11 and P12

For details, see 6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable.

P25 to P28

For details, see 6.1.2.14 EPS24S48100DC Power Cable.

Power Cable Connections Between a BTS3900 Cabinet and a PS4890 NOTE

The PS4890 is used for Huawei wireless products in indoor scenarios. It provides DC power and backup power for distributed base stations or a BTS3900, and provides installation space for indoor BBUs and transmission equipment. For details, see PS4890 User Guide.

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet is stacked on a PS4890.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

166

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-4 Power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet is stacked on a PS4890

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 are installed side by side.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

167

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-5 Power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 are installed side by side

The following table describes the power cables between a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890. Table 3-4 Power cable connections between a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 No.

Description

P1 and P2

For details, see 6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable.

3.1.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections This section describes the BTS3900 power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC input scenarios.

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios The power supply to the BTS3900 cabinet (AC) can be 220 V AC three-phase, 220 V AC single-phase, and 110 V dual-live-wire power. This section uses a cabinet powered by 220 V AC three-phase power as an example. The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

168

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-6 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet. Table 3-5 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet No.

Description

P1 to P6

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P7

For details, see 6.3.1.9 FAN 03B Power Cable.

P8 and P9

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P10 and P11

For details, see 6.1.1.4 DCDU-11A Power Cable.

P12 and P13

For details, see 6.1.2.16 ETP48150-A3 Power Cable.

Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V).

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

169

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-7 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V). Table 3-6 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V) No.

Description

P1 to P6

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P7

For details, see 6.3.1.9 FAN 03B Power Cable.

P8 and P9

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P10 and P11

For details, see 6.1.1.4 DCDU-11A Power Cable.

3.1.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 cabinet supplied with 220 V AC and -48 V DC power.

Power Cable Connections in 220 V AC Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with one BTS3900 AC cabinet and supplied with 220 V AC power. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

170

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-8 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with one BTS3900 AC cabinet

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with one BTS3900 AC cabinet. Table 3-7 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with one BTS3900 AC cabinet

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1

For details, see EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable.

P2 to P7

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P8

For details, see 6.3.1.10 FAN 03C Power Cable.

P9 and P10

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P11

For details, see DCDU-12A Power Cable.

P12

For details, see DCDU-12B Power Cable.

P13 to P21

For details, see RRU Power Cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

171

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with one BTS3900 AC cabinet and one IMS06 (for power backup) and supplied with 220 V AC power. Figure 3-9 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC cabinet+1 IMS06 (for power backup)

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with one BTS3900 AC cabinet and one IMS06 (for power backup). Table 3-8 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC cabinet+1 IMS06 (for power backup)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1

For details, see EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable.

P2 to P7

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

172

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P8

For details, see 6.3.1.10 FAN 03C Power Cable.

P9 and P10

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P11

For details, see DCDU-12A Power Cable.

P12

For details, see DCDU-12B Power Cable.

P13 to P21

For details, see RRU Power Cable.

P22 to P24

For details, see Storage Battery Power Cable.

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with one BTS3900 AC cabinet and one IMS06 (for transmission) and supplied with 220 V AC power. Figure 3-10 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC cabinet +1 IMS06 (for transmission)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

173

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with one BTS3900 AC cabinet and one IMS06 (for transmission). Table 3-9 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC cabinet+1 IMS06 (for transmission) No.

Description

P1

For details, see EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable.

P2 to P7

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P8

For details, see 6.3.1.10 FAN 03C Power Cable.

P9 and P10

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P11

For details, see DCDU-12A Power Cable.

P12

For details, see DCDU-12B Power Cable.

P13 to P21

For details, see RRU Power Cable.

Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with one BTS3900 DC cabinet and supplied with -48 V DC power. Figure 3-11 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with one BTS3900 DC cabinet

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

174

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with one BTS3900 DC cabinet and supplied with -48 V DC power. Table 3-10 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with one BTS3900 DC cabinet No.

Description

P1 to P6

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P7

For details, see 6.3.1.10 FAN 03C Power Cable.

P8 and P9

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P10 and P11

For details, see 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable.

P12 and P13

For details, see DCDU-12B Power Cable.

P14 to P22

For details, see RRU Power Cable.

3.1.2 BTS3900L Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900L when it is configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.

3.1.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900L. The BTS3900L can work only in -48 V DC power supply scenario. The following figure shows the power cable connections in a fully configured BTS3900L.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

175

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-12 Power cable connections in a BTS3900L

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-11 Power cables No.

Description

P1 to P4

For details, see 6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable.

P5 to P10

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P11

For details, see 6.3.1.1 FAN Power Cables.

P12

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P13 and P14

For details, see 6.4.9 GATM Power Cable.

3.1.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900L. The BTS3900L can work only in -48 V DC power supply scenario. The following figure shows the power cable connections in a fully configured BTS3900L. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

176

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-13 Power cable connections in a BTS3900L

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-12 Power cables

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0 to P5, P10 to P15

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P6 to P16

For details, see 6.3.1.9 FAN 03B Power Cable.

P7 and P8

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P9

For details, see 6.4.9 GATM Power Cable.

P17 to P20

For details, see 6.1.1.4 DCDU-11A Power Cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

177

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

3.1.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections of a BTS3900L cabinet.

Power Cable Connections in the 220 V AC Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario, using the BTS3900L cabinet in full configuration as an example. Figure 3-14 Power cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario

The following table describes the power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

178

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-13 Power cable connections No.

Description

P0 to P5, P10 to P15

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P6 and P16

For details, see 6.3.1.10 FAN 03C Power Cable.

P7 and P8

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P9

For details, see EPU05A-02 Power Cable.

P17

For details, see 6.4.9 GATM Power Cable.

P18 to P21

For details, see 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable.

Power Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario, using the BTS3900L cabinet in full configuration as an example.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

179

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-15 Power cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-14 Power cable connections

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0 to P5, P10 to P15

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P6 and P16

For details, see 6.3.1.10 FAN 03C Power Cable.

P7 and P8

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P9

For details, see 6.4.9 GATM Power Cable.

P17 to P20

For details, see 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

180

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

NOTE

When the BTS3900L cabinet is configured with RFUs and RRUs, the BBU is installed below the lower DCDU-12A, the DCDU-12B is installed below the BBU, and the LOAD0 to LOAD8 ports on the DCDU-12B supply power to the nine RRUs.

3.1.3 BTS3900A Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900A when it is configured with enhanced cabinets and cabinets used by the BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A (Ver.C), and BTS3900A (Ver.D).

3.1.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections This section describes the BTS3900A power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC input scenarios.

Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H. Figure 3-16 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

181

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-15 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H No.

Description

P0

For details, see 6.1.2.1 EPS 01A or EPS 01C Power Cable.

P1

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

For details, see 6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable.

P3 to P8

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

For details, see 6.3.1.6 FAN 02A Power Cable.

P10

For details, see 6.3.1.2 FAN 01A Power Cables.

P11

For details, see 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box.

P15 to P17

For details, see 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

P12 and P14

For details, see 6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D.

P13

For details, see 6.1.1.3 DCDU-03C Power Cable.

P18

For details, see 6.3.1.6 FAN 02A Power Cable.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

182

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-17 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-16 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0

For details, see 6.1.2.1 EPS 01A or EPS 01C Power Cable.

P1

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

For details, see 6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable.

P3 to P8

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

For details, see 6.3.1.6 FAN 02A Power Cable.

P10

For details, see 6.3.1.2 FAN 01A Power Cables.

P11, P13

For details, see 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

183

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P15 to P18

For details, see 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

P12 and P14

For details, see 6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with two BBUs and 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds. Figure 3-18 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-17 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0

For details, see 6.1.2.1 EPS 01A or EPS 01C Power Cable.

P1

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

184

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P2

For details, see 6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable.

P3 to P8

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

For details, see 6.3.1.6 FAN 02A Power Cable.

P10

For details, see 6.3.1.2 FAN 01A Power Cables.

P11, P13

For details, see 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box.

P15 to P18

For details, see 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

P12 and P14

For details, see 6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D.

Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario. NOTE

When the BTS3900A is expanded to 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H, the power cable connections in the second RFC are the same as those in the first RFC.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

185

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-19 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-18 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H No.

Description

P0

For details, see 6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable.

P1

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

For details, see 6.1.1.3 DCDU-03C Power Cable.

P3 to P8

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

For details, see 6.3.1.6 FAN 02A Power Cable.

P10

For details, see 6.3.1.2 FAN 01A Power Cables.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with two BBUs 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

186

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-20 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 TMC11Hs

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-19 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0

For details, see 6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable.

P1

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

For details, see 6.1.1.3 DCDU-03C Power Cable.

P3 to P8

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

For details, see 6.3.1.6 FAN 02A Power Cable.

P10

For details, see 6.3.1.2 FAN 01A Power Cables.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

187

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

3.1.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections This section describes the BTS3900A power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC input scenarios.

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H in 110 V AC or 220 V AC input scenarios. Figure 3-21 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H +1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

188

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-20 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H No.

Cable Description

P0

For details, see 6.1.2.3 EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 Power Cable.

P1

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2 and P19

For details, see 6.1.1.4 DCDU-11A Power Cable.

P3 to P8

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

For details, see 6.3.1.7 FAN 02B Power Cable.

P10

For details, see 6.3.1.3 FAN 01B Power Cable.

P11

For details, see 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box.

P15 to P17

For details, see 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

P12 and P14

For details, see 6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D.

P13

For details, see 6.1.1.6 DCDU-11C Power Cable.

P18

For details, see 6.3.1.3 FAN 01B Power Cable.

P20

For details, see 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

189

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-22 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs +2 IBBS200Ds

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-21 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs +2 IBBS200Ds

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Cable Description

P0

For details, see 6.1.2.3 EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 Power Cable.

P1

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2 and P19

For details, see 6.1.1.4 DCDU-11A Power Cable.

P3 to P8

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

For details, see 6.3.1.7 FAN 02B Power Cable.

P10

For details, see 6.3.1.3 FAN 01B Power Cable.

P11 and P13

For details, see 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

190

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Cable Description

P12 and P14

For details, see 6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D.

P15 to P17

For details, see 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

P18

It is a power cable between the cascaded fans in a battery cabinet.

P20

For details, see 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.

Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H in -48 V DC input scenarios. NOTE

When the BTS3900A is expanded to 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H, the power cable connections in the second RFC are the same as those in the first RFC.

Figure 3-23 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

191

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-22 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H No.

Cable Description

P0

For details, see 6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC.

P1

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

For details, see 6.1.1.6 DCDU-11C Power Cable.

P3 to P8

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

For details, see 6.3.1.3 FAN 01B Power Cable.

P10

For details, see 6.3.1.3 FAN 01B Power Cable.

P11

For details, see 6.1.1.4 DCDU-11A Power Cable.

3.1.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections This section describes the BTS3900A power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC input scenarios. Click the cable numbers in the following figures to view the connections on both ends of each cable.

Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario NOTE

If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H. NOTE

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a base station with the preceding configurations when BBU 1 is installed in the APM30H. When BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H, the power cable connections are the same.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

192

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-24 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H +2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-23 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H +2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0

See 6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable.

P1

See 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

See 6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC.

P3 to P8

See 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

See 6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable.

P10

See 6.3.1.4 FAN 01C Power Cable.

P11

See 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

193

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P15 to P17

See 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

P12

See 6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D.

P13

See 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable.

P14

See 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.

P18

See 6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D.

P19

See 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable.

P20

See 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H. NOTE

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a base station with the preceding configurations when BBU 1 is installed in the APM30H. When BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H, the power cable connections are the same.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

194

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-25 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H +2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-24 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H +2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0

See 6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable.

P1

See 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

See 6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC.

P3 to P8

See 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

See 6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable.

P10

See 6.3.1.4 FAN 01C Power Cable.

P11, P15

See 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

195

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P12

See 6.3.11 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D.

P13

See 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable.

P14

See 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.

P16, P17

See 6.1.4.5 Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts.

P18

See 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H. NOTE

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a base station with the preceding configurations when BBU 1 is installed in the APM30H. When BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H, the power cable connections are the same.

Figure 3-26 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H +1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

196

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-25 Power cables in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D +1 TMC11H No.

Description

P0

See 6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable

P1

See 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P2

See 6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC

P3 to P8

See 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables

P9

See 6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable

P10

See 6.3.1.4 FAN 01C Power Cable

P11

See 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box.

P15 to P17

See 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

P12

Power cable for the fan in the IBBS700D

P13

See 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable

P14

See 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P18

See 6.3.8 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System

P19

See 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable

P20

See 6.2.1 CMUEA Power Cable

P21

See 6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs. NOTE

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a base station with the preceding configurations when BBU 1 is installed in the APM30H. When BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H, the power cable connections are the same.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

197

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-27 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-26 Power cables in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds +1 TMC11H+9 RRUs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0

See 6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable.

P1

See 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

See 6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC.

P3 to P8

See 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

See 6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable.

P10

See 6.3.1.4 FAN 01C Power Cable.

P11

See 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box.

P15 to P17

See 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

P12

See 6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D.

P13

See 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

198

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P14

See 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.

P18

See 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable.

P19

See 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

P20

See 6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D.

P21 to P29

See 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable.

P30

See 6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable.

Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-28 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

199

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-27 Power cables in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H No.

Description

P0

See 6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC.

P1

See 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

See 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable.

P3 to P8

See 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

See 6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable.

P10

See 6.3.1.4 FAN 01C Power Cable.

P11

See 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-29 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

200

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-28 Power cables in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs No.

Description

P0

See 6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC.

P1

See 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

See 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable.

P3 to P8

See 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

See 6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable.

P10

See 6.3.1.4 FAN 01C Power Cable.

P11

See 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable.

P12 to P20

See 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable.

P21

See 6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable.

3.1.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Power Cable Connections This section describes the BTS3900A power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC input scenarios. Click the cable numbers in the following figures to view the connections on both ends of each cable.

Power cable connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC input scenario NOTE

l This section describes the power cable connections in a scenario where BBU 1 is installed in an APM30H. The cable connections to BBU 1 in a TMC11H are the same as those in this scenario. l If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections. l The power cable connections of an IBBS200D are the same as those of an IBBS200T. This section uses an IBBS200D as an example. l The power cable connections of an IBBS300D are the same as those of an IBBS300T. This section uses an IBBS300D as an example.

2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

201

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-30 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H +2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-29 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H +2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0

For details, see 6.1.2.7 EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 Power Cable.

P1

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

For details, see 6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC.

P3 to P8

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

For details, see 6.3.1.11 FAN 02E Power Cable.

P10

For details, see 6.3.1.5 FAN 01D Power Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

202

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P11

For details, see 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box.

P15 to P17

For details, see 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

P12

For details, see 6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D.

P13

For details, see 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable.

P14

For details, see 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.

P18

For details, see 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable.

P19

For details, see Power Cable Between Cascaded Power Distribution Boxes.

2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

203

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-31 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H +2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-30 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H +2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0

For details, see 6.1.2.7 EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 Power Cable.

P1

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

For details, see 6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC.

P3 to P8

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

For details, see 6.3.1.11 FAN 02E Power Cable.

P10

For details, see 6.3.1.5 FAN 01D Power Cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

204

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P11 and P15

For details, see 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

P12

For details, see 6.3.11 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D.

P13

For details, see 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable.

P14

For details, see 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.

P16 and P17

For details, see 6.1.4.5 Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts.

P18

For details, see 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable.

1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs. Figure 3-32 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H +2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

205

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-31 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs No.

Description

P0

For details, see 6.1.2.7 EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 Power Cable.

P1

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

For details, see 6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC.

P3 to P8

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

For details, see 6.3.1.11 FAN 02E Power Cable.

P10

For details, see 6.3.1.5 FAN 01D Power Cable.

P11

For details, see 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box.

P15 to P17

For details, see 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

P12

For details, see 6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D.

P13

For details, see 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable.

P14

For details, see 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.

P18

For details, see 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable.

P19

For details, see 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable.

P20

For details, see 6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable.

P21

For details, see Power Cable Between Cascaded Power Distribution Boxes.

2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

206

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-33 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H +2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-32 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H +2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0

For details, see 6.1.2.7 EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 Power Cable.

P1

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

For details, see 6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC.

P3 to P8

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

For details, see 6.3.1.11 FAN 02E Power Cable.

P10

For details, see 6.3.1.5 FAN 01D Power Cable.

P11

For details, see 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box.

P15 to P17

For details, see 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

207

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P12

For details, see 6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D.

P13

For details, see 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable.

P14

For details, see 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.

P18

For details, see 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable.

P19

For details, see 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable.

P20

For details, see Power Cable Between Cascaded Power Distribution Boxes.

Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-34 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

208

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-33 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H No.

Description

P0

For details, see 6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC.

P1

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

For details, see 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable.

P3 to P8

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

For details, see FAN 02E Power Cable.

P10

For details, see FAN 01D Power Cable.

P11

For details, see 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs in a -48 V DC input scenario.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

209

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-35 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H +15 RRUs

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-34 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H +15 RRUs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0

For details, see 6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC.

P1

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

For details, see 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable.

P3 to P8

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

For details, see FAN 02E Power Cable.

P10

For details, see FAN 01D Power Cable.

P11

For details, see 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

210

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P12

For details, see 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable.

P13

For details, see 6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-36 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 12 RFCs+1 TMC11H +9 RRUs

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-35 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H +9 RRUs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0

For details, see 6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

211

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P1

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

For details, see 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable.

P3 to P8

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

For details, see FAN 02E Power Cable.

P10

For details, see FAN 01D Power Cable.

P11

For details, see 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable.

P12

For details, see 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable.

P13

For details, see 6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable.

3.1.3.5 BTS3900A (Ver.D_A2) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900A supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario NOTE

If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections.

When a BTS3900A is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H +1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

212

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-37 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-36 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0

Input power cable for the transfer terminal

P1

Input power cable for the APM30H

P2 and P9

CMUEA power cables

P3 and P16 to P18

Power cables for the battery cabinet

P4

Input power cable for the RFC

P5

BBU power cable

P6

EMUA power cable

P7

Input power cable for the TMC11H

P8

Power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

213

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P10 to P15

RFU power cables

Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900A configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-38 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-37 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0

Input power cable for the TMC11H

P1 and P5

CMUEA power cables

P2

BBU power cable

P3

EMUA power cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

214

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P4

Input power cable for the RFC

P6 to P11

RFU power cables

3.1.3.6 BTS3900A (Ver.D_A1) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900A supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario NOTE

If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections.

When a BTS3900A is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-39 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs

The following table describes the power cable connections. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

215

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-38 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs No.

Description

P1

Input power cables for the APM30

P2 and P9

CMUEA power cable

P3 and P16 to P18

Power cables for the battery cabinet

P4

Input power cable for the RFC

P5

BBU power cable

P6

EMUA power cable

P7

Input power cable for the TMC

P8

Power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As

P10 to P15

RFU power cables

Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900A configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-40 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

216

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-39 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs No.

Description

P0

Input power cable for the TMC

P1 and P5

CMUEA power cable

P2

BBU power cable

P3

EMUA power cable

P4

Input power cable for the RFC

P6 to P11

RFU power cables

3.1.3.7 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2) that is supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, or -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario NOTE

If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections.

When being supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, a BTS3900A can be optionally configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs. The power cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

217

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-41 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs

The following table lists the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs. Table 3-40 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1

Input power cables for the APM30H

P2

Power cable for the fan assembly in the APM30H

P3 and P17

BBU power cables

P4

Input power cables for the TMC11H

P5

Power cables for the IBBS200T

P6

TEC power cables in the IBBS200T

P7

Input power cables for the RFC

P8

EMUA or EMUB power cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

218

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P9 to P14

RFU power cable

P15

Power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As

P16

Power cable for the fan assembly in the TMC11H

P19 and P20

Power cables for storage batteries

P21

Power transfer cable for the TEC in the front door

Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900A configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-42 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs

The following table lists the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

219

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-41 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs No.

Description

P1

Input power cables for the TMC11H

P2

RFC power cable

P3

Power cable for the fan assembly in the TMC11H

P4

EMUA or EMUB power cable

P5

BBU power cables

P6 to P11

RFU power cables

3.1.3.8 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1) that is supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, or -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario NOTE

If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections.

When being supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, a BTS3900A can be optionally configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs. The power cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

220

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-43 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs. Table 3-42 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1

Input power cables for the APM30

P2

Power cable with an 8-pin transfer terminal

P3

Power cable for an AC heater

P4

EMUA or EMUB power cable

P5

Input power cables for the TMC

P6 and P23

BBU power cables

P7 and P22

CMUH power cable

P8

Power cables for a battery cabinet

P9

Input power cables for the RFC Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

221

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P10

Power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As

P11 to P16

RFU power cables

P17 to P20

Power cables for storage batteries

P21

Power cables for the heating film of storage batteries

Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900A configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-44 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs

The following table lists the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

222

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-43 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs No.

Description

P1

Input power cables for the TMC

P2

Input power cables for the RFC

P3

CMUH power cable

P4

BBU power cables

P5

EMUA or EMUB power cable

P6 to P11

RFU power cables

3.1.4 BTS3900AL Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for a BTS3900AL cabinet.

3.1.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL supplied with -48 V DC power and 110 V AC or 220 V AC power. The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet and supplied with -48 V DC power.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

223

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-45 Power cable connections (1)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-44 Power cable connections (1)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0

For details, see 6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable.

P1 to P4

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P5

For details, see 6.2.4 CCU Power Cable.

P6 and P7

For details, see 6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable.

P8 and P9

For details, see 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable.

P10

For details, see 6.1.4.4 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

224

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P11, P12, and P13(1)

For details, see 6.1.3.3 PDU03D-01 Power Cable.

P14 to P22

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P23

For details, see 6.3.3 FAU03D-01 Power Cable.

NOTE

(1) If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, two input power cables are used in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet. If a base station is configured with RFUs and RRUs, three input power cables are used in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL site configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC+1 BTS3900AL DC+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) and supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power. Figure 3-46 Power cable connections (2)

The following table describes the power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

225

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-45 Power cables (2) No.

Description

P0

For details, see 6.1.3.2 PDU05A-01 Power Cable.

P1 to P4

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P5

For details, see 6.2.4 CCU Power Cable.

P6

For details, see 6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable.

P7, P16, and P17

For details, see 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable.

P8

For details, see 6.1.2.15 ETP48400 Power Cable.

P9 and P11

For details, see 6.1.3.3 PDU03D-01 Power Cable.

P10

For details, see 6.1.1.6 DCDU-11C Power Cable.

P12 and P15

For details, see 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.

P13 and P14

For details, see 6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable.

P18 to P26

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P27

For details, see 6.3.3 FAU03D-01 Power Cable.

P28 to P30

For details, see 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

P31

For details, see 6.1.4.4 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL site configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC+1 BTS3900AL DC+1 IBBS700D and supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power. When an IBBS700T instead of an IBBS700D is used, the power cable connections are the same.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

226

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-47 Power cable connections (3)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-46 Power cables (3)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0

For details, see 6.1.3.2 PDU05A-01 Power Cable.

P1 to P4

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P5

For details, see 6.2.4 CCU Power Cable.

P6

For details, see 6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable.

P7, P9, and P10

For details, see 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable.

P8

For details, see 6.1.2.15 ETP48400 Power Cable.

P35 and P11

For details, see 6.1.3.3 PDU03D-01 Power Cable.

P12, P13, and P16

For details, see 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.

P14 and P15

For details, see 6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable.

P17 to P25

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

227

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P26

For details, see 6.3.3 FAU03D-01 Power Cable.

P27 to P30

For details, see 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box.

P31 to P33

For details, see 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

P34

For details, see 6.3.8 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System.

P36

For details, see 6.1.4.4 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL site configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC+1 BTS3900AL DC+2 IBBS300Ds and supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power. When an IBBS300T instead of an IBBS300D is used, the power cable connections are the same. Figure 3-48 Power cable connections (3)

The following table describes the power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

228

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-47 Power cables (3) No.

Description

P0

For details, see 6.1.3.2 PDU05A-01 Power Cable.

P1 to P4

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P5

For details, see 6.2.4 CCU Power Cable.

P6

For details, see 6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable.

P7, P9, and P10

For details, see 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable.

P8

For details, see 6.1.2.15 ETP48400 Power Cable.

P35 and P11

For details, see 6.1.3.3 PDU03D-01 Power Cable.

P12, P13, and P16

For details, see 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.

P14 and P15

For details, see 6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable.

P17 to P25

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P26

For details, see 6.3.3 FAU03D-01 Power Cable.

P27 to P30

For details, see Power cables for the battery cabinet.

P31 and P32

For details, see 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

P33

For details, see 6.1.4.5 Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts.

P34

For details, see 6.3.11 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D.

P36

For details, see 6.1.4.4 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL.

3.1.5 Power Cable Connections in the DBS3900 (Using a BBU3900 or BBU3910) This section describes power cable connections in the DBS3900 configured with different types of cabinets in which a BBU3900 or BBU3910 is used.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

229

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

3.1.5.1 Power Cable Connections in an MRE1000 Used by a DBS3900 This section describes the power cable connections in an MRE1000 used by a DBS3900.

Power Cable Connections in an MRE1000 BVDC Cabinet When an MRE1000 is configured with a BDU65-03, the power cables are used to provide power for Book RRUs. The power cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-49 Power cable connections in an MRE1000 BVDC Cabinet

The following table describes the power cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

230

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-48 Power cable connections in an MRE1000 BVDC Cabinet No.

Description

P1

6.3.4 FAU01D-05 Power Cable.

P2

6.3.5 Transfer Power Cable for the Fan Assembly.

P3 and P4

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P5 and P6

EPU03A-21 Input Power Cable (Input from Batteries).

P7

6.3.6 Power Cable for an AC Heater.

P8

6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable.

P9 and P10

EPU03A-21 Input Power Cable (Input from External Power Supply).

P11

6.4.5 SOU Power Cable.

P12 and P13

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

P14

6.4.8 Power Cable for the AC Power Distribution Box in the MRE1000.

P15~P22

ODM03H-01 Power Cable

Power Cable Connections in an MRE1000 225-400 V DC cabinet When an MRE1000 225-400 V DC cabinet configured with an HSU (C2800G51), a PDU08H-01 is required to supply power for the Easy Macro. The power cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

231

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-50 Power cable connections in an MRE1000 225-400 V DC cabinet

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-49 Power cable connections in an MRE1000 225-400 V DC cabinet

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1

6.3.4 FAU01D-05 Power Cable.

P2

6.3.5 Transfer Power Cable for the Fan Assembly.

P3 and P4

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P5 and P6

EPU03A-21 Input Power Cable (Input from Batteries).

P7

8.1.8 HSMU Monitoring Signal Cable for the PDU08H-01. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

232

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P8

6.3.6 Power Cable for an AC Heater.

P9

6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable.

P10 and P11

EPU03A-21 Input Power Cable (Input from External Power Supply).

P12 to P14

6.1.3.4 PDU08H-01 Power Cable.

P15

6.4.5 SOU Power Cable.

P16 and P17

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

P18

6.4.8 Power Cable for the AC Power Distribution Box in the MRE1000

P19~P26

ODM03H-02 Power Cable

3.1.5.2 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.E). NOTE

l This section uses the power cable connections for a DBS3900 configured with 21 RRUs as an example. l

When a base station is configured with 1 to 6 RRUs, the EPU supplies power to all RRUs.

l

When a base station is configured with 7 to 15 RRUs, three PDU03D-02 modules need to be installed in the EPU to supply power to the seventh to fifteenth RRUs.

l

When a base station is configured with 16 to 21 RRUs, one PDU01D-01 needs to be installed in the EPU to provide power for an ODM, and the ODM then provides the power to the sixteenth to twenty-first RRUs.

l If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections. l The power cable connections of the IBBS200D are the same as those of the IBBS200T. This section uses the IBBS200D as an example. l The power cable connections of the IBBS300D are the same as those of the IBBS300T. This section uses the IBBS300D as an example.

1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

233

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-51 Power cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H +1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-50 Power cables in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H +2 IBBS200Ds

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0

EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 Power Cable

P1

Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2

FAN 02E Power Cable

P3

BBU Power Cable

P4

Power Cable for a Power Distribution Box Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

234

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P5

Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D

P6

RRU Power Cables

P7

DCDU-12C Power Cable

P8

Power Cable for a Heating Film

P9

ODM Power Cable

P10

Power Cable Between Cascaded Power Distribution Boxes

1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds. Figure 3-52 Power cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H +1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

235

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-51 Power cables in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H +2 IBBS300Ds No.

Description

P0

EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 Power Cable

P1

Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2

FAN 02E Power Cable

P3

BBU Power Cable

P4

Power Cable for a Power Distribution Box

P5

Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D

P6

RRU Power Cables

P7

DCDU-12C Power Cable

P8

Power Cable for a Heating Film

P9

ODM Power Cable

P10 and P11

Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds

3.1.5.3 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.D).

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios NOTE

l When a base station is configured with 7 to 12 RRUs, a DCDU-12B must be installed below the BBU to provide power for the seventh to twelfth RRUs. l When a base station is configured with 13 to 15 RRUs, a DCDU-12B must be installed below the BBU to provide power for the seventh to twelfth RRUs, and an ODM must be configured to obtain power from the DCDU-12B and provide the power to the remaining RRUs. This section uses the power cable connections for a DBS3900 configured with 15 RRUs as an example.

When a single- or dual-mode base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D), the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU, which converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and then provides the power for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS200D (Ver.D). A DCDU-12B is configured below the BBU to provide power for RRUs. The following figure shows the power cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

236

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-53 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-52 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1 and P11

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2 and P8

6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P4

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

P5

6.3.12 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T

P6

6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable

P7

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

P9

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable

P10

6.3.7 Power Cable for a Heating Film

P12

6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

237

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P13

6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable

When a single- or dual-mode base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D), the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU, which converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and then provides the power for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS200T (Ver.D). A DCDU-12B is configured below the BBU to provide power for RRUs. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-54 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-53 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1 and P11

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2 and P8

6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

238

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P4

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

P5

6.3.12 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T

P6

6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable

P7

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

P9

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable

P12

6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable

P13

6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable

When a single- or dual-mode base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D), the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU, which converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and then provides the power for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS200Ds (Ver.D). A DCDU-12B is configured below the BBU to provide power for RRUs. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-55 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

239

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-54 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) No.

Description

P1 and P11

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2 and P8

6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P4 and P13

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

P5 and P14

6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D

P6

6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable

P7

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

P9

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable

P10

6.3.7 Power Cable for a Heating Film

P12

6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable

P15

6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable

When a single- or dual-mode base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds, the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU, which converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and then provides the power for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS300Ds. A DCDU-12B is configured below the BBU to provide power for RRUs. The following figure shows the power cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

240

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-56 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-55 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1 and P11

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2 and P8

6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P4

6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box

P5

6.3.11 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D

P6

6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable

P7

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

P9

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable

P10

6.3.7 Power Cable for a Heating Film

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

241

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P12

6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable

P13

Power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts

P14

Cascading power cable for the fans

P15

6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D/ IBBS700T. NOTE

This section describes the power cable connections in the IBBS700D. The power cable connections in the IBBS700T are the same as those in the IBBS700D.

Figure 3-57 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D

The following table describes the power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

242

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-56 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D No.

Description

P1, P10, and P11

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2 and P8

6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P4

6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box

P5

6.3.8 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System

P6

6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable

P7

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

P9

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable

P12

6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable

P13

6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D).

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

243

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-58 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-57 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1 and P11

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2 and P8

6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P4 and P13

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

P5 and P14

6.3.12 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T

P6

6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable

P7

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

P9

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable

P12

6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

244

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P15

6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds. NOTE

This section describes the power cable connections in the IBBS300D. The power cable connections in the IBBS300T are the same as those in the IBBS300D, except for the connection of cable P10.

Figure 3-59 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-58 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1 and P11

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2 and P8

6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

245

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P4

6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box

P5

6.3.11 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D

P6

6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable

P7

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

P9

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable

P10

6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable (optional in the IBBS300D)

P12

6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable

P13

Power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts

P14

Cascading power cable for the fans

P15

6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D). NOTE

When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, and the BBU power cable connections are the same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

246

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-60 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-59 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1 and P11

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2 and P8

6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P4

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

P5

6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D

P6

6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable

P7

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

P9

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable

P10

6.3.7 Power Cable for a Heating Film

P12

6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

247

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P13

6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D). NOTE

When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, and the BBU power cable connections are the same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.

Figure 3-61 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-60 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1 and P11

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

248

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P2 and P8

6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P4

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

P5

6.3.12 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T

P6

6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable

P7

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

P9

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable

P12

6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable

P13

6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D). NOTE

When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, and the BBU power cable connections are the same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.

Figure 3-62 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

249

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-61 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) No.

Description

P1 and P11

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2 and P8

6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P4 and P13

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

P5 and P14

6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D

P6

6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable

P7

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

P9

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable

P10

6.3.7 Power Cable for a Heating Film

P12

6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable

P15

6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D). NOTE

When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, and the BBU power cable connections are the same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

250

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-63 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-62 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1 and P11

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2 and P8

6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P4 and P13

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

P5 and P14

6.3.12 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T

P6

6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable

P7

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

P9

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable

P12

6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable

P15

6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

251

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts. Figure 3-64 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300T

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-63 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1 and P11

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2 and P8

6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P4

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P5

6.3.11 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D

P6

6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

252

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P7

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

P9

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable

P12

6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable

P13 and P14

6.1.4.5 Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts

P15

6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable

In a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T, the power cable connections are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station with the same cabinet configuration, as shown in Figure 3-57. The power cable connections for the second BBU in this base station are the same as those for the second BBU in a triple-mode base station with a different cabinet configuration. In a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts, the power cable connections are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station with the same cabinet configuration, as shown in Figure 3-59. The power cable connections for the second BBU in this base station are the same as those for the second BBU in a triple-mode base station with a different cabinet configuration.

3.1.5.4 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D_A2) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario NOTE

If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections.

When a DBS3900 is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30H+1 TM11H+1 IBBS200T are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

253

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-65 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TM11H +1 IBBS200T

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-64 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TM11H +1 IBBS200T

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1

Input power cable for the APM30H

P2

CMUEA power cable

P3 and P8 to P11

Power cables for the battery cabinet

P4

Input power cable for the transfer terminal

P5

BBU power cable

P6

EMUA power cable

P7

Input power cable for the TMC11H

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

254

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 2 TMC11Hs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-66 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-65 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs No.

Description

P0

Input power cable for the TMC11H

P1

CMUEA power cable

P2

BBU power cable

P3

EMUA power cable

3.1.5.5 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30(Ver.D_A1) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario NOTE

If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections.

When a DBS3900 is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

255

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-67 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-66 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1

Input power cables for the APM30

P2

CMUEA power cable

P3 and P8 to P10

Power cables for the battery cabinet

P4

Input power cable for the RFC

P5

BBU power cable

P6

EMUA power cable

P7

Input power cable for the TMC

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

256

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 2 TMCs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-68 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-67 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs No.

Description

P0

Input power cable for the TMC

P1

CMUEA power cable

P2

BBU power cable

P3

EMUA power cable

3.1.5.6 When the BBU Is Installed in the APM30H (Ver.E_A2) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 that uses APM30H (Ver.E_A2) cabinets and is supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, or -48 V DC power, to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario NOTE

If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections.

When being supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, a DBS3900 can be optionally configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T. The power cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

257

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-69 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T

The following table lists the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T. Table 3-68 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1

Input power cables for the APM30H

P2

Power cable for the fan assembly in the APM30H

P3 and P9

BBU power cables

P4

Input power cables for the TMC11H

P5

Input power cables for the IBBS200T

P6

Power cable for the TEC in the IBBS200T

P8

Power cable for the fan assembly in the TMC11H Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

258

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P10 and P11

Power cables for storage batteries

P12

Power transfer cable for the TEC in the IBBS200T

Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios When being supplied with -48 V DC power, a DBS3900 can be optionally configured with two TMC11Hs. The power cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-70 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs

The following table lists the power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs. Table 3-69 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1

Input power cables for the TMC11H

P2

Power cable for the fan assembly in the TMC11H

P3

EMUA or EMUB power cable

P4

BBU power cables

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

259

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

3.1.5.7 When the BBU Is Installed in the APM30 (Ver.E_A1) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 that uses APM30 (Ver.E_A1) cabinets and is supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, or -48 V DC power, to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario NOTE

If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections.

When being supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, a DBS3900 can be optionally configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC. The power cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-71 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC

The following table lists the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

260

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-70 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC No.

Description

P1

Input power cables for the APM30

P2

Power cable with an 8-pin transfer terminal

P3

Heater power cable

P4

EMUA or EMUB power cable

P5

Input power cables for the TMC11H

P6 and P14

BBU power cables

P7 and P13

CMUH power cable

P8

Power cables for a BBC

P9 to P12

Power cables for storage batteries

Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 2 TMCs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-72 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs

The following table lists the power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs. Table 3-71 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1

Input power cables for the TMC Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

261

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P2

CMUH power cable

P3

BBU power cables

P4

EMUA or EMUB power cable

3.1.5.8 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C).

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios When 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D are configured in a single- or dual-mode base station, the EPS in the APM30H (Ver.B) converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and distribute the power to the BBU, RRUs, and TMC11H (Ver.B). The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-73 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D

The following table describes the power cables. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

262

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-72 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D No.

Description

P1 and P10

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2 and P11

FAN 02A power cables

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P4

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

P5

6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D

P6

EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable

P7

RRU power cable

P8

DCDU-03C power cable

P9

6.3.7 Power Cable for a Heating Film

When 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D are configured in a single- or dual-mode base station, the EPU in the APM30H (Ver.C) converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and distribute power to the BBU, RRUs, and TMC11H (Ver.C). The following figure shows the power cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

263

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-74 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-73 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1

FAN 02B power cable

P2

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P3 and P4

6.3.7 Power Cable for a Heating Film

P5

EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 power cable

P6

RRU power cable

P7

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P8

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

264

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P9

6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D

P10

DCDU-11C power cable

P11

FAN 02B power cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200T. Figure 3-75 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200T

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-74 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200T

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1 and P9

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2 and P10

FAN 02A power cables

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

265

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P4

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

P5

6.3.12 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T

P6

EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable

P7

RRU power cable

P8

DCDU-03C power cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200T. Figure 3-76 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200T

The following table describes the power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

266

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-75 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200T No.

Description

P1

FAN 02B power cable

P2

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P3

6.3.6 Power Cable for an AC Heater

P4

EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 power cable

P5

RRU power cable

P6

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P7

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

P8

6.3.12 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T

P9

DCDU-11C power cable

P10

FAN 02B power cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds. Figure 3-77 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

267

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-76 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds No.

Description

P1 and P10

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2 and P12

FAN 02A power cables

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P5 and P13

6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D

P7

EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable

P8

RRU power cable

P9

6.3.7 Power Cable for a Heating Film

P11

DCDU-03C power cable

P4 and P14

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

268

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-78 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-77 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1

FAN 02B power cable

P2 and P4

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P3

6.3.7 Power Cable for a Heating Film

P5

EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 power cable

P6

RRU power cable

P7

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P9 and P13

6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

269

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P10

DCDU-11C power cable

P11

FAN 02B power cable

P8 and P12

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ts. Figure 3-79 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ts

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-78 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ts

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1 and P9

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2 and P11

FAN 02A power cables

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

270

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P5 and P12

6.3.12 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T

P7

EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable

P8

RRU power cable

P10

DCDU-03C power cable

P4 and P13

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ts. Figure 3-80 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ts

The following table describes the power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

271

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-79 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ts No.

Description

P1

FAN 02B power cable

P2 and P3

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P4

EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 power cable

P5

RRU power cable

P6

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P8 and P11

6.3.12 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T

P9

DCDU-11C power cable

P10

FAN 02B power cable

P7 and P12

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

A triple- or quadruple-mode DBS3900 requires two BBUs: BBU 0 and BBU 1. The power cable connections in the cabinet housing BBU 0 are the same as those in the cabinet housing BBU 1. Figure 3-81 and Figure 3-82 show the power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station, using the scenario of configuring BBUs in the APM30Hs (Ver.B) as an example. Figure 3-81 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

272

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-80 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds No.

Description

P1 and P10

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2 and P11

FAN 02A power cables

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P4

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

P5

6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D

P6

EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable

P7

RRU power cable

P8

DCDU-03C power cable

P9

6.3.7 Power Cable for a Heating Film

Figure 3-82 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds P2

P2

P12 P11

P1

P1 P9

P9 P10

P7

P9

BBU0

P3

P7

P10

BBU1

P6

P3 P6

P4

P4 P5

P5

P13 P14

P13 P14

P8

P8

The following table describes the power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

273

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-81 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds No.

Description

P1 and P10

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P2, P6, and P12

FAN 02A power cables

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P5 and P13

6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D

P7

EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable

P8

RRU power cable

P9

6.3.7 Power Cable for a Heating Film

P11

DCDU-03C power cable

P4 and P14

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

Power Cable Connections in +24 V DC Input Scenarios If a single- or dual-mode base station uses an APM30H (Ver.B, +24 V), the EPS24S48100DC in the APM30H converts the +24 V DC power into -48 V DC power, which is supplied to the DCDU-03B. The DCDU-03B distributes the power to the BBU, RRUs, and other components. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-83 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with an APM30H (Ver.B, +24 V)

The following table describes the power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

274

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-82 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with an APM30H (Ver.B, +24 V) No.

Description

P1

EPS24S48100DC power cable

P2

6.1.1.2 DCDU-03B Power Cable

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P4

RRU power cable

3.1.5.9 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.E). The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

275

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-84 Power cable connections in a base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs

The following table describes the power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

276

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-83 Power cables in a base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs No.

Description

P1

DCDU-12B Power Cable

P2

BBU Power Cable

P3

FAN 02E Power Cable

P4

RRU Power Cables

P5

DCDU-12C Power Cable

P6

ODM Power Cable

3.1.5.10 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.D).

Power Cable Connections in -48 V AC Scenarios When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D), the TMC11H is configured with two DCDU-12Bs, which distribute power to the BBU and RRUs or transmission equipment. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-85 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-84 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

277

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P2

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P3

6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable

P4

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple- quadruple- mode base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D). NOTE

When a base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) and BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, the BBU power cable connections are the same as those in a base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.

Figure 3-86 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-85 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P1

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable

P2

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P3

6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable

P4

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

278

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

3.1.5.11 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C).

Power Cable Connections in -48 V AC Scenarios When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B), each TMC11H is configured with a DCDU-03B, which distributes power to the BBU and RRUs or transmission equipment. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-87 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-86 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B) No.

Description

P1

DCDU-03B power cable

P2

FAN 02A power cable

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P4

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C), each TMC11H is configured with a DCDU-11B, which distributes power to the BBU and RRUs or transmission equipment. The following figure shows the power cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

279

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-88 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-87 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C) No.

Description

P1

DCDU-11C power cable

P2

FAN 02B power cable

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P4

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

3.1.5.12 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03 This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03.

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

280

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-89 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-88 Power cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB No.

Description

P1

Power cable for the inner air circulation fan

P2

HEUA power cable

P3

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P4

DCDU-05 power cable

P5

Power cable for the outer air circulation fan

P6

EPS30-4815AF power cable

P7

6.4.7 Power Cable for an AC Surge Protection Box

P8

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) for which no backup power is provided.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

281

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-90 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup power)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-89 Power cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup power) No.

Description

P1

6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable

P2

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P3 and P6

6.1.2.11 ETP48100-A1 Power Cable

P4

6.1.3.1 PDU10D-01 Power Cable

P5

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) for which backup power is required, one OMB (Ver.C), and two IBBS20Ds.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

282

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-91 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (with backup power)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-90 Power cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (with backup power) No.

Description

P1

6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable

P2

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P3 and P6

6.1.2.11 ETP48100-A1 Power Cable

P4

6.1.3.1 PDU10D-01 Power Cable

P5

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

P7

6.1.4.6 Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D Cabinets

Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

283

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-92 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-91 Power cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB No.

Description

P1

Power cable for the inner air circulation fan

P2

HEUA power cable

P3

Power cable for the outer air circulation fan

P4

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P5

6.1.1.2 DCDU-03B Power Cable

P6

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C).

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

284

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-93 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-92 Power cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C) No.

Description

P1

6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable

P2

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P3

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

P4

6.1.3.1 PDU10D-01 Power Cable

3.1.5.13 Power Cable Connections in an IMB05 Used by the DBS3900 This section describes the power cable connections in an IMB05 used by the DBS3900.

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenarios This following figure shows the power cable connections in an IMB05 used by the DBS3900. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

285

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-94 Power cable connections in an AC IMB05

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-93 Power cable connections in an AC IMB05 No.

Cable Description

P1 P2

RRU power cable

P3

BBU power cable

Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Scenarios This following figure shows the power cable connections in a DC IMB05 used by the DBS3900.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

286

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-95 Power cable connections in a DC IMB05

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-94 Power cable connections in a DC IMB05 No.

Cable Description

P0

EPU02D or EPU02D-02 power cable

P1

DCDU-12B power cable

P2

RRU power cable

P3 to P14

BBU power cable

3.1.5.14 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TP48600A. The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) and with two BBUs installed in the TP48600A in 110 V AC or 220 V AC scenarios. This section describes the power cable connections when the base station uses an IBBS700D. The power cable connections are the same when the base station uses an IBBS700T. NOTE

If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, two BBU power cables are required.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

287

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-96 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-95 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) No.

Description

P1

PDU05A-03 power cable

P2 to P5

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P6

DCDU-11C power cable

P7

Power cable for the power distribution box

P8

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

P9

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P10 to P21

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in the following scenario: A DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C), and two BBUs are installed in the TP48600A that uses the 110 V AC or 220 V AC power supply. This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with the IBBS300D. When the IBBS300T is configured, the power cable for the AC junction box is not required. Connections of other power cables are the same as those when the IBBS300D is configured. NOTE

If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, two BBU power cables are required.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

288

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-97 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-96 Power cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds +1 TMC11H (Ver.C) No.

Description

P1

PDU05A-03 power cable

P2 to P5

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P6

DCDU-11C power cable

P7

6.3.11 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D

P8

Power cables for the battery cabinet

P9

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box (optional in the IBBS300D)

P10 to P21

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

P22

Cascading power cable for the fans

3.1.5.15 Power Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900 This section describes the power cable connections in an IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

289

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Power Cable Connections in a DC IBC10 The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DC IBC10 (housing a USU3910) used by a DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power. Figure 3-98 Power cable connections in a DC IBC10

The following table describes the power cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power. Table 3-97 Power cable connections in a DC IBC10

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

P0

DCDU-12C power cable

P1 to P20

BBU power cables Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

290

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P21 and P25

Power cables for the first-level USU 0

P22 and P26

Power cables for the first-level USU 1

P23 and P24

Power cables for the fan assembly

P27 and P28

Power cables for the second-level USU 0

3.1.5.16 Power Cable Connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) Used by the DBS3900 This section describes the power cable connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) used by the DBS5900. This following figure shows the power cable connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) used by the DBS5900. Figure 3-99 ILC29 (Ver.E) power cable connections

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

291

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-98 ILC29 (Ver.E) power cable connections No.

Cable Description

P1

DCDU-12B power cable

P2

EPU02D-02 power cable

P3

FAU02D-15 power cable

P4

BBU power cable

P5

RRU power cables

3.1.6 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Configured with a BBU3910A This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with a BBU3910A.

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station that is supplied with AC power and configured with 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

292

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-100 Power cable connections in an AC scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A +6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds are configured

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-99 Power cables in a scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds are configured No.

Description

P1

6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box

P2

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

P3

6.1.4.6 Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D Cabinets

P4

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station that is supplied with AC power and configured with 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

293

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-101 Power cable connections in an AC scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A +6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls are configured

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-100 Power cables in a scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls are configured No.

Description

P1

IBBS20L Power Cable

P2

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

P3

Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20Ls

P4

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station that is supplied with DC power and configured with 1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

294

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-102 Power cable connections in a DC scenario where 1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs are configured

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-101 Power cables in a scenario where 1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs are configured No.

Description

P1

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P2

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

3.1.7 BTS3900C Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900C when it is configured with different types of cabinets.

3.1.7.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet and BTS3900C DC cabinet. l

BTS3900C AC cabinet Figure 3-103 shows the power cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

295

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-103 Power cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet

Table 3-102 describes the power cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet. Table 3-102 Power cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet

l

SN

Cable

P1

Power cable for the inner air circulation fan

P2

Power cable for the HEUA

P3

BBU power cable

P4

DCDU-05 power cable

P5

Power cable for the outer air circulation fan

P6

RRU power cable (based on the RRU3804)

P7

AC input power cable for the 4815 power system

P8

Power Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box

BTS3900C DC cabinet Figure 3-104 shows the power cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

296

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-104 Power cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet

Table 3-103 describes the power cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet. Table 3-103 Power cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet SN

Cable

P1

Power cable for the inner air circulation fan

P2

Power cable for the HEUA

P3

Power cable for the outer air circulation fan

P4

BBU power cable

P5

RRU power cable (based on the RRU3804)

P6

DC input power cable for the cabinet

3.1.7.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900C AC cabinet and a BTS3900C DC cabinet.

Power Cable Connections in a BTS3900C AC Cabinet The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900C AC cabinet.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

297

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-105 Power cable connections in a BTS3900C AC cabinet

Table 3-104 Power cables in a BTS3900C AC cabinet No.

Description

P1

For details, see 6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable.

P2

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P3

For details, see 6.1.2.11 ETP48100-A1 Power Cable.

P4, P6

For details, see 6.1.3.1 PDU10D-01 Power Cable.

P5

For details, see 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable.

Power Cable Connections in a BTS3900C DC Cabinet The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900C DC cabinet.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

298

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-106 Power cable connections in a BTS3900C DC cabinet

Table 3-105 Power cables in a BTS3900C DC cabinet No.

Description

P1

For details, see 6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable.

P2

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P3

For details, see 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable.

P4

For details, see 6.1.3.1 PDU10D-01 Power Cable.

3.2 Transmission Cable Connections Transmission cable connections vary according to the configuration of main control boards and transmission boards in base stations of different modes. This section describes transmission cable connections in single-mode, dual-mode, triple-mode, and quadruple-mode base stations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

299

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a Single-Mode Base Station In a GSM, UMTS, or LTE base station, E1/T1 cables, FE/GE Ethernet cables, and FE/GE fiber optic cables can be used to transmit data. This section describes the transmission configuration principles and cable connections and also provides illustrations of the cable connections.

Transmission Configuration Principles The following table describes the transmission configuration principles for a single-mode base station. Table 3-106 Transmission configuration principles Principle Classific ation

BBU

Transmission Configuration Principle

Applicable Base Station

Principles classified by transmissi on modes

BBU3 900

l In a GSM single-mode base station, a UTRP is configured for providing extension transmission ports only when the GTMU, GTMUb, GTMUc, or UMPT has no available transmission port.

3900 series base stations

l In a UMTS single-mode base station, if the UTRP is configured, transmission cables must be connected to the UTRP. l In an LTE single-mode base station, FE/GE fiber optic cables are preferentially used for data transmission.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

300

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Principle Classific ation

3 Cable Connections

BBU

Transmission Configuration Principle

BBU3 910

l In GSM single-mode mode

Applicable Base Station

– In a GBTS using E1/T1 transmission, transmission cables are connected to a GTMUb or GTMUc. – In an eGBTS using E1/T1 transmission, transmission cables are connected to a UMPT, GTMUc, or GTMUb. l In a UMTS single-mode base station, transmission cables are connected to a UMPT by default. If more transmission ports are required, a UTRPc or UTRPa is configured and transmission cables are preferentially connected to the UTRPc or UTRPa. l In an LTE single-mode base station, a UMPT is configured for connecting transmission cables.

Principles classified by base station types

-

l If a UMPTe is configured, FE/GE Ethernet cables are directly connected to the UMPTe. If a main control board other than UMPTe is configured, FE/GE Ethernet cables must be connected to a UFLP that processes signals for surge protection and then to the main control board. -

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

l E1/T1 cables must be connected to a UELP that processes signals for surge protectiona.

E1/T1 cables and FE/GE Ethernet cables do not need to be connected to a UELP or UFLP.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

l BTS3900A or BTS3900AL l BTS3900C or DBS3900 using the OMB l Outdoor DBS3900 l BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)

l BTS3900 or BTS3900L l Indoor DBS3900

301

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Principle Classific ation

BBU

Transmission Configuration Principle

Applicable Base Station

-

FE/GE fiber optic cables do not need to be connected to a UELP or UFLP.

l BTS3900 or BTS3900L l BTS3900A or BTS3900AL l BTS3900C or DBS3900 using the OMB l DBS3900 l BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)

a: Boards are configured for surge protection in different cabinets as follows: l If an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.E), or APM30H (Ver.D) is used for a BTS3900A or DBS3900, an SLPU equipped with a UELP or UFLP is configured in the APM30H. l If an APM30 or APM30H (Ver.A) is used for a DBS3900, a UELP or UFLP is installed in the BBU in the APM30 or APM30H (Ver.A). l BTS3900AL cabinets have slots for a UELP or UFLP, which provides the surge protection function. l If an OMB is used for a BTS3900C or DBS3900, a UELP or UFLP is installed in the BBU in the OMB.

Description Table 3-107 and Table 3-108 describe transmission cable connections in a single-mode base station configured with a BBU3900 and a single-mode base station configured with a BBU3910 in different transmission modes. Table 3-107 Transmission cable connections in a single-mode base station configured with a BBU3900

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Trans missi on Mode

Work ing Mode of a Base Statio n

Cable Connection

Illustration of Cable Connectionsa

Trans missio n over E1/T1 cables

GSM

A GTMU, GTMUb, GTMUc, or UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 1 in Figure 3-107, Figure 3-108, Figure 3-109, and Figure 3-110 show transmission cable connections in this scenario.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

302

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Trans missi on Mode

3 Cable Connections

Work ing Mode of a Base Statio n

Cable Connection

Illustration of Cable Connectionsa

UMTS

Scenario 1: A UTRP is configured, and the UTRP provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 2 in Figure 3-107, Figure 3-108, Figure 3-109, and Figure 3-110 show transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: No UTRP is configured, and a WMPT or UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.

Trans missio n over FE/GE cables

LTE

A UMPT is configured, and the UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 3 in Figure 3-107, Figure 3-108, Figure 3-109, and Figure 3-110 show transmission cable connections in this scenario.

GSM

Scenario 1: No UTRP is configured, and a GTMU, GTMUb, GTMUc, or UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 4 in Figure 3-107, Figure 3-108, Figure 3-109, and Figure 3-110 show transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: No UTRP is configured, and a GTMU, GTMUb, GTMUc, or UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. UMTS

Scenario 1: A UTRPc is configured, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. Scenario 2: A UTRP2 is configured, and the UTRP2 provides FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 5 in Figure 3-107, Figure 3-108, Figure 3-109, and Figure 3-110 show transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 3: A UTRP9 is configured, and the UTRP9 provides FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. Scenario 4: No UTRP is configured, and a WMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

303

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Trans missi on Mode

3 Cable Connections

Work ing Mode of a Base Statio n

Cable Connection

Illustration of Cable Connectionsa

LTE

Scenario 1: A UTRPc is configured, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 6 in Figure 3-107, Figure 3-108, Figure 3-109, and Figure 3-110 show transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: No UTRP is configured, and an LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

a: Figure 3-107, Figure 3-108, Figure 3-109, and Figure 3-110 show transmission cable connections in different types of base stations.

Table 3-108 Transmission cable connections in a single-mode base station configured with a BBU3910 Trans missi on Mode

Work ing Mode of a Base Statio n

Cable Connection

Illustration of Cable Connectionsa

Trans missio n over E1/T1 cables

GSM

A UMPT, GTMUc, or GTMUb provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 1 in Figure 3-111, Figure 3-112, Figure 3-113, and Figure 3-114 show transmission cable connections in this scenario.

UMTS

Scenario 1: No UTRP is configured, and a UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 1 in Figure 3-111, Figure 3-112, Figure 3-113, and Figure 3-114 show transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: A UTRPa is configured, and the UTRPa provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables. Trans missio n over FE/GE cables

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

GSM

A UMPT, GTMUc, or GTMUb provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Illustrations 2 in Figure 3-111, Figure 3-112, Figure 3-113, and Figure 3-114 show transmission cable connections in this scenario.

304

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Trans missi on Mode

3 Cable Connections

Work ing Mode of a Base Statio n

Cable Connection

Illustration of Cable Connectionsa

UMTS

Scenario 1: No UTRP is configured, and a UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 2 in Figure 3-111, Figure 3-112, Figure 3-113, and Figure 3-114 show transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: A UTRPc is configured, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. LTE

No UTRP is configured, and a UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 2 in Figure 3-111, Figure 3-112, Figure 3-113, and Figure 3-114 show transmission cable connections in this scenario.

a: l Figure 3-111, Figure 3-112, Figure 3-113, and Figure 3-114 show transmission cable connections in different types of base stations. l In these figures, GSM scenarios use UMPT boards as examples.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

305

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections in a Base Station Configured with a BBU3900 Figure 3-107 Transmission cable connections in an outdoor DBS3900 configured with an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.E), or APM30H (Ver.D), or in a BTS3900A

T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

306

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-108 Transmission cable connections in an indoor DBS3900, a BTS3900, or a BTS3900L

T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

T2: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

Figure 3-109 Transmission cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an APM30, APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB, or in a BTS3900C

T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

307

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-110 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900AL

T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections in a Base Station Configured with a BBU3910 Figure 3-111 Transmission cable connections in an outdoor DBS3900 configured with an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.E), or APM30H (Ver.D), or in a BTS3900A

T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

308

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-112 Transmission cable connections in an indoor DBS3900, a BTS3900, or a BTS3900L

T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

T2: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

Figure 3-113 Transmission cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an APM30, APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB, or in a BTS3900C

T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

Figure 3-114 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900AL

T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Co-Transmission In a GU, GL, or UL dual-mode base station, data can be transmitted by using co-transmission. This section describes the transmission configuration principles and cable connections. It also provides figures to show how to connect the cables.

Transmission Configuration Principles The following table describes the transmission configuration principles for a dual-mode base station when co-transmission is implemented. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

309

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-109 Transmission configuration principles Princi ple Classi ficatio n

BBU Type

Transmission Configuration Principle

Applicable Base Station

Princip les classifi ed by transmi ssion modes

BBU3900

l For a GU dual-mode base station using the TDM-based co-transmission function, the UTRP homed on the GSM side or the GTMU connects to transmission cables.

3900 series base stations

l For a GU dual-mode base station using the IP-based co-transmission function, the UTRP homed on the UMTS side, the WMPT, or the UMPT preferentially connects to transmission cables. l For a GL dual-mode base station, the UMPT preferentially connects to transmission cables. l In a UL dual-mode base station, the UTRP homed on the LTE side, the LMPT, or the UMPT preferentially connects to transmission cables. BBU3910

l Co-transmission is used in co-MPT base stations by default. In this case, the UMPT is configured and the IP over FE/GE transmission mode is preferentially used. l When a separate-MPT base station uses co-transmission, a UMPT is configured and IP over FE/GE co-transmission is preferentially used. If more transmission ports are required, a UTRPc can be configured and transmission cables are preferentially connected to the UTRPc. l In a separate base station, if the GSM mode is deployed on a GTMUb or GTMUc, transmission cables can only be connected to the UMPT deployed with UMTS mode rather than the GTMUb or GTMUc to support co-transmission. If more transmission ports are required, a UTRPc can be configured and transmission cables are preferentially connected to the UTRPc.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

310

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Princi ple Classi ficatio n

BBU Type

Transmission Configuration Principle

Applicable Base Station

Princip les classifi ed by base station types

-

l E1/T1 cables must be connected to a UELP that processes signals for surge protectiona.

l BTS3900A or BTS3900A L

l If a UMPTe is configured, FE/GE Ethernet cables are directly connected to the UMPTe. If a main control board other than UMPTe is configured, FE/GE Ethernet cables must be connected to a UFLP that processes signals for surge protection and then to the main control board.

l BTS3900C or DBS3900 using the OMB l Outdoor DBS3900 l BTS3012A E (Ver.D_Z)

-

E1/T1 cables and FE/GE Ethernet cables do not need to be connected to the UELP or UFLP.

l BTS3900 or BTS3900L l Indoor DBS3900

-

FE/GE fiber optic cables do not need to be connected to a surge protection board.

l BTS3900 or BTS3900L l BTS3900A or BTS3900A L l BTS3900C or DBS3900 using the OMB l DBS3900 l BTS3012A E (Ver.D_Z)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

311

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Princi ple Classi ficatio n

3 Cable Connections

BBU Type

Transmission Configuration Principle

Applicable Base Station

a: Boards are configured for surge protection in different cabinets as follows: l If an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.E), or APM30H (Ver.D) is used for a BTS3900A or DBS3900, an SLPU equipped with a UELP or UFLP is configured in the APM30H. l If an APM30 or APM30H (Ver.A) is used for a DBS3900, a UELP or UFLP is installed in the BBU in the APM30 or APM30H (Ver.A). l BTS3900AL cabinets have slots for a UELP or UFLP, which provides the surge protection function. l If an OMB is used for a BTS3900C or DBS3900, a UELP or UFLP is installed in the BBU in the OMB.

Description Table 3-110 and Table 3-111 describe the transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using co-transmission) configured with the BBU3900 and BBU3910 in different transmission modes, respectively. Table 3-110 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using cotransmission) configured with the BBU3900

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Trans missi on Mode

Appli cable Mode

Description

Illustration of Cable Connectionsa

TDMbased cotransm ission

GU

Scenario 1: If the BBU is not configured with a UTRP, the GTMU/GTMUb or GTMUc provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 1 in Figure 3-115, Figure 3-116, Figure 3-117, and Figure 3-118 show the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRP, and the UTRP provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

312

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

3 Cable Connections

Trans missi on Mode

Appli cable Mode

Description

Illustration of Cable Connectionsa

IPbased cotransm ission in IP over E1/T1 mode

GU

Scenario 1: The WMPT or UTRP provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables. The WMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports or optical ports.

Illustrations 2 in Figure 3-115, Figure 3-116, Figure 3-117, and Figure 3-118 show the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: The UMPT deployed with the UMTS mode provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables. The UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports or optical ports. Scenario 3: The UMPT deployed with the UMTS mode provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables and the UMPT and the GTMUb or GTMUc are connected through a backplane. GL

The UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables. The UMPT and the GTMUb or GTMUc are connected through a backplane.

Illustrations 3 in Figure 3-115, Figure 3-116, Figure 3-117, and Figure 3-118 show the transmission cable connections in this scenario.

UL

The BBU is configured with a UTRP, and the UTRP provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by electrical ports or optical ports.

Illustrations 4 in Figure 3-115, Figure 3-116, Figure 3-117, and Figure 3-118 show the transmission cable connections in this scenario.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

313

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Trans missi on Mode

Appli cable Mode

Description

Illustration of Cable Connectionsa

IPbased cotransm ission in IP over FE/GE mode

GU

Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 5 in Figure 3-115, Figure 3-116, Figure 3-117, and Figure 3-118 show the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRP2, and the UTRP2 provides FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The GTMU is interconnected with the UTRP2 by optical ports. Scenario 3: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports. Scenario 4: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by optical ports. Scenario 5: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides FF/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The WMPT or UMPT and the GTMUb or GTMUc are connected through a backplane. Scenario 6: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPT provides an FE/GE electrical or optical port for a transmission cable. The WMPT or UMPT communicates with the UMPT through the BBU backplane.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

314

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Trans missi on Mode

3 Cable Connections

Appli cable Mode

Description

Illustration of Cable Connectionsa

GL

Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 6 in Figure 3-115, Figure 3-116, Figure 3-117, and Figure 3-118 show the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports. Scenario 3: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by optical ports. Scenario 4: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FF/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT and the GTMUb or GTMUc are connected through a backplane. Scenario 5: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPT provides an FE/GE electrical or optical port for a transmission cable. The LMPT or UMPT communicates with the UMPT through the BBU backplane.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

315

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Trans missi on Mode

3 Cable Connections

Appli cable Mode

Description

Illustration of Cable Connectionsa

UL

Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 7 in Figure 3-115, Figure 3-116, Figure 3-117, and Figure 3-118 show the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by electrical ports. Scenario 3: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by optical ports. Scenario 4: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT communicates with the WMPT or UMPT through the BBU backplane. Scenario 5: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPT provides an FE/GE electrical or optical port for a transmission cable. The LMPT or UMPT communicates with the UMPT through the BBU backplane.

Route backu p and IPbased cotransm ission

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

G*U, G*L, and U*L

The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 8 in Figure 3-115, Figure 3-116, Figure 3-117, and Figure 3-118 show the transmission cable connections in this scenario.

GU

Scenario 1: Both the WMPT or UMPT and the GTMU provide electrical ports for transmission cables. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by optical ports.

Illustrations 9 in Figure 3-115, Figure 3-116, Figure 3-117, and Figure 3-118 show the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: Both the WMPT or UMPT and the GTMU provide optical ports for transmission cables. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

316

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Trans missi on Mode

3 Cable Connections

Appli cable Mode

Description

Illustration of Cable Connectionsa

GL

Scenario 1: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the GTMU provide electrical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by optical ports.

Illustrations 10 in Figure 3-115, Figure 3-116, Figure 3-117, and Figure 3-118 show the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the GTMU provide optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports. UL

Scenario 1: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the WMPT or UMPT provide electrical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by optical ports. Scenario 2: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the WMPT or UMPT provide optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by electrical ports.

Hybrid transm ission

UL

Scenario 1: The WMPT or UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by electrical ports. Scenario 2: The WMPT or UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by optical ports.

Illustrations 11 in Figure 3-115, Figure 3-116, Figure 3-117, and Figure 3-118 show the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Illustrations 12 in Figure 3-115, Figure 3-116, Figure 3-117, and Figure 3-118 show the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

a: Figure 3-115, Figure 3-116, Figure 3-117, and Figure 3-118 show the transmission cable connections in different types of base stations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

317

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-111 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using cotransmission) configured with the BBU3910 Trans missi on Mode

Appli cable Mode

Description

Illustration of Cable Connectionsa

IPbased cotransm ission in IP over FE/GE mode

GU

Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPT_U provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Illustration 1 in Figure 3-119 shows the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. GL

Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPT_L provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

UL

Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPT_L provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

G*U, G*L, and U*L

Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Hybrid transm ission

G*U, G*L, and U*L

Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc. The UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables.

Illustration 2 in Figure 3-119 shows the transmission cable connections in scenario 1. Illustration 2 in Figure 3-119 shows the transmission cable connections in scenario 1. Illustration 1 in Figure 3-119 shows the transmission cable connections in scenario 3. Illustration 4 in Figure 3-119 shows the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 3: The BBU is configured with a UTRPa, the UMPT provides optical ports or electrical ports for transmission cables, and the UTRPa provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

318

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Trans missi on Mode

3 Cable Connections

Appli cable Mode

Description

Illustration of Cable Connectionsa

a: The illustrations of transmission cable connections in Figure 3-119 apply to all types of base stations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

319

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections in a Base Station Configured with the BBU3900

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

320

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-115 Cable connections for a DBS3900 configured with an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.E), or APM30H (Ver.D) cabinet outdoors or for a BTS3900A

T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable Transfer Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

T3: 7.4 Interconnection Cable T4: 7.3 Between FE/GE Electrical FE/GE Fiber Ports Optic Cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

321

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

T5: 7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

T6: 7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable

T7: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable -

Figure 3-116 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900, BTS3900L, or indoor DBS3900

T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

T2: 7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

T4: 7.5 Interconnection Cable Between T5: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable FE/GE Optical Ports

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable -

322

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-117 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900C or a DBS3900 configured with an APM30, APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB

T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable Transfer Cable

T3: 7.4 Interconnection Cable T4: 7.3 Between FE/GE Electrical FE/GE Fiber Ports Optic Cable

T5: 7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

T7: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable -

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

T6: 7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

323

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-118 BTS3900AL

T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable Transfer Cable

T3: 7.4 Interconnection Cable T4: 7.3 Between FE/GE Electrical FE/GE Fiber Ports Optic Cable

T5: 7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

T7: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable -

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

T6: 7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

324

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections in a Base Station Configured with the BBU3910 Figure 3-119 Transmission cable connections in a 3900 series base station

T1: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

T2: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Separate Transmission In a GU, GL, or UL dual-mode base station, data can be transmitted using separate transmission. This section describes the transmission configuration principles and cable connections and also provides illustrations of the cable connections.

Transmission Configuration Principles The following table describes the transmission configuration principles for a dual-mode base station using separate transmission. Table 3-112 Transmission configuration principles

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Principle Classifica tion

BBU

Transmission Configuration Principle

Applicable Base Station

Principles classified by transmissio n modes

BBU 3900 or BBU 3910

l In separate-MPT scenarios, data of different modes is separately transmitted.

3900 series base stations

l Data transmission of different modes does not affect each other.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

325

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Principle Classifica tion

BBU

Transmission Configuration Principle

Applicable Base Station

Principles classified by base station types

-

l E1/T1 cables must be connected to a UELP that processes signals for surge protectiona.

l BTS3900A or BTS3900AL

l If a UMPTe is configured, FE/GE Ethernet cables are directly connected to the UMPTe. If a main control board other than UMPTe is configured, FE/GE Ethernet cables must be connected to a UFLP that processes signals for surge protection and then to the main control board.

l BTS3900C or DBS3900 using the OMB l Outdoor DBS3900 l BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)

-

E1/T1 cables and FE/GE Ethernet cables do not need to be connected to a UELP or UFLP.

l BTS3900 or BTS3900L l Indoor DBS3900

-

FE/GE fiber optic cables do not need to be connected to a UELP or UFLP.

l BTS3900 or BTS3900L l BTS3900A or BTS3900AL l BTS3900C or DBS3900 using the OMB l DBS3900 l BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)

a: Boards are configured for surge protection in different cabinets as follows: l If an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.E), or APM30H (Ver.D) is used for a BTS3900A or DBS3900, an SLPU equipped with a UELP or UFLP is configured in the APM30H. l If an APM30 or APM30H (Ver.A) is used for a DBS3900, a UELP or UFLP is installed in the BBU in the APM30 or APM30H (Ver.A). l BTS3900AL cabinets have slots for a UELP or UFLP, which provides the surge protection function. l If an OMB is used for a BTS3900C or DBS3900, a UELP or UFLP is installed in the BBU in the OMB.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

326

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Description Table 3-113 and Table 3-114 describe the transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using separate transmission) configured with the BBU3900 and BBU3910 in different transmission modes, respectively. Table 3-113 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using separate transmission) configured with a BBU3900

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Trans missi on Mode

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection

Illustration of Cable Connectionsa

GSM E1/ T1+U MTS E1/T1

GU

A WMPT or UMPT and a GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb both provide E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 1 in Figure 3-120, Figure 3-121, Figure 3-122, and Figure 3-123 show transmission cable connections in this scenario.

GSM FE/GE +UMT S FE/GE

GU

Scenario 1: A WMPT or UMPT and a GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb both provide FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 2 in Figure 3-120, Figure 3-121, Figure 3-122, and Figure 3-123 show transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

GSM E1/ T1+LT E FE/GE

GL

Scenario 2: A WMPT or UMPT and a GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb both provide FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

A GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables, and an LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Illustrations 3 in Figure 3-120, Figure 3-121, Figure 3-122, and Figure 3-123 show transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

327

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Trans missi on Mode

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection

Illustration of Cable Connectionsa

GSM FE/GE +LTE FE/GE

GL

Scenario 1: An LMPT or UMPT and a GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb both provide FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 4 in Figure 3-120, Figure 3-121, Figure 3-122, and Figure 3-123 show transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

UMTS E1/ T1+LT E FE/GE

UL

UMTS FE/GE +LTE FE/GE

UL

Scenario 2: An LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables, and a GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb provides FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Scenario 1: No UTRP is configured. A WMPT or UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables, and an LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. Scenario 2: A UTRP is configured for the UMTS mode. The UTRP provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables, and an LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables.

Scenario 1: An LMPT or UMPT and a WMPT or UMPT both provide FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. Scenario 2: An LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables, and a WMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 5 in Figure 3-120, Figure 3-121, Figure 3-122, and Figure 3-123 show transmission cable connections in scenario 1. Illustrations 6 in Figure 3-120, Figure 3-121, Figure 3-122, and Figure 3-123 show transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

a: Figure 3-120, Figure 3-121, Figure 3-122, and Figure 3-123 show transmission cable connections in different types of base stations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

328

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-114 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using separate transmission) configured with a BBU3910 Transmission Mode

Appl icabl e Mod e

Cable Connection

Illustration of Cable Connection sa

l GSM E1/ T1+UMTS E1/T1

GU

l GSM transmission cables can be connected to E1/T1 ports, FE/GE electrical ports, or FE/GE optical ports on a UMPT_G, GTMUc, or GTMUb.

Illustration 1 in Figure 3-124 shows transmission cable connections in this scenario.

l GSM E1/ T1+UMTS FE/GE

l UMTS transmission cables can be connected to E1/T1 ports, FE/GE electrical ports, or FE/GE optical ports on a UMPT_U. A UTRPa can be configured to provide E1/T1 ports for UMTS transmission cables.

l GSM FE/GE +UMTS FE/GE l GSM FE/GE +UMTS E1/T1 l GSM E1/ T1+LTE FE/GE

GL

l GSM FE/GE +LTE FE/GE

l UMTS E1/ T1+LTE FE/GE

l LTE transmission cables can be connected to FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports on a UMPT_L. UL

l UMTS FE/GE+LTE FE/GE

l GSM transmission cables can be connected to E1/T1 ports, FE/GE electrical ports, or FE/GE optical ports on a UMPT_G, GTMUc, or GTMUb.

l UMTS transmission cables can be connected to E1/T1 ports, FE/GE electrical ports, or FE/GE optical ports on a UMPT_U. l LTE transmission cables can be connected to FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports on a UMPT_L.

Illustration 2 in Figure 3-124 shows transmission cable connections in this scenario. Illustration 3 in Figure 3-124 shows transmission cable connections in this scenario.

a: l The transmission cable connections in Figure 3-124 apply to different types of base stations. l In this figure, GSM scenarios use UMPT boards as examples.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

329

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections in a Base Station Configured with a BBU3900 Figure 3-120 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900A, or in an outdoor DBS3900 configured with an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H(Ver.E), or APM30H (Ver.D)

T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable

T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber T4: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Optic Cable Protection Transfer Cable

T5: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

-

-

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

-

330

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-121 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900, BTS3900L, or indoor DBS3900

T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

T5: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

331

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-122 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900C, or in a DBS3900 configured with an APM30, APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB

T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable

T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber T4: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Optic Cable Protection Transfer Cable

T5: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

-

-

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

-

332

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-123 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900AL

T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable

T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber T4: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Optic Cable Protection Transfer Cable

T5: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

-

-

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

-

333

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections in a Base Station Configured with a BBU3910 Figure 3-124 Transmission cable connections in a 3900 series base station

T1: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

3.2.4 Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station This section describes the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station in typical scenarios.

Description In this document, BBU 0 and BBU 1 are used to differentiate the two BBUs in a triple-mode base station. l

In an expanded base station, BBU 0 is the one installed during the initial site deployment, and BBU 1 is the one added during the capacity expansion.

l

In a new base station, BBU 0 is the one working in GU or GL mode, and BBU 1 is the one working in LO or UO mode.

l

The difference between the GL+U configuration and U+GL configuration is as follows: The GL+U configuration applies to both a new base station and an expanded base station, whereas the U+GL configuration applies only to an expanded base station.

The following table describes the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station in typical scenarios.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

334

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-115 Transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station BBU

Triple-Mode Scenario

Working Mode of the BBU

Illustration of Cable Connections

BBU 3900

GU+L (BBUs not interconnected)

BBU 0 works in GU modes, and BBU 1 works in LO mode.

GL+U (BBUs not interconnected)

BBU 0 works in GL modes, and BBU 1 works in UO mode.

U+GL (BBUs not interconnected)

BBU 0 works in UO mode, and BBU 1 works in GL modes.

G+UL (BBUs not interconnected)

BBU 0 works in GO mode, and BBU 1 works in UL modes.

l Transmission cable connections in GU modes are different for cotransmission and separatetransmission. For details, see 3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Co-Transmission and 3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Separate Transmission. l For transmission cable connections in LO mode, see 3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a Single-Mode Base Station.

GU+L (UCIU +UMPT)

BBU 0 works in GU modes, and BBU 1 works in LO mode. BBU 0 and BBU 1 are interconnected using the UCIU and UMPT.

For details, see illustration 1 or 2 in Figure 3-125.

GL+U (UCIU +UMPT)

BBU 0 works in GL modes, and BBU 1 works in UO mode. BBU 0 and BBU 1 are interconnected using the UCIU and UMPT.

For details, see illustration 3 or 4 in Figure 3-125.

GU+UL (UCIU +UMPT)

BBU 0 works in GU modes, and BBU 1 works in UL modes. BBU 0 and BBU 1 are interconnected using the UCIU and UMPT.

For details, see illustration 5 in Figure 3-125.

l G*U*L

The BBU is configured with a UMPT and works in triplemode co-MPT scenarios.

For details, see illustration 6 in Figure 3-125.

l G*L*T l G[L*T] l U[L*T] l G[U*T]

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

The BBU is configured with a UMPT and works in triplemode separate-MPT scenarios. The main control boards of different modes communicate with each other through the BBU backplane.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

335

3900 Series Base Station Cables

BBU

BBU 3910

3 Cable Connections

Triple-Mode Scenario

Working Mode of the BBU

Illustration of Cable Connections

G*U*L +G*U*L (UCIU +UMPT)

Each BBU is configured with a UMPT and works in GUL modes. The two BBUs are interconnected using the UCIU and UMPT.

BBU 0 supports the cotransmission function for GUL modes. Transmission cables are not connected to BBU 1. For transmission cable connections of BBU 0, see illustration 6 in Figure 3-125.

GU+L (BBUs not interconnected)

BBU 0 works in GU modes, and BBU 1 works in LO mode.

GL+U (BBUs not interconnected)

BBU 0 works in GL modes, and BBU 1 works in UO mode.

l Transmission cable connections in GU modes are different for cotransmission and separatetransmission. For details, see 3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Co-Transmission and 3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Separate Transmission. l For transmission cable connections in LO mode, see 3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a Single-Mode Base Station.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

GU+L (UMPT +UMPT)

BBU 0 works in GU modes, and BBU 1 works in LO mode. BBU 0 and BBU 1 are interconnected using the UMPT boards.

The UMPTb_L is preferentially used to provide an FE/GE optical port or FE/GE electrical port. For details about the transmission cable connections, see illustration 1 in Figure 3-126.

GL+U (UMPT +UMPT)

BBU 0 works in GL modes, and BBU 1 works in UO mode. BBU 0 and BBU 1 are interconnected using the UMPT boards.

The UMPTb_L is preferentially used to provide an FE/GE optical port or FE/GE electrical port. For details about the transmission cable connections, see illustration 2 in Figure 3-126.

G*U*L

The BBU is configured with a UMPT and works in GUL coMPT mode.

For details, see illustration 3 in Figure 3-126.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

336

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station Configured with the BBU3900 The following figure shows the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station configured with the BBU3900. Figure 3-125 Transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station (applying to all types of triple-mode base stations)

T1: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station Configured with the BBU3910 The following figure shows the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station configured with the BBU3910. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

337

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-126 Transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station (applying to all types of triple-mode base stations)

T1: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

3.2.5 Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station This section describes the transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station in typical scenarios.

Description The following table describes the transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station in typical scenarios. Table 3-116 Transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

BBU

Base Stati on

Working Mode of the BBU

Illustration of Cable Connections

BBU 3900

G*U* L*T base statio n

A single BBU is configured with a UMPT and works in quadruple modes.

For details, see Figure 3-127.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

338

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

BBU

Base Stati on

Working Mode of the BBU

Illustration of Cable Connections

BBU 3910

G*U* L*T base statio n

l In a newly deployed base station, a single BBU is configured with a UMPT and works in quadruple modes. If active/standby backup of main control boards or signaling extension is required, a second UMPT needs to be configured.

For details, see Figure 3-127.

l If a co-MPT single-, dual-, or triple-mode base station configured with one BBU requires capacity expansion, the original main control board needs to be reserved. If the base station requires signaling extension, a second UMPT needs to be configured. l If a base station needs to be expanded to a coMPT base station configured with two BBUs, both BBU 0 and BBU 1 need to be configured with a UMPT.

Illustration of Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station Configured with the BBU3900 or BBU3910 The following figure shows the transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station. Figure 3-127 Transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station (applying to all types of quadruple-mode base stations)

T1: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

339

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

3.3.1 BTS3900 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900 when it is configured with different types of cabinets.

3.3.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station. NOTE

When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900 AC Cabinet (110 V or 220 V) The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet (110 V or 220 V). Figure 3-128 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-117 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1 and S2

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

340

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S4

For details, see 8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs.

S5 and S6

For details, see 8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S7

For details, see 8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S8 and S9

For details, see 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900 DC Cabinet (-48 V) The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V). Figure 3-129 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-118 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1 and S2

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

341

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S4

For details, see 8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs.

S5

For details, see 8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S6 and S7

For details, see 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900 DC Cabinet (+24 V) The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V). Figure 3-130 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

342

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-119 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V) No.

Description

S1 and S2

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs.

S5

For details, see 8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S6 and S7

For details, see 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.

S8

For details, see 8.1.13 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) Monitoring Signal Cable.

S9 and S10

For details, see 8.1.14 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) InPosition Signal Cable.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections Between a BTS3900 Cabinet and a PS4890 NOTE

The PS4890 is used for Huawei wireless products in indoor scenarios. It provides DC power and backup power for distributed base stations or a BTS3900, and provides installation space for indoor BBUs and transmission equipment. For details, see PS4890 User Guide.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet is stacked on a PS4890. Figure 3-131 Monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet is stacked on a PS4890

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

343

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 are installed side by side. Figure 3-132 Monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 are installed side by side

Table 3-120 Monitoring signal cable connections between a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1

For details, see 8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

344

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

3.3.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station. NOTE

When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V or 220 V AC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet (110 V or 220 V). Figure 3-133 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-121 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1 and S2

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

345

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S4

For details, see 8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units.

S5 and S6

For details, see 8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S7

For details, see 8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S8 and S9

For details, see 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V). Figure 3-134 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-122 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

346

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S2

For details, see 8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3 and S6

For details, see 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units.

S5

For details, see 8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable.

3.3.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station. NOTE

When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 220 V AC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC and supplied with 220 V AC power.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

347

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-135 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC and supplied with 220 V AC power. Table 3-123 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC No.

Description

S1

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S2

For details, see 8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup) and supplied with 220 V AC power.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

348

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-136 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup) and supplied with 220 V AC power. Table 3-124 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S2

For details, see 8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

349

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S4

For details, see 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) and supplied with 220 V AC power. Figure 3-137 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) and supplied with 220 V AC power.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

350

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-125 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) No.

Description

S1

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S2

For details, see 8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 2 BTS3900 DCs and supplied with -48 V DC power. Figure 3-138 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 2 BTS3900 DCs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-126 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 2 BTS3900 DCs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1 and S2

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

351

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S3

For details, see 8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units.

S5

For details, see 8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S6 and S7

For details, see 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.

3.3.2 BTS3900L Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900L when it is configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.

3.3.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station. NOTE

When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU. This section uses a base station configured with two BBUs as an example.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in the -48 V DC scenario.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

352

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-139 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in the -48 V DC scenario

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet. Table 3-127 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S2

For details, see 8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs.

S3

For details, see 8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4 and S5

For details, see 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

353

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

3.3.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station. NOTE

When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU. This section uses a base station configured with two BBUs as an example.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in the -48 V DC scenario. Figure 3-140 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in the -48 V DC scenario

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

354

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-128 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet No.

Description

S1

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S2

For details, see 8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units.

S3

For details, see 8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4 and S5

For details, see 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.

3.3.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L (Ver.D). NOTE

When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU. This section uses a base station configured with two BBUs as an example.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 220 V AC Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

355

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-141 Monitoring signal cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-129 Monitoring signal cables in BTS3900L

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S2

For details, see 8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units.

S3

For details, see PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

356

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario. Figure 3-142 Monitoring signal cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-130 Monitoring signal cables in the BTS3900L

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S2

For details, see 8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units.

S3

For details, see 8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4 and S5

For details, see 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

357

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

3.3.3 BTS3900A Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A when it is configured with enhanced cabinets and cabinets used by the BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A (Ver.C), and BTS3900A (Ver.D).

3.3.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cables connections for the BTS3900A (Ver.B) in different power supply scenarios.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V AC/220 V AC Power Supply Scenario NOTE

l The position of the CMUA in the front door of the IBBS200T is different from the position of the CMUA in the front door of the IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses the IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for the IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are connected to right positions. l When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and only one BBU.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

358

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-143 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC +1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-131 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC +1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S0

For details, see HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S1 and S2

For details, see CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S5

For details, see 8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs.

S6

For details, see 8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

359

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S7

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S8

For details, see 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

S9

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and only one BBU. Figure 3-144 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and one BBU

Table 3-132 describes the monitoring signal cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

360

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-132 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and one BBU No.

Description

S0

For details, see HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S1, S2, and S5

For details, see CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S6 and S8

For details, see 8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet.

S7

For details, see 8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs.

S9

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S10

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S11

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S12

For details, see 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H on the left side, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension APM30H on the right side. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

361

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-145 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-133 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S0

For details, see HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S1, S2, and S5

For details, see CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S6 and S8

For details, see 8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet.

S7

For details, see 8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

362

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S9

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S10

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S11

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S12

For details, see 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Power Supply Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H and only one BBU. Figure 3-146 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H and one BBU

Table 3-134 describes the monitoring signal cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

363

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-134 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 TMC11H and one BBU No.

Description

S0

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S1 and S2

For details, see CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S5

For details, see 8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs.

S6

For details, see 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed in the basic TMC11H, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension TMC11H. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

364

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-147 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs

3.3.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cables connections for the BTS3900A (Ver.C) in different power supply scenarios.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V AC/220 V AC Power Supply Scenario NOTE

l The position of the CMUE in the front door of the IBBS200T is different from the position of the CMUE in the front door of the IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses the IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for the IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are connected to right positions. l When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and only one BBU.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

365

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-148 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC +1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-135 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC +1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S0

For details, see HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S1 and S2

For details, see CMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see PMU-CMUE Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

366

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S5

For details, see 8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs.

S6

For details, see 8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet.

S7

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S8

For details, see 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

S9

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S10

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and only one BBU. Figure 3-149 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and one BBU

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

367

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-136 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and one BBU No.

Description

S0

For details, see HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S1, S2, and S5

For details, see CMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see PMU-CMUE Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S6 and S8

For details, see 8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet.

S7

For details, see 8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs.

S9

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S10

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S11

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S12

For details, see 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H on the left side, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension APM30H on the right side. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

368

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-150 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-137 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S0

For details, see HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S1, S2, and S5

For details, see CMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see PMU-CMUE Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S6 and S8

For details, see 8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet.

S7

For details, see 8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

369

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S9

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S10

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S11

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S12

For details, see 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Power Supply Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H and only one BBU. Figure 3-151 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H and one BBU

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

370

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-138 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 TMC11H and one BBU No.

Description

S0

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S1 and S2

For details, see CMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S5

For details, see 8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs.

S6

For details, see 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

S7

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed in the basic TMC11H on the left side, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension TMC11H on the right side. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

371

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-152 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-139 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S0

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor.

S1 and S2

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable Between the CMUE and the BBU.

S3

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable for the EMUA/EMUB.

S4

For details, see Signal Cable for the ELU.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

372

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S5

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs.

S6

For details, see Temperature Monitoring Signal Cable for the RFC.

S7

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor in the TMC11H.

3.3.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cables connections for the BTS3900A (Ver.D) in different power supply scenarios. Click the cable numbers in the following figures to view the connections on both ends of each cable. NOTE

l The position of the CMUEA in the front door of the IBBS200T is different from the position of the CMUEA in the front door of the IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses the IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for the IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are connected to right positions. l When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU. This section uses a base station configured with two BBUs as an example.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V AC/220 V AC Power Supply Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

373

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-153 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-140 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S0

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S1 and S2

For details, see 8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S5

For details, see 8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs.

S6

For details, see 8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet.

S7 and S9

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

374

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S8

For details, see 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H. Figure 3-154 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-141 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S0

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S1 and S2

For details, see 8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

375

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S4

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S5

For details, see 8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs.

S6

For details, see 8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet.

S7 and S9

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S8

For details, see 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

S10

For details, see 8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H. Figure 3-155 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

376

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-142 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H No.

Description

S0

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S1 and S2

For details, see 8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S5

For details, see 8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs.

S6

For details, see 8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet.

S7 and S9

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S8

For details, see 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

S10

For details, see 8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Power Supply Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

377

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-156 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-143 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S0

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S1 and S2

For details, see 8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

378

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S4

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S5

For details, see 8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs.

S6

For details, see 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

3.3.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the BTS3900A (Ver.E) power cable connections in different power supply scenarios. Click the cable numbers in the following figures to view the connections on both ends of each cable. NOTE

l The position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS200T is different from the position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses an IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for an IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are connected to right positions. l The position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS300T is different from the position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS300D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses an IBBS300D as an example. When connecting cables for an IBBS300T, ensure that the cables are connected to right positions. l If a base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 1 is not used for monitoring. In this case, the monitoring cable connections are the same as those when only one BBU is configured. This section uses a base station configured with two BBUs as an example. l The boards to be monitored are cascaded in sequence. If a board is not configured, the monitoring signal cable is connected to its lower-level board.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

379

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-157 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

The following table lists monitoring signal cables. Table 3-144 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S0

For details, see ELU Signal Cable.

S1

For details, see CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S2 and S4

For details, see CMUH-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see EMUA or EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S5

For details, see CCUB-CMUH Monitoring Signal Cable.

S6

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet.

S7

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

380

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S8

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

S9

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUHs.

S10

For details, see PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H. Figure 3-158 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H

The following table lists monitoring signal cables. Table 3-145 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S0

For details, see ELU Signal Cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

381

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S1

For details, see CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S2 and S4

For details, see CMUH-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see EMUA or EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S5

For details, see CCUB-CMUH Monitoring Signal Cable.

S6

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet.

S7

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S8

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

S9

For details, see 8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s.

S10

For details, see PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

Monitoring signal cable connections in -a 48 V DC scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

382

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-159 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 TMC11H

The following table lists monitoring signal cables. Table 3-146 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S0

For details, see ELU Signal Cable.

S1

For details, see CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S2

For details, see CMUH-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see EMUA or EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUHs.

S5

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

383

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S6

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

3.3.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900A in 110 V or 220 V AC and -48 V DC scenarios.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V or 220 V AC Scenario NOTE

If a component is not configured, ignore the monitoring signal cable connections for the component in the figures.

When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs and is supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-160 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

384

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-147 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs No.

Description

S1

Monitoring Signal Cable for the IBBS200T

S2

PMU-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

S3

Monitoring Signal Cable for the EMUA/ EMUB

S4

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan on the Front Door

S5

Monitoring Signal Cables for a Door Status Sensor in an APM30H

S6 and S14

ELU Signal Cable

S7 and S8

CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S9 and S17

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

S10 and S16

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Fan Assembly in the RFC

S11 and S12

8.1.11 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A

S13, S18, and S19

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor

S15

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs and is supplied with -48 V DC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

385

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-161 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-148 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs No.

Description

S1 and S11

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor

S2

Monitoring Signal Cable for the EMUA/ EMUB CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

S3

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan on the Front Door

S4 and S6

CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S5 and S12

ELU Signal Cable

S7

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

S8 and S14

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Fan Assembly in the RFC Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

386

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S9 and S10

8.1.11 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A

S13

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor

3.3.3.6 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900A in 110 V or 220 V AC and -48 V DC scenarios.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V or 220 V AC Scenario When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs and is supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-162 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC +1 BBC+2 RFCs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

387

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-149 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs No.

Description

S0

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor in the APM30

S1

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor for Storage Batteries

S2

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

S3

Monitoring Signal Cable for the EMUA/ EMUB

S4

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan at the Top of a Cabinet

S5, S15, and S20

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor

S6 and S14

ELU Signal Cable

S7 and S8

CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S9 and S17

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

S10 and S16

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Fan Assembly in the RFC

S11 and S12

8.1.11 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A

S13 and S18

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor

S19

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan in the Front Door

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 TMC+2 RFCs and is supplied with -48 V DC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

388

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-163 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC+2 RFCs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-150 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC+2 RFCs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S0 and S13

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor

S1

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan in the Front Door

S2

Monitoring Signal Cable for the EMUA/ EMUB

S3, S5, and S15

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor

S4

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan at the Top of a Cabinet

S6 and S14

ELU Signal Cable

S7 and S8

CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

389

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S9

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

S10 and S16

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Fan Assembly in the RFC

S11 and S12

8.1.11 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A

3.3.3.7 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2) that is supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, or -48 V DC power, to facilitate monitoring signal cable installation and maintenance.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios NOTE

If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections.

When being supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, a BTS3900A can be optionally configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs. The monitoring signal cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

390

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-164 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs. Table 3-151 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1 and S12

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor

S2

ELU signal cable

S3

CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable

S4

EMUA or EMUB monitoring signal cable

S5

Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in a front door

S6

PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable

S7

CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable (between the RFC and APM30H) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

391

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S8

CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable (between the TMC11H and RFC)

S9

Monitoring signal cable for the battery cabinet (between the IBBS200T and APM30H)

S10 and S11

DCDU-13A surge protection alarm cable

S13

ELU signal cable

S14

Monitoring signal cable for the fan assembly

S15

Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor in the RFC

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Scenario When being supplied with -48 V DC power, a BTS3900A can be optionally configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs. The monitoring signal cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-165 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

392

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs. Table 3-152 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs No.

Description

S1 and S12

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor

S2 and S13

ELU signal cable

S5

Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in a front door

S6

CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable (between the RFC and TMC11H)

S7

Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor in the RFC

S8

CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable

S9

Monitoring signal cable for the fan assembly

S10 and S11

DCDU-13A surge protection alarm cable

S14

EMUA or EMUB monitoring signal cable

3.3.3.8 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1) that is supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, or -48 V DC power, to facilitate monitoring signal cable installation and maintenance.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios NOTE

If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections.

When being supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, a BTS3900A can be optionally configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs. The monitoring signal cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

393

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-166 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs. Table 3-153 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1

Temperature monitoring signal cable for the air exhaust vent

S2

Monitoring signal cable for fan assemblies

S3, S13, and S16

ELU signal cable

S4

CMUH-BBU monitoring signal cable

S5

PMU-CMUH monitoring signal cable

S6

Environmental temperature monitoring signal cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

394

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S7

Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in a front door

S9

EMUA or EMUB monitoring signal cable

S10 and S15

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor

S11

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs (between the TMC and RFC)

S12

CMUH-BBU monitoring signal cable (between the RFC and APM30)

S14

DCDU-13A surge protection alarm cable

S17

Monitoring signal cable for the fan assembly

S18

Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor in the RFC

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Scenario When being supplied with -48 V DC power, a BTS3900A can be optionally configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs. The monitoring signal cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

395

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-167 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs. Table 3-154 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1

Temperature monitoring signal cable for the air exhaust vent

S2

Monitoring signal cable for fan assemblies

S3 and S13

ELU signal cable

S4

Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in a front door

S5

Environmental temperature monitoring signal cable

S6

EMUA or EMUB monitoring signal cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

396

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S7

CMUH-BBU monitoring signal cable

S8 and S12

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor

S9

CMUH-BBU monitoring signal cable (between the RFC and TMC)

S10 and S11

DCDU-13A surge protection alarm cable

S14

Monitoring signal cable for the fan assembly

S15

Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor in the RFC

S16

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs (between the RFCs)

3.3.4 BTS3900AL Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900AL cabinet.

3.3.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A).

Monitoring signal cable connections in 110 V AC/220 V AC scenarios Scenario with a Single BBU The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900AL configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D).

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

397

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-168 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with one BBU)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-155 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with one BBU)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S0

For details, see 8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs.

S1

For details, see 8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S2

For details, see 8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S5

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S6

For details, see 8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module.

S7

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S8

For details, see 8.2.15 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

398

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S9

For details, see HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.

S10

For details, see 8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S11

For details, see 8.2.11 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s.

S12

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

Scenario with Two BBUs The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900AL configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D). When an IBBS700T instead of an IBBS700D is used, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same. Figure 3-169 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with two BBUs)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

399

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-156 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with two BBUs) No.

Description

S0

For details, see 8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs.

S1

For details, see 8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S2

For details, see 8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.4.13 BBU Interconnection Signal Cables.

S5

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S6

For details, see 8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module.

S7

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S8

For details, see 8.2.15 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S9

For details, see HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.

S10 and S11

For details, see 8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S12

For details, see 8.2.11 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s.

S13

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900AL configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+2 IBBS300Ds. When two IBBS300Ts instead of two IBBS300Ds are used, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

400

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-170 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+2 IBBS300Ds (with two BBUs)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-157 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+2 IBBS300Ds (with two BBUs)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S0 and S4

For details, see 8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs.

S1

For details, see 8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S2

For details, see 8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.4.13 BBU Interconnection Signal Cables.

S5

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S6

For details, see 8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module.

S7

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S8

For details, see 8.2.15 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S9

For details, see HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

401

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S10 and S11

For details, see 8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S12

For details, see 8.2.11 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s.

S13

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in -48 V DC Scenarios Scenario with a Single BBU The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet. Figure 3-171 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet (with one BBU)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-158 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet (with one BBU)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S0

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

402

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S1

For details, see 8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.

S2

For details, see HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S5

For details, see 8.2.15 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S6

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S7

For details, see 8.2.11 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s.

Scenario with Two BBUs The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet. Figure 3-172 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet (with two BBUs)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

403

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-159 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet (with two BBUs) No.

Description

S0

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S1

For details, see 8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.

S2

For details, see HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3 and S4

For details, see 8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S5

For details, see 8.2.15 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S6

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S7

For details, see 8.4.13 BBU Interconnection Signal Cables.

S8

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S9

For details, see 8.2.11 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s.

3.3.5 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the DBS3900 (Using a BBU3900 or BBU3910) This section describes monitoring signal cable connections in the DBS3900 configured with different types of cabinets in which a BBU3900 or BBU3910 is used.

3.3.5.1 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the MRE1000 This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the MRE1000.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an MRE1000 BVDC Cabinet When an MRE1000 boost voltage direct current (BVDC) cabinet is configured with a BDU65-03, the monitoring signal cables are used to provide power for Book RRUs. The monitoring signal cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

404

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-173 Monitoring signal cable connections in an MRE1000 BVDC cabinet

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-160 Monitoring signal cable connections in an MRE1000 BVDC cabinet

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S2

8.1.10 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3 and S4

8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S5

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

405

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S6

8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

S7

8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.

S8

8.1.7 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Power Distribution Box in the MRE1000.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an MRE1000 225-400 V DC Cabinet When an MRE1000 225-400 V DC cabinet is configured with an HSU (C2800G51), a PDU08H-01 is required to supply power for the Easy Macro. The monitoring signal cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-174 Monitoring signal cable connections in an MRE1000 225-400 V DC cabinet

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

406

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-161 Monitoring signal cable connections in an MRE1000 225-400 V DC cabinet No.

Description

S1

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S2

8.1.10 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3 and S4

8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S5

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S6

8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

S7

8.1.8 HSMU Monitoring Signal Cable for the PDU08H-01.

S8

8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.

S9

8.1.7 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Power Distribution Box in the MRE1000.

3.3.5.2 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.E). NOTE

l The position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS200T is different from the position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses an IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for an IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are connected to right positions. l The position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS300T is different from the position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS300D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses an IBBS300D as an example. When connecting cables for an IBBS300T, ensure that the cables are connected to right positions. l If a base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 1 is not used for monitoring. In this case, the monitoring cable connections are the same as those when only one BBU is configured. This section uses a base station configured with two BBUs as an example. l The boards to be monitored are cascaded in sequence. If a board is not configured, the monitoring signal cable is connected to its lower-level board.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

407

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds. Figure 3-175 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-162 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S0

ELU Signal Cable

S1

8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S2

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUHs

S3

8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

408

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S4

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs

S5

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors

S6

8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet

S7

PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable

1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds. Figure 3-176 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

409

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-163 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds No.

Description

S0

ELU Signal Cable

S1

8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S2

8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s

S3

8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable

S4

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs

S5

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors

S6

8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet

S7

PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable

3.3.5.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.D).

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Single- or Dual-Mode Base Station Figure 3-177 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D).

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

410

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-177 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)

Table 3-164 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-164 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4

8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S3

8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

Figure 3-178 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D).

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

411

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-178 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)

Table 3-165 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-165 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4

8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S3

8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

Figure 3-179 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D).

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

412

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-179 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

Table 3-166 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-166 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4

8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S3

8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S5

8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

Figure 3-180 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D). Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

413

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-180 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)

Table 3-167 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-167 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4

8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S3

8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S5

8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

Figure 3-181 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

414

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

NOTE

The monitoring signal cable connections in an IBBS300T are the same as those in an IBBS300D. The following figure and table use an IBBS300D an example.

Figure 3-181 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds

Table 3-168 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-168 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds No.

Description

S1

8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S3

8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S4

8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet

S5

8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

415

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-182 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D

No.

Description

S1 and S4

8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S3

8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700T.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

416

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-183 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700T

No.

Description

S1

8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

S4

8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S3

8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Triple- or quadruple-Mode Base Station The monitoring signal cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with one BBU are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. If two BBUs are configured for a triple-mode base station, BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H (Ver.D). If the base station is not configured with a TMC11H (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 2 U space below BBU 0 in the basic APM30H (Ver.D). If the base station is configured with a TMC11H (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D). Figure 3-184 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a triplemode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D). Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

417

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-184 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)

Table 3-169 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-169 Monitoring signal cables in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4

8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S3

8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

Figure 3-185 shows the monitoring signal connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D). NOTE

If the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0. In this case, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same as those when BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 2 in Figure 3-185.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

418

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-185 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)

Table 3-170 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-170 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4

8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S3

8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

Figure 3-185 shows the monitoring signal connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D). NOTE

If the base station is configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D), and BBU 1 is installed in the 1U space below BBU 0, the monitoring signal cable connections for the base station are the same as those when BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 2 in Figure 3-186.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

419

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-186 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

Table 3-171 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-171 Monitoring signal cables in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) +2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1 and S4

8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

420

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S2 and S3

8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S5

8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet

Figure 3-187 shows the monitoring signal connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D). NOTE

If the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0. In this case, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same as those when BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 2 in Figure 3-187.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

421

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-187 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)

Table 3-172 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-172 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1 and S4

8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

422

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S2 and S3

8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S5

8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet

In a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D/T, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station with the same cabinet configuration. The second BBU does not perform the monitoring function. For detailed cable connections, see Figure 3-182 and Figure 3-183. In a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/Ts, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station with the same cabinet configuration. The second BBU does not perform the monitoring function. For detailed cable connections, see Figure 3-181.

3.3.5.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D_A2) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 in 110 V or 220 V AC and -48 V DC scenarios.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V or 220 V AC Scenario NOTE

If a component is not configured, ignore the monitoring signal cable connections for the component in the figures.

When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T and is supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

423

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-188 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-173 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1

Monitoring Signal Cable for the IBBS200T

S2

PMU-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

S3

Monitoring Signal Cable for the EMUA/ EMUB

S4

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan on the Front Door

S5

Monitoring Signal Cables for a Door Status Sensor in an APM30H

S6

ELU Signal Cable

S7 and S8

CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

424

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S9 and S10

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of two TMC11Hs and is supplied with -48 V DC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-189 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMC11Hs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-174 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMC11Hs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor

S2

Monitoring Signal Cable for the EMUA/ EMUB

S3

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan on the Front Door

S4 and S6

CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S5

ELU Signal Cable

S6

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

425

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

3.3.5.5 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30(Ver.D_A1) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 in 110 V or 220 V AC and -48 V DC scenarios.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V or 220 V AC Scenario When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC and is supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure. NOTE

If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections.

Figure 3-190 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC +1 BBC

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

426

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-175 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC No.

Description

S0

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor in the APM30

S1

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor for Storage Batteries

S2

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

S3

Monitoring Signal Cable for the EMUA/ EMUB

S4

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan at the Top of a Cabinet

S5 and S10

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor

S6

ELU Signal Cable

S7 and S8

CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S9

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan in the Front Door

S11 and S12

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of two TMCs and is supplied with -48 V DC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-191 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMCs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

427

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-176 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMCs No.

Description

S0

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor

S1

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan in the Front Door

S2

Monitoring Signal Cable for the EMUA/ EMUB

S3 and S5

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor

S4

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan at the Top of a Cabinet

S6

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

S7 and S8

CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

3.3.5.6 When the BBU Is Installed in the APM30H (Ver.E_A2) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 that uses APM30H (Ver.E_A2) cabinets and is supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, or -48 V DC power, to facilitate monitoring signal cable installation and maintenance.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios NOTE

If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections.

When being supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, a DBS3900 can be optionally configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T. The monitoring signal cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

428

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-192 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T

The following table lists the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T. Table 3-177 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor

S2

ELU signal cable

S3, S7

CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable

S4

EMUA or EMUB monitoring signal cable

S5

Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in a front door

S6

PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

429

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Scenario When being supplied with -48 V DC power, a DBS3900 can be optionally configured with two TMC11Hs. The monitoring signal cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-193 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs

The following table lists the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs. Table 3-178 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs No.

Description

S1

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor

S2

ELU signal cable

S5

Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in a front door

S6

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs

S7

EMUA or EMUB monitoring signal cable

S8

CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable

3.3.5.7 When the BBU Is Installed in the APM30 (Ver.E_A1) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 uses APM30 (Ver.E_A1) cabinets and is supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, or -48 V DC power, to facilitate monitoring signal cable installation and maintenance. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

430

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios NOTE

If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections.

When being supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, a DBS3900 can be optionally configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC. The monitoring signal cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-194 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC

The following table lists the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC. Table 3-179 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1

Temperature monitoring signal cable for the air exhaust vent

S2

Monitoring signal cable for fan assemblies Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

431

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S3

ELU signal cable

S4 and S12

CMUH-BBU monitoring signal cable

S5

PMU11B-CMUH monitoring signal cable

S6

Environmental temperature monitoring signal cable

S7

Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in a front door

S9

EMUA or EMUB monitoring signal cable

S10 and S11

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor

S13

APM30-BBC monitoring signal cable

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Scenario When being supplied with -48 V DC power, a DBS3900 can be optionally configured with two TMCs. The monitoring signal cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-195 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs

The following table lists the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

432

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-180 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs No.

Description

S1

Temperature monitoring signal cable for the air exhaust vent

S2

Monitoring signal cable for fan assemblies

S3

ELU signal cable

S4

CMUH-BBU monitoring signal cable

S5

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor

S6

Environmental temperature monitoring signal cable

S7

Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in a front door

S8

EMUA or EMUB monitoring signal cable

3.3.5.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C).

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Single- or Dual-Mode Base Station The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B).

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

433

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-196 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-181 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B) No.

Description

S1

HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S4

PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal Cable

S3 and S5

CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C).

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

434

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-197 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-182 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C) No.

Description

S1

HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S4

PMU-CMUE Monitoring Signal Cable

S3 and S5

CMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C).

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

435

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-198 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-183 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) No.

Description

S1

HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S4

PMU-CMUE Monitoring Signal Cable

S3 and S5

CMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S6

8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B). Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

436

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-199 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B) S1

S2 S3

S1

S1

S2

S6

S1

S5

S6 S4

S6 S4

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-184 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B) No.

Description

S1

HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S4

PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal Cable

S3 and S5

CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S6

8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.C)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C). Figure 3-200 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.C)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

437

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-185 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.C)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) No.

Description

S1

HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S4

PMU-CMUE Monitoring Signal Cable

S3 and S5

CMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S6

8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station The monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one BBU are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. If two BBUs are configured for a triple-mode base station, BBU 0 is installed in the basic cabinet and BBU 1 is installed in the extension cabinet. The monitoring boards in all cabinets are connected to BBU 0, and the monitoring scheme is the same as that in dual-mode scenarios. The following figure uses the monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station when BBUs are installed in two APM30Hs (Ver.B) as an example. Figure 3-201 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-186 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1

HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

438

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S2 and S4

PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal Cable

S3 and S5

CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S6

8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs

3.3.5.9 Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.E). NOTE

l When a base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 1 is not used for monitoring. In this case, the monitoring cable connections are the same as those when only one BBU is configured. This section uses a base station configured with two BBUs as an example. l The boards to be monitored are cascaded in sequence. If a board is not configured, the monitoring signal cable is connected to its lower-level board.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections when two TMC11Hs are configured. Figure 3-202 Monitoring signal cable connections when two TMC11Hs are configured

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-187 Monitoring signal cables when two TMC11Hs are configured

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S0

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

S1

8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

439

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S2

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors

S3

8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable

S4

8.2.20 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs

3.3.5.10 Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.D).

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Single- or Dual-Mode Base Station The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D). Figure 3-203 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-188 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1

8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

440

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station The monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one BBU are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs and one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D). NOTE

When the base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) and BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, the monitoring signal cable connections in the base station is the same as those in the base station where two BBUs are installed in two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) separately, as shown by illustration 2 in Figure 3-204.

Figure 3-204 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D)

Table 3-189 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-189 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S2

8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

3.3.5.11 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C).

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Single- or Dual-Mode Base Station The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using two TMC11Hs (Ver.B).

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

441

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-205 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-190 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B) No.

Description

S1 and S2

CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using two TMC11Hs (Ver.C). Figure 3-206 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

442

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-191 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C) No.

Description

S1 and S2

CMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Triple- or Quadruple-Mode Base Station The monitoring signal cable connections in a triple- or Quadruple-mode base station configured with one BBU are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. If a triple- or Quadruple-mode base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed in the basic TMC, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension TMC. The monitoring boards in all cabinets are connected to BBU 0, and the monitoring scheme is the same as that in dual-mode scenarios. The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a triple- or Quadruple-mode base station when the BBUs are installed in two TMC11Hs (Ver.B). Figure 3-207 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple- or Quadruple-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-192 Monitoring signal cables in a triple- or Quadruple-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B) No.

Description

S1 and S2

CMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

3.3.5.12 Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03 This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

443

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

l

For details about the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the IMB03 or IMB03+IFS06, see DBS3900 Installation Guide and DBS3900 (ICR) Installation Guide.

l

If a DBS3900 uses the OMB or IMB03, the DBS3900 can be configured as a single- or dual-mode base station. If a DBS3900 uses the IMB03+IFS06, the DBS3900 can be configured as a triple-mode base station.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB. Figure 3-208 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB S2

S2 S1

S4 S1 S2

S3

S3 S5

S5

S4

S2

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-193 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB No.

Description

S1

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors

S2

8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly

S3

8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S4

8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box

S5

8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C). Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

444

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-209 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup power)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-194 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup power)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

S2 and S3

8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

S4

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors

S5

8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box

S6

8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S7

8.1.9 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

445

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S8

8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) for which backup power is provided, one OMB (Ver.C), and two IBBS20Ds. Figure 3-210 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup power)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-195 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup power)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

S2 and S3

8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

S4

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors

S5

8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box

S6

8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

446

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S7

8.1.9 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable

S8

8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors

S9

8.2.16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the CMUG

S10

8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB. Figure 3-211 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-196 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB No.

Description

S1

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors

S2

8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly

S3

8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C). Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

447

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-212 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-197 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S1

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

S2 and S3

8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

S4

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors

S5

8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S6

8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

448

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

3.3.5.13 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IMB05 Used by the DBS3900 This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in an IMB05 used by the distributed base station.

Power Cable Connections in 220 V AC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections of an AC IMB05 configured with the ETP48100-B1. Figure 3-213 Monitoring signal cable connections in an AC IMB05

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-198 Monitoring signal cable connections in an AC IMB05 No.

Cable Description

S1

PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections of a DC IMB05 configured with the EPU02D-02.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

449

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-214 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DC IMB05

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-199 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DC IMB05 No.

Cable Description

S1

PMU 12A-BBU monitoring signal cable

S2

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded EPU02D-02s

3.3.5.14 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TP48600A. The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) and two BBUs are installed in the TP48600A. This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in an IBBS700D. The monitoring signal cable connections in an IBBS700T and an IBBS700D are the same. NOTE

If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, one CCU-BBU signal cable is required.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

450

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-215 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-200 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) No.

Description

S1 and S2

8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S3

8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

S4

8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in the following scenario: A DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C), and two BBUs are installed in the TP48600A. This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with the IBBS300D. The monitoring signal cable connections in an IBBS700T and an IBBS700D are the same. NOTE

If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, one CCU-BBU signal cable is required.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

451

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-216 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-201 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) No.

Description

S1 and S2

8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S3

8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

S4 and S5

8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs

3.3.5.15 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900 This section describes signal cable connections in an IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power.

Signal Cable Connections in a DC IBC10 The following figure shows signal cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

452

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-217 Signal cable connections in a DC IBC10

The following table describes signal cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power. Table 3-202 Signal cable connections in a DC IBC10

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

No.

Description

S0

Monitoring signal cable for fan assemblies

S1

ELU signal cable

S2

Signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

453

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S3 and S4

Monitoring signal cables for the temperature sensors at the air intake vents of the BBUs

S5 to S14

GPS clock signal cables

3.3.5.16 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) Used by the DBS5900 This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) used by the DBS5900. This following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) used by the DBS5900. Figure 3-218 Monitoring signal cable connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) used by the DBS5900

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

454

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-203 Monitoring signal cable connections No.

Cable Description

S1

FAU02D-15 monitoring signal cable

S2

EPU02D-02 monitoring signal cable

S3

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded EPU02D-02s

S5

FAU-PMU 12A monitoring signal cable

3.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using a BBU3910A This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a BBU3910A.

2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

455

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-219 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-204 Monitoring signal cables in a base station with the configuration of 2 OPM50Ms +1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds No.

Description

S1

OPM50M-BBU monitoring signal cable

S2

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded OPM50Ms

S3

OPM50M-CMUG Monitoring Signal Cable

S4

8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs

2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

456

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-220 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-205 Monitoring signal cables in a base station with the configuration of 2 OPM50Ms +1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls No.

Description

S1

OPM50M-BBU monitoring signal cable

S2

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded OPM50Ms

S3

Monitoring Signal Cable for the IBBS20L

S4

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20Ls

3.3.7 BTS3900C Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900C when it is configured with different types of cabinets.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

457

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

3.3.7.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section provides reference for onsite installation of monitoring signal cables. l

BTS3900C AC cabinet Figure 3-221 shows the signal cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet. Figure 3-221 Signal cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet

Table 3-206 lists the signal cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet. Table 3-206 Signal cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet SN

l

Cable

S1

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor

S2

Monitoring signal cable for the OMB fan

S3

8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S4

GPS clock signal cable

S5

8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable

S6

8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box

BTS3900C DC cabinet Figure 3-222 shows the signal cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

458

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-222 Signal cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet

Table 3-207 lists the signal cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet. Table 3-207 Signal cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet SN

Cable

S1

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor

S2

8.1.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the DCDU-03B

S3

Monitoring signal cable for the OMB fan

S4

8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable

S5

GPS clock signal cable

3.3.7.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section provides reference for onsite installation of monitoring signal cables.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900C AC Cabinet (110 V or 220 V) Only one BBU can be installed in a BTS3900C. The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900C Cabinet supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

459

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-223 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900C AC cabinet

The following table lists the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-208 Monitoring signal cables in a BTS3900C AC cabinet

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable No.

Cable Description

S1

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

S2

Monitoring signal cable for the outer air circulation fan

S3

Monitoring signal cable for the inner air circulation fan

S4

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors

S5

8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box

S6

8.2.12 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S7

8.1.9 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable

S8

8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

460

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900C cabinet supplied with -48 V DC power. Figure 3-224 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900C DC cabinet

The following table lists the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-209 Monitoring signal cables in a BTS3900C DC cabinet

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable No.

Cable Description

S1

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

S2

Monitoring signal cable for the outer air circulation fan

S3

Monitoring signal cable for the inner air circulation fan

S4

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors

S5

8.2.12 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S6

8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

461

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

3.4 Inter-BBU Signal Cable Connections This section describes the inter-BBU signal cable connections when two BBUs are configured. NOTE

When the two BBUs are interconnected to support triple or quadruple modes, BBU 0 is the root BBU, and BBU 1 is the leaf BBU.

UCIU+UMPT In a triple or quadruplemode base station configured with two BBUs, triple or quadruple modes can be supported by connecting the UCIU in BBU 0 to the UMPT in BBU 1. In a UMTS single-mode base station, the UMTS service processing capacity can be expanded by connecting the UCIU in BBU 0 to the UMPT in BBU 1. Any port from M0 to M4 on the UCIU in BBU 0 can be connected to the CI port on the UMPT in BBU 1 by using an interBBU signal cable, as shown in Figure 3-225. NOTE

In UCIU+UMPT interconnection mode, BBU 0 and BBU 1 can have the following composition: l

BBU 0 and BBU 1 are both BBU3900s.

l

BBU 0 is BBU3900, BBU 1 is BBU3910.

In UCIU+UMPT mode, the UMPT must be configured as the main control board of BBU 1. The following table lists the BBU configurations in scenarios supporting UCIU+UMPT mode.

Table 3-210 BBU configurations Scenario

BBU 0

BBU 1

Triple-mode scenario

GU

L

GL

U

GU

UL

G*U*L

G*U*L

GU

L*T

G[L*T]

U

U

U

Quadruple-mode scenario

Single-mode scenario

Figure 3-225 Signal cable connection between the UCIU and the UMPT

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

462

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

UMPT+UMPT In a triple-mode base station configured with two BBUs, triple modes can be supported by connecting the UMPT in BBU 0 to the UMPT in BBU 1. The CI port on the UMPT in BBU 0 can be connected to the CI port on the UMPT in BBU 1 by using an inter-BBU signal cable, as shown in Figure 3-226. NOTE

In UMPT+UMPT interconnection mode, BBU 0 and BBU 1 can have the following composition: l

BBU 0 and BBU 1 are both BBU3900s.

l

BBU 0 and BBU 1 are both BBU3910s.

l

BBU 0 is BBU3900, BBU 1 is BBU3910.

In UMPT+UMPT interconnection mode, the UMPT must be configured as the main control board of both BBU 0 and BBU 1. The following table lists the BBU configurations in UMPT+UMPT mode.

Table 3-211 BBU configurations Scenario

BBU 0

BBU 1

Triple-mode scenario

GU

L

GL

U

GU

UL

G*U*L

G*U*L

GU

L*T

G[L*T]

U

U

U

Quadruple-mode scenario

Single-mode scenario

Figure 3-226 Connections of the Interconnection Signal Cable Between UMPT boards

Baseband Interconnection The baseband processing boards in two BBUs can be connected to exchange baseband data. The following table describes the baseband interconnection scenarios. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

463

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-212 Baseband interconnection scenarios Scenario

BBU 0

BBU 1

Description

Baseband Interconnecti on Mode

Triple-mode scenario

GU

UL

Supported only in UCIU +UMPT mode

WBBPf +WBBPf

Single-mode scenario

U

U

-

WBBPf +UBBPd_U UBBPd_U +UBBPd_U

The connections of the interconnection signal cables between two WBBPf boards, between the WBBPf and UBBPd in UMTS mode, and between the UBBPd in UMTS mode and UBBPd in UMTS mode are the same. Figure 3-227 shows the connections of the interconnection signal cable between the WBBPf and WBBPf. NOTE

Only the WBBPf or UBBPd_U in slot 2 or 3 of a BBU can be connected to the WBBPf or UBBPd_U in another BBU.

Figure 3-227 Connections of the interconnection signal cable

3.5 CPRI Cable Connections CPRI cable connections include those for a single-mode, dual-mode, triple-mode, and quadruple-mode base station.

3.5.1 CPRI Cable Connections in GSM Base Stations This section describes the CPRI cable connections in GSM base stations.

Description The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections in typical GSM base stations. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

464

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-213 Principles of CPRI cable connections BBU

Board Configuration and Networking Principle

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustratio n of Cable Connectio ns

BBU390 0

l When GSM baseband signals need to be processed by RF modules, the UMPT, GTMU, GTMUb, or GTMUc can be configured as the main control board and the UBRI is configured as required.

l f the BBU is configured with a UBBP, CPRI cables for RF modulesb can be connected to the UBBP in any of slots 0 to 3. The CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP.

Figure 3-228 and Figure 3-229 show CPRI cable connections in scenarios where GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules.

l When GSM baseband signals need to be processed by the baseband processing board, the UBBP(G)a is required.

l If the GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules, CPRI cable connections are as follows: – If the BBU is configured with a GTMU, GTMUb, or GTMUc, CPRI cables are directly connected to the GTMU, GTMUb, or GTMUc. – If the BBU is configured with a UMPT, CPRI cables are connected to the UBRI. l If RFUs and RRUs are configured together, CPRI cable connections are as follows: – CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to the same UBRI when at most six CPRI ports are required. – It is recommended that CPRI cables for all RFUs be connected to a UBRI and CPRI cables for all RRUs be connected to another UBRI when more than six CPRI ports are required.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Figure 3-230 and Figure 3-231 show CPRI cable connections in scenarios where GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing board.

465

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

BBU

Board Configuration and Networking Principle

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustratio n of Cable Connectio ns

BBU391 0

l When GSM baseband signals need to be processed by RF modules, the GTMUb or GTMUc can be configured or the UBRI is configured as required.

l When GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules, the GTMUb or GTMUc in slot 5 or 6 or the UBRIb in slot 0, 1, 2, or 3 can provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Figure 3-228 and Figure 3-229 show CPRI cable connections in scenarios where GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules.

l When GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing board, the UBBP in slot 0, 1, 2, or 3 can provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

l When GSM baseband signals need to be processed by the baseband processing board, the UBBP(G) is required.

Figure 3-230 and Figure 3-231 show CPRI cable connections in scenarios where GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing board.

a: The UBBP(G) is not a board type but a UBBP working in GSM mode. b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs.

Table 3-214 lists the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards based on the working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL mode preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L).

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

466

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-214 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to UBBP boards Working Mode of an RF Module

Connection Priority

GUL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO)

UL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

GL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

LO

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

GU

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb

UO

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb

GO

UBBP(GO) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(GUL) > UBRIb > UBBP(LO) > UBBP(UO) > UBBP(UL)

Illustrations of CPRI Cable Connections NOTE

A macro base station can be configured with RFUs but without RRUs or can be configured with RFUs and RRUs. A distributed base station can be configured with RRUs but without RFUs. The restrictions of CPRI ports are as follows: l If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, a CPRI port is connected to the RF module whose slot number is the same as the CPRI port number. For example, the CPRI cable for RFU 2 connects to CPRI2 port on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RRUs but without RFUs, the CPRI cables for these RRUs are connected to available CPRI ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. For example, CPRI cables for RRU 0, RRU 1, and RRU 3 are connected to CPRI0, CPRI1, and CPRI2 ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RFUs and RRUs, and the RFUs and RRUs need to be connected to the same baseband processing board, the CPRI cables for RFUs are connected to CPRI ports, and then the CPRI cables for RRUs are connected to the rest of CPRI ports.

Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

467

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-228 CPRI cable connections in a GSM base station in which the BBU3900 or BBU3910 is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules

Figure 3-229 CPRI cable connections in a GSM base station in which the BBU3900 or BBU3910 is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

468

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-230 CPRI cable connections in a GSM base station in which the BBU3900 or BBU3910 is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing board

Figure 3-231 CPRI cable connections in a GSM base station in which the BBU3900 or BBU3910 is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing board

3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections in a UMTS Base Station This section describes the configurations of CPRI cable connections in a UMTS base station and provides related illustrations.

Cable connection description The following table describes the CPRI cable connection principles for a UMTS base station in typical scenarios. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

469

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-215 CPRI cable connection principles BBU

Board Configuration Principle and Networking Principle

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustratio n of Cable Connectio ns

BBU390 0

The UBBP(U)a is preferentially configured. Alternatively, the WBBP can be configured.

CPRI cables for RF modulesb can be connected to the CPRI ports only on the UBBP or WBBP in slot 2 or 3. The CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP or WBBP.

Figure 3-232 shows the CPRI cable connections .

BBU391 0

Only the UBBP(U) can be configured as the baseband processing board.

The CPRI cables for RF modules can be connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP(U) in any of slots 0 to 5. The CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP.

BBU390 0 or BBU391 0

The UBBPei is configured as the baseband processing board.

The BBU can be connected to the radio multiplex unit (RMU). l Scenario 1: One XCI port on the UBBPei is connected to the RMU. l Scenario 2: Two XCI ports on the UBBPei are connected to the RMU.

Figure 3-233 shows the CPRI cable connections .

l Scenario 3: Two XCI ports of the UBBPei are connected to two RMUs separately. a: The UBBP(U) is not a board type but a UBBP working in UMTS mode. b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, all principles and illustrations in this section apply to both RFUs and RRUs.

Table 3-216 lists the priorities of RF modules connecting to UBBP boards based on the working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL mode preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If a UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If a UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(GL) or UBBP(L) in sequence. Table 3-216 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to UBBP boards

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Working Mode of an RF Module

Connection Priority

GUL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

470

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Working Mode of an RF Module

Connection Priority

UL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

GL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

LO

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

GU

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb

UO

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb

GO

UBBP(GO) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(GUL) > UBRIb > UBBP(LO) > UBBP(UO) > UBBP(UL)

Illustrations of CPRI Cable Connections NOTE

A macro base station can be configured with RFUs but without RRUs or can be configured with RFUs and RRUs. A distributed base station can be configured with RRUs but without RFUs. The restrictions of CPRI ports are as follows: l If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, a CPRI port is connected to the RF module whose slot number is the same as the CPRI port number. For example, the CPRI cable for RFU 2 connects to CPRI2 port on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RRUs but without RFUs, the CPRI cables for these RRUs are connected to available CPRI ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. For example, CPRI cables for RRU 0, RRU 1, and RRU 3 are connected to CPRI0, CPRI1, and CPRI2 ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RFUs and RRUs, and the RFUs and RRUs need to be connected to the same baseband processing board, the CPRI cables for RFUs are connected to CPRI ports, and then the CPRI cables for RRUs are connected to the rest of CPRI ports.

Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios. Figure 3-232 CPRI cable connections in a UMTS base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3900 or BBU3910

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

471

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-233 CPRI cable connections between the BBU and RMU

Figure 3-234 CPRI cable connections between the BBU and RMU

3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for an LTE (FDD) and an LTE (TDD) Base Stations This section describes the CPRI cable connections for an LTE (FDD) and an LTE (TDD) base stations. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

472

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Description The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for an LTE (FDD) and an LTE (TDD) base station in typical scenarios. Table 3-217 Principles of CPRI cable connections

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

BB U Typ e

Ba se Sta tio n Ty pe

Board Configuration Principle and Networking Principle

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

BB U39 00

LT E (F DD ) bas e stat ion

The UBBP(L)a is preferentially configured. Alternatively, the LBBP can be configured.

The CPRI cables for RF modulesb can be connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP or LBBP in any of slots 0 to 5. The CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP or LBBP.

Figure 3-235 shows the CPRI cable connections.

BB U39 00

LT E (T DD ) bas e stat ion

The UBBP(T) is preferentially configured. Alternatively, the LBBP can be configured.

l RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP(T) or LBBP in any one of slots 0 to 5. LTE (TDD) base stations support RRUs only.

Figure 3-236 shows the CPRI cable connections.

BB U39 10

LT E (F DD ) bas e stat ion

Only the UBBP(L) can be configured as the baseband processing board.

RF modulesb can be connected to CPRI ports on the UBBP(L) in slot 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. An RFU and an RRU can be connected to the same UBBP(L).

Figure 3-235 shows the CPRI cable connections.

BB U39 10

LT E (T DD ) bas e stat ion

Only the UBBP(T) can be configured as the baseband processing board.

l RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on a UBBP(T) in slot 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. LTE (TDD) base stations support RRUs only.

Figure 3-236 shows the CPRI cable connections.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

473

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

BB U Typ e

Ba se Sta tio n Ty pe

Board Configuration Principle and Networking Principle

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

BB U39 00/ BB U39 10

-

The baseband processing board is a UBBPei

The BBU can be connected to an RMU.

Figure 3-237 shows the CPRI cable connections.

l Scenario 1: One XCI port of the UBBPei is connected to the RMU. l Scenario 2: Two XCI ports of the UBBPei are connected to the RMU. l Scenario 3: Two XCI ports of the UBBPei are connected to two RMUs separately.

Table 3-218 lists the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards based on the working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL modes preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L). Table 3-218 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to UBBP boards

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Working Mode of an RF Module

Connection Priority

GUL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO)

UL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

GL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

LO

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

GU

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb

UO

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb

GO

UBBP(GO) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(GUL) > UBRIb > UBBP(LO) > UBBP(UO) > UBBP(UL)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

474

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of CPRI Cable Connections NOTE

A macro base station can be configured with RFUs but without RRUs or can be configured with RFUs and RRUs. A distributed base station can be configured with RRUs but without RFUs. The restrictions of CPRI ports are as follows: l If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, a CPRI port is connected to the RF module whose slot number is the same as the CPRI port number. For example, the CPRI cable for RFU 2 connects to CPRI2 port on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RRUs but without RFUs, the CPRI cables for these RRUs are connected to available CPRI ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. For example, CPRI cables for RRU 0, RRU 1, and RRU 3 are connected to CPRI0, CPRI1, and CPRI2 ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RFUs and RRUs, and the RFUs and RRUs need to be connected to the same baseband processing board, the CPRI cables for RFUs are connected to CPRI ports, and then the CPRI cables for RRUs are connected to the rest of CPRI ports.

Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios. Figure 3-235 CPRI cable connections in an LTE (FDD) base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3900 or BBU3910

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

475

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-236 CPRI cable connections in an LTE (TDD) base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3900 or BBU3910

Figure 3-237 CPRI cable connections between the BBU and RMU

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

476

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-238 CPRI cable connections between the BBU and RMU

3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a GU and a G*U base stations.

Description The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a GU and a G*U base stations in typical scenarios.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

477

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-219 Principles of CPRI cable connections BB U

Ba se Sta tio n

Board Configuration and Networking Principle

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

BB U39 00

G* U bas e stat ion

l The CPRI MUX feature is used by default.

l When the UBBP(U)a and UBBP(G) are configured, any of UBBP boards can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Figure 3-239 shows the CPRI cable connections when the UBBP(U) and UBBP(G) are configured.

l The UBBP is preferentially configured. The UBBP can serve either as the converging part to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules or as the converged party. The peer board can be a UBBP, WBBPf, or UBRIb. l If the UBBP is not configured, the WBBPf and UBRIb are required.

l If the UBBP(U) and UBRIb are configured, only the UBRIb can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l If the UBBP(G) and WBBPf are configured, either of them can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l If the UBRIb and WBBPf are configured, only the UBRIb can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l RF modules work in modes including GSM mode can connect to the UBBP in any of slots 0 to 3 by using CPRI cables. l RF modules work in modes including UMTS mode can connect to the UBBP in slot 2 or 3 by using CPRI cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

478

3900 Series Base Station Cables

BB U

3 Cable Connections

Ba se Sta tio n

Board Configuration and Networking Principle

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

GU bas e stat ion

l The dual-star topology is used by default.

When the dual-star topology is used, the cable connection principles are as follows:

l The UBBP is optionally configured.

l RF modulesb working in GU mode connect to the baseband processing boards or baseband interface boards working in GSM and UMTS modes.

Figure 3-240 shows the CPRI cable connections when the dual-star topology is used.

l When a GU base station configured with both RFUs and RRUs working in modes including GSM mode, the BBU must be configured with the GTMUb or GTMUc.

l When a GU base station configured with both RFUs and RRUs working in modes including GSM mode, the RFUs and RRUs working in GSM mode connect to the GTMUb or GTMUc and UBRI boards, respectively.

Figure 3-241 shows the CPRI cable connections when the CPRI MUX feature is used and the UBBP is configured.

When the CPRI MUX feature is used, the cable connection principles are as follows: l If the UBBP is configured, the UBBP(U) can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules, and the UBBP(U) must be installed in slot 2 or 3. l If the UBBP is not configured, the WBBPf can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

479

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

BB U

Ba se Sta tio n

Board Configuration and Networking Principle

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

BB U39 10

G* U bas e stat ion

l The CPRI MUX feature is used by default.

There is no constraints on the slots for installing UBBP boards serving as the converging and converged parties. The UBBP in any of slots 0 to 5 can provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Figure 3-239 shows the CPRI cable connections.

l The dual-star topology is used by default.

When the dual-star topology is used, the cable connection principles are as follows:

l Only the UBBP can be configured as the baseband processing board.

l RF modulesb working in GU mode connect to the baseband processing boards or baseband interface boards working in GSM and UMTS modes.

Figure 3-242 shows the cable connections when UBBP is used and enabled with the dual-star topology

l Only the UBBP can be configured as the baseband processing board. l RRU3004 and DRFU modules cannot connect to the BBU3910.

GU bas e stat ion

l RRU3004 and DRFU modules cannot connect to the BBU3910.

l When a GU base station configured with both RFUs and RRUs working in modes including GSM mode, the RFUs and RRUs working in GSM mode connect to the GTMUb or GTMUc and UBRI boards, respectively. When the CPRI MUX feature is used, the UBBP(U) can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules, and the UBBP(U) must be installed in slot 0 or 3.

Figure 3-243 shows the cable connections when UBBP and GTMUb or GTMUc is used and enabled with the dual-star topology Figure 3-241 shows the cable connections when UBBP is used and enabled with the CPRI_MUX feature.

a: The UBBP(U) is not a board type but a UBBP working in UMTS mode. The UBBP(G) in this section is a UBBP working in GSM mode. b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs. Table 3-220 lists the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards based on the working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL mode Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

480

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L). Table 3-220 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to UBBP boards Working Mode of an RF Module

Connection Priority

GUL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO)

UL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

GL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

LO

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

GU

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb

UO

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb

GO

UBBP(GO) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(GUL) > UBRIb > UBBP(LO) > UBBP(UO) > UBBP(UL)

In addition to the preceding principles, there are some common principles, as described as follows: l

When UBBP boards are configured in a BBU3900, the CPRI cables for RF modules working in GSM mode and RF modules working in UMTS mode can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP.

l

In RRU cascading scenarios, multimode RRUs of the same and different modes can be cascaded. It is recommended that intra-mode multimode RRUs be cascaded.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

–

In intra-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in the same mode.

–

In inter-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in GO, UO, and GU mode.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

481

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of CPRI Cable Connections NOTE

A macro base station can be configured with RFUs but without RRUs or can be configured with RFUs and RRUs. A distributed base station can be configured with RRUs but without RFUs. The restrictions of CPRI ports are as follows: l If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, a CPRI port is connected to the RF module whose slot number is the same as the CPRI port number. For example, the CPRI cable for RFU 2 connects to CPRI2 port on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RRUs but without RFUs, the CPRI cables for these RRUs are connected to available CPRI ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. For example, CPRI cables for RRU 0, RRU 1, and RRU 3 are connected to CPRI0, CPRI1, and CPRI2 ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RFUs and RRUs, and the RFUs and RRUs need to be connected to the same baseband processing board, the CPRI cables for RFUs are connected to CPRI ports, and then the CPRI cables for RRUs are connected to the rest of CPRI ports.

Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios. Figure 3-239 CPRI cable connections in a G*U base station configured with the BBU3900 or BBU3910 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

482

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-240 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the BBU3900 and enabled with the dual-star topology

Figure 3-241 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3900 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

483

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-242 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology

Figure 3-243 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the UBBP and GTMUb or GTMUc in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology

3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL and a G*L Base Stations This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a GL and a G*L base stations. The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a GL and a G*L base stations in typical scenarios.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

484

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-221 Principles of CPRI cable connections BB U

Ba se Sta tio n

Board Configuration and Networking Principle

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

BB U39 00

G* L bas e stat ion

l The CPRI MUX feature is used by default.

l When the UBBP(L)a and UBBP(G) are configured, any of UBBP boards can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Figure 3-244 shows the CPRI cable connections when the UBBP(L) and UBBP(G) are configured.

l The UBBP is preferentially configured. The UBBP can serve either as the converging part to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules or as the converged party. The peer board can be a UBBP, LBBPd, or UBRIb. l If the UBBP is not configured, the LBBPd and UBRIb are required. The UBRIb must be configured in slot 0 or 1, and at least one LBBPd is configured in slots 2 and 3.

l If the UBBP(L) and UBRIb are configured, only the UBRIb can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l If the UBBP(G) and LBBPd are configured, either of them can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l If the UBRIb and LBBPd are configured, only the UBRIb can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l RF modules work in modes including GSM mode can connect to the UBBP in any of slots 0 to 3 by using CPRI cables. l RF modules work in modes including LTE mode can connect to the UBBP in any of slots 0 to 5 by using CPRI cables. l The load sharing topology can be used. If the UBRIb and LBBPd are not configured, one CPRI cable for a dual-mode RF module is connected to the baseband processing board and the other one is connected to the baseband interface board whose working mode is different

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

485

3900 Series Base Station Cables

BB U

3 Cable Connections

Ba se Sta tio n

Board Configuration and Networking Principle

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

from that of the baseband processing board. GL bas e stat ion

l The dual-star topology is used by default.

When the dual-star topology is used, the cable connection principles are as follows:

l The UBBP is optionally configured.

l RF modulesb working in GL mode simultaneously connect to the baseband processing boards or baseband interface boards working in GSM and LTE modes.

l When a GU base station configured with both RFUs and RRUs working in modes including GSM mode, the BBU must be configured with the GTMUb or GTMUc.

l When a GL base station configured with both RFUs and RRUs working in modes including GSM mode, the RFUs and RRUs working in GSM mode connect to the GTMUb or GTMUc and UBRI boards, respectively.

Figure 3-245 shows the CPRI cable connections when the dual-star topology is used. Figure 3-246 shows the CPRI cable connections when the CPRI MUX feature is used and the UBBP is configured.

When the CPRI MUX feature is used, the cable connection principles are as follows: l If the UBBP is configured, the UBBP(L) can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules, and the UBBP(L) must be installed in slot 2 or 3. l If the UBBP is not configured, the LBBPd can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

486

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

BB U

Ba se Sta tio n

Board Configuration and Networking Principle

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

BB U39 10

G* L bas e stat ion

l The CPRI MUX feature is used by default.

There is no constraints on the slots for installing UBBP boards serving as the converging and converged parties. The UBBP in any of slots 0 to 5 can provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Figure 3-244 shows the CPRI cable connections.

l The dual-star topology is used by default.

When the dual-star topology is used, the cable connection principles are as follows:

l Only the UBBP can be configured as the baseband processing board.

l RF modulesb working in GL mode simultaneously connect to the baseband processing boards or baseband interface boards working in GSM and LTE modes.

Figure 3-247 shows the CPRI cable connections when the dual-star topology is used and only the UBBP is configured.

l Only the UBBP can be configured as the baseband processing board. l RRU3004 and DRFU modules cannot connect to the BBU3910.

GL bas e stat ion

l RRU3004 and DRFU modules cannot connect to the BBU3910.

l When a GL base station configured with both RFUs and RRUs working in modes including GSM mode, the RFUs and RRUs working in GSM mode connect to the GTMUb or GTMUc and UBRI boards, respectively. When the CPRI MUX feature is used, and a UBBP(L) serves as the converging party and provides CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules, the UBBP(L) can be installed in any of slots 0 to 3.

Figure 3-248 shows the CPRI cable connections when the dual-star topology is used and the UBBP and GTMUb or GTMUc are configured. Figure 3-246 shows the CPRI cable connections when the CPRI MUX feature is used and the UBBP is configured.

a: The UBBP(L) is not a board type but a UBBP working in LTE mode. The UBBP(G) in this section is a UBBP working in GSM mode. b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

487

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-222 lists the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards based on the working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL mode preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L). Table 3-222 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to UBBP boards Working Mode of an RF Module

Connection Priority

GUL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO)

UL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

GL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

LO

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

GU

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb

UO

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb

GO

UBBP(GO) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(GUL) > UBRIb > UBBP(LO) > UBBP(UO) > UBBP(UL)

In addition to the preceding principles, there are some common principles, as described as follows: l

When UBBP boards are configured in a BBU3900, the CPRI cables for RF modules working in GSM mode and RF modules working in LTE mode can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP.

l

In RRU cascading scenarios, multimode RRUs of the same and different modes can be cascaded. It is recommended that intra-mode multimode RRUs be cascaded.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

–

In intra-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in the same mode.

–

In inter-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in GO, LO, and GL mode.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

488

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of CPRI Cable Connections NOTE

A macro base station can be configured with RFUs but without RRUs or can be configured with RFUs and RRUs. A distributed base station can be configured with RRUs but without RFUs. The restrictions of CPRI ports are as follows: l If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, a CPRI port is connected to the RF module whose slot number is the same as the CPRI port number. For example, the CPRI cable for RFU 2 connects to CPRI2 port on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RRUs but without RFUs, the CPRI cables for these RRUs are connected to available CPRI ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. For example, CPRI cables for RRU 0, RRU 1, and RRU 3 are connected to CPRI0, CPRI1, and CPRI2 ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RFUs and RRUs, and the RFUs and RRUs need to be connected to the same baseband processing board, the CPRI cables for RFUs are connected to CPRI ports, and then the CPRI cables for RRUs are connected to the rest of CPRI ports.

Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios. Figure 3-244 CPRI cable connections in a G*L base station configured with the BBU3900 or BBU3910 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

489

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-245 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the BBU3900 and enabled with the dual-star topology

Figure 3-246 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3900 or BBU3910 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

490

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-247 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology

Figure 3-248 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the UBBP and GTMUb or GTMUc in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology

3.5.6 CPRI Cable Connections for a UL and a U*L Base Stations This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a UL and a U*L base stations. The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a UL and a U*L base station in typical scenarios.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

491

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-223 Principles of CPRI cable connections BB U Typ e

Ba se Sta tio n Ty pe

Board Configuration Principle and Networking Principle

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

BB U39 00

U* L bas e stat ion

l The CPRI MUX feature is used by default.

l If the UBBP(L)a and UBBP(U) are configured, any of UBBP boards can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Figure 3-249 shows the CPRI cable connections when the UBBP(L) and UBBP(U) are configured.

l If the UBBP(L) and WBBPf are configured, either of them must be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Illustration 1 in Figure 3-253 shows the CPRI cable connections when the RMU is configured.

l The UBBP is preferentially configured. The UBBP can serve either as the converging part to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules or as the converged party. The peer board can be a UBBP, LBBPd, or WBBPf. l If the UBBP is not configured, the LBBPd and WBBPf are required. In this case, the LBBPd or WBBPf must be configured in slot 2 or 3.

l When the UBBP(U) and LBBPd are configured, CPRI cables are connected to the UBBP(U) or LBBPd. l RF modules work in modes including UMTS mode can connect to the UBBP in slot 2 or 3 by using CPRI cables. l RF modules work in modes including LTE mode can connect to the UBBP in any of slots 0 to 5 by using CPRI cables. l The load sharing topology can be used. If the WBBPf and LBBPd are not configured, one CPRI cable for a dual-mode RF module is connected to the baseband processing board and the other one is connected to the baseband interface board whose working mode is different from that of the baseband processing board.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

492

3900 Series Base Station Cables

BB U Typ e

3 Cable Connections

Ba se Sta tio n Ty pe

Board Configuration Principle and Networking Principle

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

UL bas e stat ion

l The dual-star topology is used by default.

When the dual-star topology is used, the cable connection principles are as follows:

l The UBBP is optionally configured.

l RF modulesb working in GL modes connect to the baseband processing boards working in UMTS and LTE modes.

Figure 3-250 shows the CPRI cable connections when the dual-star topology is used.

l If the UBBP is not configured and the CPRI MUX feature is used, the LBBPd and WBBPf are required. In this case, the LBBPd or WBBPf must be configured in slot 2 or 3.

When the CPRI MUX feature is used, the cable connection principles are as follows: l If the UBBP is configured, the UBBP(L) or UBBP(U) can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules, and the UBBP(L) or UBBP(U) must be configured in slot 2 or 3.

Figure 3-251 shows the CPRI cable connections when the CPRI MUX feature is used and the UBBP is configured. Illustration 1 or 2 in Figure 3-253 shows the CPRI cable connections when the RMU is configured.

l If the UBBP is not configured, the LBBPd or WBBPf can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. BB U39 10

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

U* L bas e stat ion

l The CPRI MUX feature is used by default. l Only the UBBP can be configured as the baseband processing board.

There is no constraint on the slots for installing UBBP boards serving as the converging and converged parties. The UBBP in any of slots 0 to 5 can provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Figure 3-249 shows the CPRI cable connections. Illustration 1 in Figure 3-253 shows the CPRI cable connections when the RMU is configured.

493

3900 Series Base Station Cables

BB U Typ e

3 Cable Connections

Ba se Sta tio n Ty pe

Board Configuration Principle and Networking Principle

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

UL bas e stat ion

l The dual-star topology is used by default.

RF modules working in GL modes connects to the UBBP(U) and UBBP(L) to form a dual-stat topology. The UBBP can be configured in any of slots 0 to 5.

Figure 3-252 shows the CPRI cable connections.

l Only the UBBP can be configured as the baseband processing board.

Illustration 1 or 2 in Figure 3-253 shows the CPRI cable connections when the RMU is configured.

a: The UBBP(L) is not a board type but a UBBP working in LTE mode. The UBBP(U) in this section is a UBBP working in UMTS mode. b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs.

Table 3-224 lists the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards based on the working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL modes preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L). Table 3-224 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to UBBP boards

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Working Mode of an RF Module

Connection Priority

GUL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO)

UL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

GL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

LO

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

GU

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb

UO

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb

GO

UBBP(GO) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(GUL) > UBRIb > UBBP(LO) > UBBP(UO) > UBBP(UL)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

494

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

In addition to the preceding principles, there are some common principles, as described as follows: l

When UBBP boards are configured in a BBU3900, the CPRI cables for RF modules working in UMTS mode and RF modules working in LTE mode can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP.

l

In RRU cascading scenarios, multimode RRUs of the same and different modes can be cascaded. It is recommended that intra-mode multimode RRUs be cascaded. –

In intra-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in the same mode.

–

In inter-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in UO, LO, and UL modes.

Illustrations of CPRI Cable Connections NOTE

A macro base station can be configured with RFUs but without RRUs or can be configured with RFUs and RRUs. A distributed base station can be configured with RRUs but without RFUs. The restrictions of CPRI ports are as follows: l If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, a CPRI port is connected to the RF module whose slot number is the same as the CPRI port number. For example, the CPRI cable for RFU 2 connects to CPRI2 port on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RRUs but without RFUs, the CPRI cables for these RRUs are connected to available CPRI ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. For example, CPRI cables for RRU 0, RRU 1, and RRU 3 are connected to CPRI0, CPRI1, and CPRI2 ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RFUs and RRUs, and the RFUs and RRUs need to be connected to the same baseband processing board, the CPRI cables for RFUs are connected to CPRI ports, and then the CPRI cables for RRUs are connected to the rest of CPRI ports.

Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios. Figure 3-249 CPRI cable connections in a U*L base station configured with the BBU3900 or BBU3910 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

495

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-250 CPRI cable connections in a UL base station configured with the BBU3900 and enabled with the dual-star topology

Figure 3-251 CPRI cable connections in a UL base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3900 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

496

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-252 CPRI cable connections in a UL base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology

Figure 3-253 CPRI cable connections in a base station configured with an RMU

3.5.7 CPRI Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station This section describes the principles of CPRI cable connections in a triple-mode base station in different scenarios and provides related illustrations. The following table describes the CPRI cable connections in a triple-mode base station in typical scenarios.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

497

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-225 CPRI cable connections BBU

Base Station

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

BBU39 00

Separate-MPT base station configured with two BBU3900s

-

For details on the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in UMTS mode, see 3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections in a UMTS Base Station.

l GU+L base station (BBUs not interconnect ed)

For details on the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in LTE mode, see 3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for an LTE (FDD) and an LTE (TDD) Base Stations.

l GL+U base station (BBUs not interconnect ed)

For details on the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in GU mode, see 3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations. For details on the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in GL mode, see 3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL and a G*L Base Stations. Separate-MPT base station configured with two BBU3900s: GU+L or GL+U base station in UCIU+UMPT mode

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

l RF modules working in dual modes are connected to the BBU by using the dual-star topology. l RF modules working in single mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Figure 3-254 shows the CPRI cable connections in a GU +L base station in UCIU+UMPT mode.

498

3900 Series Base Station Cables

BBU

3 Cable Connections

Base Station

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

Separate-MPT base station configured with one BBU

l RF modules working in single mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology.

Figure 3-256 shows the CPRI cable connections in G[U*L] scenarios.

l G[U*L] base station l G[L*T] base station l U[L*T] base station l G[U*T] base station

l It is recommended that multimode RF modules working in co-MPT scenarios be connected to the BBU by using the CPRI MUX feature. l Multimode RF modules working in separate-MPT scenarios are connected to the BBU by using the dual-star topology. l RF modules working in LTE TDD mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology. These RF modules can only be single-mode RRUs.

Figure 3-258 shows the CPRI cable connections in G[L*T] scenarios. The CPRI cable connections in G[L*T], U[L*T], and G[U*T] scenarios are similar to those in G[L*T] scenarios.

l RRU3961 modules working in GUL mode are connected to the WBBPf and the GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb by using the dual-star topology.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

499

3900 Series Base Station Cables

BBU

3 Cable Connections

Base Station

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

Co-MPT base station configured with one BBU

l RF modules working in single mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology.

Figure 3-259 shows the CPRI cable connections in G*U*L scenarios.

l G*U*L base station l G*L*T base station

l Dual-mode RF modules are connected to the BBU by using the CPRI MUX feature. – The CPRI cables for RF modules working in GU or GL mode are connected to the CPRI ports on the UBRI, and the CPRI cables for RF modules working in UL mode are connected to the CPRI ports on the WBBPf.

Figure 3-260 shows the CPRI cable connections in G*L*T scenarios.

– The CPRI cables for RRU3961 modules that can work in GUL mode are connected to the UBRIb. l The load sharing topology can be used. If none of the baseband processing boards or interface boards supports the CPRI MUX feature, CPRI cables for multimode RF modules are connected to baseband processing boards or interface boards working in different modes. l When GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules in G*U*L base stations and GSM serves as the converged party, GSM signals can be converged by the UBBP_U, UBBP_L, or UBBP_UL. Therefore, a GSM baseband processing board or interface board is not required.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

500

3900 Series Base Station Cables

BBU

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

3 Cable Connections

Base Station

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

Co-MPT base station configured with two BBUs: G*U*L+G*U*L base station in UCIU+UMPT mode

l RF modules working in single mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology.

-

l RF modules working in GL mode are connected to the UBRI in a BBU by using the single-star topology. l RF modules working in GU mode are connected to the UBRI and WBBP in a BBU by using the dual-star topology.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

501

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

BBU

Base Station

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

BBU39 10

Separate-MPT base station configured with two BBU3910s

-

For details on the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in UMTS mode, see 3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections in a UMTS Base Station.

l GU+L base station (BBUs not interconnect ed)

For details on the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in LTE mode, see 3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for an LTE (FDD) and an LTE (TDD) Base Stations.

l GL+U base station (BBUs not interconnect ed)

For details on the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in GU mode, see 3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations. For details on the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in GL mode, see 3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL and a G*L Base Stations. Separate-MPT base station configured with two BBU3910s: GU+L or GL+U base station in UMPT+UMPT mode

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

l RF modules working in dual modes are connected to the BBU by using the dual-star topology. l RF modules working in single mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Figure 3-255 shows the CPRI cable connections in a GU +L base station in UMPT+UMPT mode.

502

3900 Series Base Station Cables

BBU

3 Cable Connections

Base Station

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

Separate-MPT base station configured with one BBU

l RF modules working in single mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology.

Figure 3-257 shows the CPRI cable connections in a G[U*L] base station.

l G[U*L] base station l G[L*T] base station

l It is recommended that multimode RF modules working in co-MPT scenarios be connected to the BBU by using the CPRI MUX feature. l Multimode RF modules working in separate-MPT scenarios are connected to the BBU by using the dual-star topology. l RF modules working in LTE TDD mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology. These RF modules can only be single-mode RRUs.

Co-MPT base station configured with one BBU l G*U*L base station

l RF modules working in single mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology.

Figure 3-261 shows the CPRI cable connections.

l The CPRI MUX feature is used for dual-mode RF modules by default. These RF modules connect to corresponding UBBP boardsb in an order of prioritya. l The load sharing topology can be used. If none of the baseband processing boards or interface boards supports the CPRI MUX feature, CPRI cables for multimode RF modules are connected to baseband processing boards or interface boards working in different modes. l When GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules in G*U*L base stations and GSM serves as the converged party, GSM signals can be converged by the UBBP_U, UBBP_L, or UBBP_UL. Therefore, a GSM baseband processing board or interface board is not required.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

503

3900 Series Base Station Cables

BBU

3 Cable Connections

Base Station

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

a: The RF modules of different working modes connect to the BBU in a descending order of priority as follows: GUL > UL > GL > LO > GU > UO > GO. For example, RF modules in GUL mode preferentially connect to the BBU and then the RF modules in UL mode. RF modules working in other modes are connected to the BBU in order of the previously mentioned priority. b: According to the working modes of the UBBP boards, the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards are listed in Table 3-226. For example, an RF module working in GUL mode preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If a UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If a UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(GL) or UBBP(L) in sequence.

Table 3-226 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to UBBP boards

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Working Mode of an RF Module

Connection Priority

GUL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO)

UL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

GL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

LO

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

GU

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb

UO

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb

GO

UBBP(GO) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(GUL) > UBRIb > UBBP(LO) > UBBP(UO) > UBBP(UL)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

504

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of CPRI Cable Connections NOTE

A macro base station can be configured with RFUs but without RRUs or can be configured with RFUs and RRUs. A distributed base station can be configured with RRUs but without RFUs. The restrictions of CPRI ports are as follows: l If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, a CPRI port is connected to the RF module whose slot number is the same as the CPRI port number. For example, the CPRI cable for RFU 2 connects to CPRI2 port on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RRUs but without RFUs, the CPRI cables for these RRUs are connected to available CPRI ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. For example, CPRI cables for RRU 0, RRU 1, and RRU 3 are connected to CPRI0, CPRI1, and CPRI2 ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RFUs and RRUs, and the RFUs and RRUs need to be connected to the same baseband processing board, the CPRI cables for RFUs are connected to CPRI ports, and then the CPRI cables for RRUs are connected to the rest of CPRI ports.

Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios. Figure 3-254 CPRI cable connections in a GU+L base station configured with two BBU3900s interconnected in UCIU+UMPT mode

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

505

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-255 CPRI cable connections in a GU+L base station configured with two BBU3910s interconnected in UMPT+UMPT mode

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

506

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-256 CPRI cable connections in a G[U*L] base station configured with one BBU3900

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

507

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-257 CPRI cable connections in a G[U*L] base station configured with one BBU3910

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

508

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-258 CPRI cable connections in a G[L*T] base station configured with one BBU3900

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

509

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-259 CPRI cable connections in a G*U*L base station configured with one BBU3900

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

510

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-260 CPRI cable connections in a G*L*T base station configured with one BBU3900

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

511

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-261 CPRI cable connections in a G*U*L base station configured with one BBU3910

3.5.8 CPRI Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station in typical scenarios. The following table describes the CPRI cable connections for a triple-mode base stations in typical scenarios. Table 3-227 CPRI cable connections

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

BBU

Base Station

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

BBU3900

Co-MPT base station configured with one BBU3900: G*U*L*T base station

l RF modules working in dual modes are connected to the BBU by using the dual-star topology. l RF modules working in single mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology. l If the LBBP boards working in LTE FDD and LTE TDD modes need to be installed in the same slot, the LBBP working in LTE FDD mode is preferentially installed.

Figure 3-262 shows the CPRI cable connections.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

512

3900 Series Base Station Cables

BBU

BBU3910

3 Cable Connections

Base Station

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustration of Cable Connections

SeparateMPT base station configured with two BBU3900 s: GU +L*T base station in UMPT +UMPT mode

Figure 3-263 shows the CPRI cable connections.

Co-MPT base station configured with one BBU3900: G*U*L*T base station

Figure 3-262 shows the CPRI cable connections.

Table 3-228 lists the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards based on the working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL modes preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L). Table 3-228 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to UBBP boards

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Working Mode of an RF Module

Connection Priority

GUL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO)

UL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

GL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

LO

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

GU

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb

UO

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

513

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Working Mode of an RF Module

Connection Priority

GO

UBBP(GO) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(GUL) > UBRIb > UBBP(LO) > UBBP(UO) > UBBP(UL)

Illustrations of CPRI Cable Connections NOTE

A macro base station can be configured with RFUs but without RRUs or can be configured with RFUs and RRUs. A distributed base station can be configured with RRUs but without RFUs. The restrictions of CPRI ports are as follows: l If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, a CPRI port is connected to the RF module whose slot number is the same as the CPRI port number. For example, the CPRI cable for RFU 2 connects to CPRI2 port on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RRUs but without RFUs, the CPRI cables for these RRUs are connected to available CPRI ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. For example, CPRI cables for RRU 0, RRU 1, and RRU 3 are connected to CPRI0, CPRI1, and CPRI2 ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RFUs and RRUs, and the RFUs and RRUs need to be connected to the same baseband processing board, the CPRI cables for RFUs are connected to CPRI ports, and then the CPRI cables for RRUs are connected to the rest of CPRI ports.

Figure 3-262 CPRI cable connections for a G*U*L*T base station configured with one BBU3900 or BBU3910

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

514

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-263 CPRI cable connections for a GU+L*T base station configured with two BBU3900s in UMPT+UMPT mode

3.6 RF Cable Connections Configuration of RF modules varies according to the modes of base stations, and therefore RF cable connections are different. This chapter describes RF cable connections in single-mode, dual-mode, and multimode base stations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

515

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

3.6.1 RF Cable Connection Description In terms of the number of RX and TX channels, RFUs can be classified into 1T2R RFUs and 2T2R RFUs.

RF Cable Connections for 1T2R RFUs A single 1T2R RFU connects to an antenna system through the ANT_TX/RXA and ANT_RXB ports. Antenna channel "a" transmits and receives signals while antenna channel "b" receives signals only. In this case, there are two RX channels and one TX channel. The following figure shows the RF cable connections for a single 1T2R RFU. Figure 3-264 RF cable connections for a single 1T2R RFU

(a) transmit and receive signals channel

(b) receive signals channel

Two 1T2R RFUs connect to an antenna system through their own ANT_TX/RXA port. Two antenna channels (marked as "a") transmit and receive signals. The RX_INB port on one 1T2R RFU interconnects with the RX_OUTA port on the other 1T2R RFU to transfer the diversity signals received through the antenna channel. The following figure shows the RF cable connections for two 1T2R RFUs.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

516

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-265 RF cable connections for two 1T2R RFUs

(a) transmit and receive signals channel

Two 1T2R RFUs can be connected by using RF cables to support any of the following RX and TX channel combinations: l

Two RX channels and two TX channels

l

Two RX channels and one TX channel in scenario where multiple carriers or high carrier power is required, or the configured frequencies exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the RFU

l

2x2 MIMO channels

RF Cable Connections for 2T2R RFUs A single 2T2R RFU connects to an antenna system through the ANT_TX/RXA port. Both antenna channels a and b transmit and receive signals. In this case, there are two RX channels and two TX channels and 2x2 MIMO channels can be supported. The following figure shows the RF cable connections for a single 2T2R RFU.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

517

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-266 RF cable connections for a single 2T2R RFU

(a) transmit and receive signals channel

(b) transmit and receive signals channel

Two 2T2R RFU can be configured in a single sector, each using one antenna. In this case, there are four RX channels and four TX channels. This configuration applies to a scenario where multiple carriers or high carrier power is required The following figure shows the RF cable connections for two 2T2R RFUs. Figure 3-267 RF cable connections for two 2T2R RFUs

3.6.2 RF Cable Connections for the DRFU RF cable connections for the DRFU vary according to the positions of the DRFU and antenna. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

518

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the DRFU with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the DRFU. Table 3-229 RF cable connections for the DRFU RFU Model

Specifications of a Single RFU

Description

Illustration

DRFU

Two carriers with 1T2R

l One carrier with 1T2R

See illustration 1 in Figure 3-268.

l One carrier with 2T2R l Two carriers with 1T2R l Two carriers with 2T2R

See illustration 2 in Figure 3-268.

l Four carriers with 1T2R

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-268 RF cable connections for the DRFU

3.6.3 RF Cable Connections for the GRFU RF cable connections for the GRFU vary according to the positions of the GRFU and antenna. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

519

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the GRFU with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the GRFU. Table 3-230 RF cable connections for the GRFU RFU Model

Specifications of a Single RFU

Description

Illustration

GRFU

Six carriers with 1T2R

l Three carriers with 1T2R

See illustration 1 in Figure 3-269.

l Three carriers with 2T2R l Six carriers with 1T2R l Six carriers with 2T2R

See illustration 2 in Figure 3-269.

l 12 carriers with 1T2R

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-269 RF cable connections for the GRFU

3.6.4 RF Cable Connections for the WRFU RF cable connections for the WRFU vary according to the positions of the WRFU and antenna. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

520

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFU with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFU. Table 3-231 RF cable connections for the WRFU RFU Model

Specifications of a Single RFU

Description

Illustration

WRFU

Four carriers with 1T2R

Four carriers with 1T2R

See illustration 1 in Figure 3-270.

l Four carriers with 2T2R

See illustration 2 in Figure 3-270.

l Eight carriers with 1T2R l 2x2 MIMO Four carriers with 2T4R

See illustration 3 in Figure 3-270.

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-270 RF cable connections for the WRFU

3.6.5 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUa RF cable connections for the WRFUa vary according to the positions of the WRFUa and antenna. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

521

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFUa with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFUa. Table 3-232 RF cable connections for the WRFUa RFU Model

Specifications of a Single RFU

Description

Illustration

WRFUa

Four carriers with 1T2R

Four carriers with 1T2R

See illustration 1 in Figure 3-271.

l Four carriers with 2T2R

See illustration 2 in Figure 3-271.

l Eight carriers with 1T2R l 2x2 MIMO Four carriers with 2T4R

See illustration 3 in Figure 3-271.

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-271 RF cable connections for the WRFUa

3.6.6 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUd RF cable connections for the WRFUd vary according to the positions of the WRFUd and antenna. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

522

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFUd with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFUd. Table 3-233 RF cable connections for the WRFUd RFU Model

Specifications of a Single RFU

Description

Illustration

WRFUd

l Four carriers when MIMO is configured

Four carriers with 2T2R

See illustration 1 in Figure 3-272.

l Six carriers with 2T2R when MIMO is not configured

l Six carriers with 2T2R

See illustration 2 in Figure 3-272.

l 2x2 MIMO Six carriers with 2T4R

See illustration 3 in Figure 3-272.

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-272 RF cable connections for the WRFUd

3.6.7 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUe RF cable connections for the WRFUe vary according to the positions of the WRFUe and antenna. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

523

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFUe with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFUe. Table 3-234 RF cable connections for the WRFUe RFU Model

Specifications of a Single RFU

Description

Illustration

WRFUe

l Four carriers when MIMO is configured

Four carriers with 2T2R

See illustration 1 in Figure 3-273.

l Six carriers with 2T2R when MIMO is not configured

l Six carriers with 2T2R

See illustration 2 in Figure 3-273.

l 2x2 MIMO Six carriers with 2T4R

See illustration 3 in Figure 3-273.

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-273 RF cable connections for the WRFUe

3.6.8 RF Cable Connections for the LRFU RF cable connections for the LRFU vary according to the positions of the LRFU and antenna.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

524

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the LRFU with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the LRFU. Table 3-235 RF cable connections for the LRFU RFU Model

Specifications of a Single RFU

Description

Illustration

LRFU

One carrier with 2T2R

One carrier with 2T2R

See illustration 1 in Figure 3-274.

One carrier with 4T4R

See illustration 2 in Figure 3-274.

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-274 RF cable connections for the LRFU

3.6.9 RF Cable Connections for the LRFUe RF cable connections for the LRFUe vary according to the positions of the LRFUe and antenna.

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the LRFUe with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the LRFUe. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

525

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-236 RF cable connections for the LRFUe RFU Model

Specifications of a Single RFU

Description

Illustration

LRFUe

One carrier with 2T2R

One carrier with 2T2R

See illustration 1 in Figure 3-275.

One carrier with 4T4R

See illustration 2 in Figure 3-275.

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-275 RF cable connections for the LRFUe

3.6.10 RF Cable Connections for the MRFU RF cable connections for the MRFU vary according to the positions of the MRFU and antenna.

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the MRFU with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the MRFU.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

526

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-237 RF cable connections for the MRFU RFU Model

Specifications of a Single RFU

Description

Illustration

MRFU

l Six GSM carriers

1T2R

See illustration 1 in Figure 3-276.

2T4R

See illustration 2 in Figure 3-276.

l Four UMTS carriers l One LTE carrier

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-276 RF cable connections for the MRFU

3.6.11 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUd RF cable connections for the MRFUd vary according to the positions of the MRFUd and antenna.

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the MRFUd with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the MRFUd.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

527

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-238 RF cable connections for the MRFUd RFU Model

Specifications of a Single RFU

Description

Illustration

MRFUd

l Eight GSM carriers

2T2R

See illustration 1 in Figure 3-277.

4T4R

See illustration 2 in Figure 3-277.

l Six UMTS carriers l Two LTE carriers

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-277 RF cable connections for the MRFUd

3.6.12 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUe RF cable connections for the MRFUe vary according to the positions of the MRFUe and antenna.

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the MRFUe with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the MRFUe.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

528

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-239 RF cable connections for the MRFUe RFU Model

Specifications of a Single RFU

Description

Illustration

MRFUe

l Eight GSM carriers

1T2R

See illustration 1 in Figure 3-278.

2T2R

See illustration 2 in Figure 3-278.

2T4R

See illustration 3 in Figure 3-278.

l Four UMTS carriers l Two LTE carriers

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-278 RF cable connections for the MRFUe

3.6.13 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUd RF cable connections for the CRFUd vary according to the positions of the CRFUd and antenna.

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the CRFUd with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the CRFUd.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

529

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-240 RF cable connections for the CRFUd RFU Model

Specifications of a Single RFU

Description

Illustration

CRFUd

One carrier with 2T2R

2T2R

See illustration 1 in Figure 3-279.

4T4R

See illustration 2 in Figure 3-279.

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-279 RF cable connections for the CRFUd

3.6.14 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUe RF cable connections for the CRFUe vary according to the positions of the CRFUe and antenna.

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the CRFUe with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the CRFUe.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

530

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Table 3-241 RF cable connections for the CRFUe RFU Model

Specifications of a Single RFU

Description

Illustration

CRFUe

Four carriers with 2T2R

2T2R

See illustration 1 in Figure 3-280.

4T4R

See illustration 2 in Figure 3-280.

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-280 RF cable connections for the CRFUe

3.6.15 RF Cable Connections for Mixed RFU Configuration Different models of RFUs can be configured in the same base station to expand the system capacity or supports multimode radio access technologies (RATs). This section describes the RF cable connections for mixed RFU configuration.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

531

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections Table 3-242 RF cable connections for mixed RFU configuration

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Initial Scenario

Mixed Configuration Scenario

Illustration

In UMTS 3x2 mode, each sector is configured with one WRFU of 40 W. This WRFU supports two UMTS carriers.

In UMTS 3x6 mode, each sector is configured with one WRFU of 80 W. This WRFU supports four UMTS carriers.

See illustration 1 in Figure 3-281.

In GSM S4/4/4 mode, each sector is configured with one MRFU V1 that supports four GSM carriers.

To support 3x5 MHz of LTE, one MRFU V2 is added to each sector. The MRFU V2 and MRFU V1 are configured to support one LTE carrier.

See illustration 2 in Figure 3-281.

In GSM S8/8/8 mode, each sector is configured with two GRFU V2 (1800 MHz). Each GRFU V2 (1800 MHz) supports four GSM carriers.

To support GSM S8/8/8+LTE 3x15 MHz, one GRFU V2 (1800 MHz) in each sector is replaced with one MRFUd (1800 MHz). The MRFUd (1800 MHz) works in GL mode, supporting four GSM carriers and one LTE carrier.

See illustration 3 in Figure 3-281.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

532

3900 Series Base Station Cables

3 Cable Connections

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-281 RF cable connections for mixed RFU configuration

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

533

3900 Series Base Station Cables

4 PGND Cable

4

PGND Cable

PGND cables include PGND cables for cabinets and PGND cables for modules, which ensure grounding of cabinets and modules in the cabinets as well as safe operation of the base station. l

PGND cables for cabinets are used for connecting the ground bars in the cabinets to the ground bars at the site.

l

PGND cables for modules are used for connecting the ground screws on the modules to the ground bars in the cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PGND cable. Figure 4-1 Exterior of a PGND cable

(1) OT terminal

(2) Cord end terminal

NOTE

In most cases, PGND cables are yellow and green. However, the PGND cables are green if 110 V duallive-wire power is provided for an APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.E), RFC (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.D), or RFC (Ver.E).

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

534

3900 Series Base Station Cables

4 PGND Cable

Cable Description Table 4-1 and Table 4-2 describe the PGND cables for cabinets and PGND cables for modules, respectively. Table 4-1 PGND cables for cabinets Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Connector

Maximum Length

Cable Specificati ons

Illustration 1

BTS3900 (Ver.B) or BTS3900L (Ver.B)

Both ends use OT terminals (M8).

15 m (49.21 ft)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

BTS3900 (Ver.D) or BTS3900L (Ver.D)

Both ends use OT terminals (M8).

15 m (49.21 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

RFC (Ver.B)

Both ends use OT terminals (M6).

8 m (26.25 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

RFC (Ver.C)

Both ends use OT terminals (M6).

8 m (26.25 ft)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

RFC (Ver.D)

Both ends use OT terminals (M6).

8 m (26.25 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

RFC (Ver.E)

Both ends use OT terminals (M6).

8 m (26.25 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

OMB (Ver.C)

Both ends use OT terminals (M6).

15 m (26.25 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

APM30H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.B)

Both ends use OT terminals (M6).

8 m (26.25 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

APM30H (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C)

Both ends use OT terminals (M6).

8 m (26.25 ft)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

APM30H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.D)

Both ends use OT terminals (M6).

8 m (26.25 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

BTS3900 (Ver.C) or BTS3900L (Ver.C)

IBBS20D

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

535

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Cable Exterior

4 PGND Cable

Cabinet Type

Connector

Maximum Length

Cable Specificati ons

APM30H (Ver.E) or TMC11H (Ver.E)

Both ends use OT terminals (M6).

8 m (26.25 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

BTS3900AL (Ver.A)

Both ends use OT terminals (M6).

8 m (26.25 ft)

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

IBC10

Both ends use OT terminals (M8).

-

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

MRE1000

Both ends use OT terminals (M6).

8 m (26.25 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

Illustration 1

BBU3910A3

A PGND cable connects the OT terminal(M6) on a BBU3910A3 to an OT terminal (M8) on a ground bar at the site.

-

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

Illustration 2

ODM06D

A PGND cable connects the cord end terminal on an ODM06D to an OT terminal (M6) on a ground bar at the site.

-

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

IBBS20D, IBBS20L, IBBS20L-E, IMB03, IMB05, or ILC29

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

536

3900 Series Base Station Cables

4 PGND Cable

Table 4-2 PGND cables for modules Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Connector

Maximum Length

Cable Specificati ons

Illustration 1

BTS3900 (Ver.B) or BTS3900L (Ver.B)

Both ends use OT terminals (M4).

15 m (49.21 ft)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

Both ends use OT terminals (M4).

15 m (49.21 ft)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

Both ends use OT terminals (M4).

0.3 m (0.98 ft)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

OMB (Ver.C)

Both ends use OT terminals (M6).

15 m (49.21 ft)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

BTS3900AL

Both ends use OT terminals (M6).

15 m (49.21 ft)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

IBC10

Both ends use OT terminals (M6).

-

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

IBBS20D

Both ends use OT terminals (M4).

0.2 m (0.65 ft)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

MRE1000

Both ends use OT terminals (M4).

0.2 m (0.65 ft)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

BTS3900 (Ver.C) or BTS3900L (Ver.C) BTS3900 (Ver.D) or BTS3900L (Ver.D) APM30H (Ver.B) IBBS200D (Ver.B) IBBS200T (Ver.B) IBBS300D (Ver.A) IBBS300T (Ver.A)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

537

3900 Series Base Station Cables

5 Equipotential Cable

5

Equipotential Cable

Equipotential cables connect the PGND terminals of two cabinets. They ensure equipotential bonding between cabinets and safe operation of base stations.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an equipotential cable. Figure 5-1 Exterior of an equipotential cable

(1) OT terminal (M6)

NOTE

In most cases, equipotential cables are yellow and green. When 110 V dual-live-wire power is supplied for an APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.E), RFC (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.D), or RFC (Ver.E), equipotential cables are green.

Description The following table describes equipotential cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

538

3900 Series Base Station Cables

5 Equipotential Cable

Table 5-1 Equipotential cables Cabinet Type

Cable Specifications

BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinets stacked or installed side by side

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinets stacked or installed side by side BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets stacked or installed side by side BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet stacked on the IMS06

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet stacked on the IMS06

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

APM30H (Ver.B), RFC (Ver.B), IBBS200D (Ver.B), IBBS200T (Ver.B), and TMC11H (Ver.B) stacked or installed side by side

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

APM30H (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.C), IBBS200D (Ver.C), IBBS200T (Ver.C), and TMC11H (Ver.C) stacked or installed side by side

The cross-sectional areas of cables vary according to the installation scenarios of cabinets.

APM30H (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.D), IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T (Ver.D), IBBS700D, IBBS700T, and TMC11H (Ver.D) stacked or installed side by side

16 mm2

APM30H (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.D), IBBS300D (Ver.A), IBBS300T (Ver.A), and TMC11H (Ver.D) stacked or installed side by side

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

APM30H (Ver.E), RFC (Ver.E), IBBS300D (Ver.A), IBBS300T (Ver.A), and TMC11H (Ver.E) stacked or installed side by side

16 mm2

IBBS20D, IBBS20L-E, or IBBS20L installed side by side with RRU, OPM50M, or BBU3910A3

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

l 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for stacked cabinets l 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for side-by-side cabinets

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

539

3900 Series Base Station Cables

5 Equipotential Cable

Cabinet Type

Cable Specifications

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and BTS3900AL (Ver.A) DC cabinet installed side by side

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and IBBS700D or IBBS700T cabinet installed side by side BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and IBBS300D or IBBS300T installed side by side BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and TMC11H (Ver.D) installed side by side

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

540

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

6

Power Cables

About This Chapter This section describes the exteriors, functions, and pin assignment of power cables in BTS3900A cabinets. 6.1 Power Cables for Power Supply Devices This section describes power cables for all power supply devices. 6.2 Power Cables for Monitoring Devices This section describes power cables for all monitoring devices. 6.3 Power Cables for Temperature Control Devices This section describes power cables for all temperature control devices. 6.4 Power Cables for Other Devices This section describes power cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring devices, and temperature control devices.

6.1 Power Cables for Power Supply Devices This section describes power cables for all power supply devices.

6.1.1 DCDU Power Cables This section describes power cables for different models of DCDUs.

6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable A DCDU-01 power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-01 from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of DCDU-01 power cables when a DCDU-01 is configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of the DCDU-01 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

541

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Exterior The DCDU-01 power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-01 power cables. Figure 6-1 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

(2) Power series 120 connector

NOTE

In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-01 power cable are black and blue, respectively.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-01 power cables when a DCDU-01 is configured in different cabinets.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

542

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Table 6-1 Description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

See illustration 1.

BTS3900L (Ver.B)

External power equipment

BTS3900 (Ver.B) in -48 V DC scenarios

External power equipment

16 mm2 (0.025 in. 2), one group

RFC (Ver.B) in DC scenarios

External power equipment

See illustration 2.

BTS3900 (Ver.B) in +24 V DC scenarios

EPS24S48100DC in a cabinet

BTS3900 (Ver.B) in AC scenarios

EPS4890 in a cabinet

See illustration 3.

RFC (Ver.B) in AC scenarios

EPS 01A or EPS 01C in an APM30H

6.1.1.2 DCDU-03B Power Cable A DCDU-03B power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-03B from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of DCDU-03B power cables when a DCDU-03B is configured in different cabinets. The maximum length of a DCDU-03B power cable is 10 m (32.80 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a DCDU-03B power cable. Figure 6-2 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

NOTE

In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-03B power cable are black and blue, respectively.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

543

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-03B power cables when a DCDU-03B is configured in different cabinets. NOTE

When a BTS3900AL is configured with RFUs and RRUs, a DCDU-03B, DCDU-11B, or DCDU-12B is used. No power cable is needed for a DCDU-03B, DCDU-11B, or DCDU-12B, which is connected to power supply equipment using a BusBar (in an AC cabinet) or a DC junction box (in a DC cabinet).

Table 6-2 Description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

BTS3900 (Ver.B) in DC scenarios (the DCDU-03B is installed on a wall)

External power equipment

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one group

External power equipment

4 mm2 (0.006 in.2), one group

BTS3900L (Ver.B) (the DCDU-03B is installed on a wall) DBS3900 where the BBU is installed on a wall, 19-inch rack, or IMB03 OMB TMC11H (Ver.B) serving as a power cabinet in DC scenarios

6.1.1.3 DCDU-03C Power Cable A DCDU-03C power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-03C from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-03C power cables when the DCDU-03C configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of the DCDU-03C power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The DCDU-03C power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-03C power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

544

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-3 Cable exterior

(1) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

(2) OT terminal (M6)

(3) Parallel terminal

NOTE

In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-03C power cable are black and blue, respectively.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-03C power cables when a DCDU-03C is configured in different cabinets. Table 6-3 Description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable Exterior

Base Station

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

See illustrati on 1.

BTS3900A or DBS3900

TMC11H (Ver.B) serving as a transmission cabinet in AC scenarios

EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, or EPS 01D in an APM30H

4 mm2 (0.006 in. 2), one group

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

545

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Base Station

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

See illustrati on 2.

BTS3900A

TMC11H (Ver.B) serving as a power cabinet in DC scenarios

DCDU-01 in an RFC

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2), one group

See illustrati on 3.

BTS3900A or DBS3900

TMC11H (Ver.B) serving as a transmission cabinet in DC scenarios

External power equipment

4 mm2 (0.006 in. one group

2),

6.1.1.4 DCDU-11A Power Cable A DCDU-11A power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-11A from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-11A power cables when the DCDU-11A is configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of the DCDU-11A power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The DCDU-11A power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-11A power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

546

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-4 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

NOTE

When a DCDU-11A is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.C) or RFC (Ver.C), colors of the wires in a DCDU-11A power cable vary depending on the region as follows: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In other regions, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-11A power cables when a DCDU-11A is configured in different cabinets.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

547

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Table 6-4 Description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

See illustration 1.

BTS3900L (Ver.C)

External power equipment

BTS3900 (Ver.C) in DC scenarios

External power equipment

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group; or 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two group

See illustration 2.

BTS3900 (Ver.C) in AC scenarios

ETP48150-A3 in a cabinet

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one group

See illustration 3.

RFC (Ver.C)

l EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 in an APM30H in AC scenarios

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one group

l External power equipment in DC scenarios The power from the preceding power equipment is transferred by the DC junction box in an RFC.

6.1.1.5 DCDU-11B Power Cable A DCDU-11B power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-11B from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-11B power cables when the DCDU-11B is configured in different cabinets. The maximum length of a DCDU-11B power cable is 10 m (32.80 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exteriors of DCDU-11B power cables. Figure 6-5 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

548

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

NOTE

When a DCDU-11B is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C), colors of the wires in a DCDU-11B power cable vary depending on the region as follows: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In other regions, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.

Description The following table describes the specifications of DCDU-11B power cables when a DCDU-11B is configured in different cabinets. NOTE

When a BTS3900AL is configured with RFUs and RRUs, a DCDU-03B, DCDU-11B, or DCDU-12B is used. No power cable is needed for a DCDU-03B, DCDU-11B, or DCDU-12B, which is connected to power supply equipment using a BusBar (in an AC cabinet) or a DC junction box (in a DC cabinet).

Table 6-5 Description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

BTS3900 (Ver.C) in DC scenarios (the DCDU-11B is installed on a wall or in a cabinet)

External power equipment

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one group

External power equipment

4 mm2 (0.006 in.2), one group

BTS3900L (Ver.C) (the DCDU-11B is installed on a wall or in a cabinet) DBS3900 where the BBU is installed on a wall, 19-inch rack, or IMB03 TMC11H (Ver.C)

6.1.1.6 DCDU-11C Power Cable A DCDU-11C power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-11C from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-11C power cables when the DCDU-11C configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of the DCDU-11C power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The DCDU-11C power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-11C power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

549

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-6 Cable exterior

(1) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

(2) OT terminal (M6)

NOTE

Colors of wires in a DCDU-11C power cable vary depending on regions as follows:

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

l

In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In other regions, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

550

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Description The following table describes DCDU-11C power cables. Table 6-6 Description Cable Exterior

Base Station

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

See illustration 1.

BTS3900A or DBS3900

TMC11H (Ver.C) serving as a transmission cabinet in AC scenarios

EPU03A-02, EPU03A-04, EPU03A-03, or EPU03A-05 in an APM30H

4 mm2 (0.006 in. 2), one group

See illustration 2.

BTS3900A

TMC11H (Ver.C) serving as a power cabinet in DC scenarios

DCDU-11A in an RFC (the power from this power equipment is transferred by the DC junction box)

25 mm2 (0.039 in. 2), one group

See illustration 3.

BTS3900A or DBS3900

TMC11H (Ver.C) serving as a transmission cabinet in DC scenarios

External power equipment

4 mm2 (0.006 in. 2), one group

6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable A DCDU-12A power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-12A from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-12A power cables when DCDU-12As are configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of a DCDU-12A power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior DCDU-12A power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-12A power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

551

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-7 Exteriors of cables

(1) OT terminal (M6)

NOTE

When a DCDU-12A is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.E), or RFC (Ver.D), colors of the wires in a DCDU-12A power cable vary depending on regions as follows: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-12A power cables when DCDU-12As are configured in different cabinets.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

552

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Table 6-7 Cable description Cable Exteri or

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

Illustra tion 1

BTS3900L (Ver.D) DC cabinet

External power equipment

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one group; 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for two groups

BTS3900 (Ver.D) DC cabinet

External power equipment

BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) DC cabinet

External power equipment

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for two groups

BTS3900L (Ver.D) AC cabinet

EPU05A-02 in a BTS3900L cabinet

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one group

BTS3900 (Ver.D) AC cabinet

EPU05A-02 in a BTS3900 cabinet

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one group

BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) AC cabinet

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one group

RFC (Ver.D)

External power equipment or EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in an APM30H (The power from power equipment is transferred by the DC junction box in an RFC.)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one group

RFC (Ver.E)

External power equipment or EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 in an APM30H (The power from power equipment is transferred by the DC junction box in an RFC.)

Illustra tion 2

Illustra tion 3

6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable A DCDU-12B power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-12B from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-12B power cables when DCDU-12Bs are configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of a DCDU-12B power cable is 10 m (32.81 ft).

Exterior DCDU-12B power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-12B power cables. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

553

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-8 Cable exteriors

(1) OT terminal (M6)

NOTE

When a DCDU-12B is configured in the BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet, RFC (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.E), APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.E), TMC11H (Ver.D), or TMC11H (Ver.E), colors of the wires in a DCDU-12B power cable vary depending on the region as follows: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

l

In mainland China, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and red, respectively.

Cable Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-12B power cables when DCDU-12Bs are configured in different cabinets. NOTE

When a BTS3900AL is configured with RFUs and RRUs, a DCDU-03B, DCDU-11B, or DCDU-12B is used. No power cable is needed for a DCDU-03B, DCDU-11B, or DCDU-12B, which is connected to power supply equipment using a BusBar (in an AC cabinet) or a DC junction box (in a DC cabinet).

Table 6-8 Cable description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

Illustratio n1

BTS3900 (Ver.D) in a DC scenario

External power equipment

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group of power cables; or 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two groups of power cables

BTS3900L (Ver.D)

External power equipment

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group of power cables; or 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two groups of power cables

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

554

3900 Series Base Station Cables

Cable Exterior

Illustratio n2

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

6 Power Cables

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

TMC11H (Ver.D)

External power equipment

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group of power cables; or 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two groups of power cables

TMC11H (Ver.E)

External power equipment

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group of power cables; or 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two groups of power cables

RFC (Ver.D) in a DC scenario

External power equipment

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group of power cables; or 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two groups of power cables

RFC (Ver.E) in a DC scenario

External power equipment

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group of power cables; or 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two groups of power cables

BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) in a DC scenario

External power equipment

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group of power cables; or 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two groups of power cables

DBS3900 where the BBU is installed on a wall, a 19-inch rack, an IMB03, or an IMB05

External power equipment

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group of power cables; or 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two groups of power cables

RFC (Ver.D) in an AC scenario

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in an APM30H

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one group of power cables

RFC (Ver.E) in an AC scenario

EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 in an APM30H

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one group of power cables

BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) in an AC scenario

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one group of power cables

BTS3900L (Ver.D) in an AC scenario

EPU05A-02

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group of power cables

APM30H (Ver.D)

EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 in an APM30H

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one group of power cables

APM30H (Ver.E)

EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 in an APM30H

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one group of power cables

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

555

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable A DCDU-12C power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-12C from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-12C power cables when DCDU-12Cs are configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of a DCDU-12C power cable is 10 m (32.80 ft).

Exterior DCDU-12C power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-12C power cables. Figure 6-9 Exteriors of cables

(1) EPC4 connector

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

(2) OT terminal (M6)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

(3) OT terminal (M8)

556

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

NOTE

DCDU-12C power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-12C power cables. l

In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In other regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-12C power cables when DCDU-12Cs are configured in different cabinets. Table 6-9 Cable description Illustration

Base Station

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

Illustration 1

BTS3900A or DBS3900

Transmission cabinet TMC11H (Ver.D) in an AC scenario

EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04, EPU05A-03, or EPU05A-05 in an APM30H

4 mm2 (0.006 in.2) for one group

BTS3900AL

Transmission cabinet TMC11H (Ver.D)

DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet

4 mm2 (0.006 in.2) for one group

BTS3900A or DBS3900

Transmission cabinet TMC11H (Ver.D) in a DC scenario

External power equipment

4 mm2 (0.006 in.2) for one group

BTS3012AE

BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) DC cabinet

External power equipment

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for one group

BTS3900A

Power cabinet TMC11H (Ver.D) in a DC scenario

External power equipment (The power from this power equipment is transferred by the DC junction box in an RFC.)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one group

BTS3900AL

BTS3900AL (Ver.A)a AC cabinet

PDU03D-01 or ETP48400 in a cabinet

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for one group

Illustration 2

Illustration 3

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

557

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Illustration

Base Station

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

Illustration 4

BTS3900AL

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) DC cabinet

PDU03D-01 in a cabinet

l DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment: 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for one group l DCDU-12C in the RF compartment: 25 mm2 (0.039 in. 2) for one group

a: This DCDU-12C refers to the one in the equipment compartment in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet. The DCDU-12C in the RF compartment is power-fed by a BusBar.

6.1.1.10 DCDU-13A Power Cable A DCDU-13A power cable feeds DC power from power equipment into the DCDU-13A on the left inside an RFC (Ver.D_A) cabinet. This section describes the specifications of DCDU-13A power cables connecting different power equipment.

Exterior The DCDU-13A power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-13A power cables. Figure 6-10 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

558

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

NOTE

In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-13A power cable are black and blue, respectively.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-13A power cables. Table 6-10 Description Cable Exteri or

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

See illustra tion 1.

RFC (Ver.D_A) in DC scenarios

External power equipment

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group; or 16 mm2 (0.025 in. 2), two group

See illustra tion 2.

RFC (Ver.D_A) in AC scenarios

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in a cabinet

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one group

6.1.1.11 Power Cable Between Cascaded DCDU-13As The power cable connecting two DCDU-13As in an RFC (Ver.D_A) cabinet feeds DC power from the left DCDU-13A into the right one. This section describes the specifications of the power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As. Figure 6-11 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal

Description The following table lists the specifications of the power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

559

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Table 6-11 Description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

RFC (Ver.D_A)

Left DCDU-13A in the cabinet

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one group

6.1.2 EPU/EPS/ETP Power Cables This section describes power cables for different models of EPUs, EPSs, and ETPs.

6.1.2.1 EPS 01A or EPS 01C Power Cable An EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an APM30H (Ver.B). An APM30H (Ver.B) is used in a BTS3900A base station. The maximum length of an EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The color and number of wires in EPS 01A and EPS 01C power cables differ. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPS 01A and EPS 01C power cables. NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

560

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-12 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

Description The following table describes EPS 01A and EPS 01C power cables. Table 6-12 Description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

Cable Specifications

See illustration 1.

EPS 01A power cable in the 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Brown

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

L2

Black

L3

Gray

N

Blue

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

561

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow

EPS 01A power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

EPS 01C power cable

L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green

Cable Specifications

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

6.1.2.2 EPS 01B or EPS 01D Power Cable An EPS 01B or EPS 01D power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an APM30H (Ver.B). An APM30H (Ver.B) is used in a DBS3900 base station. The maximum length of an EPS 01B or EPS 01D power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The color and number of wires in EPS 01B and EPS 01D power cables differ. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPS 01B and EPS 01D power cables. NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

562

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-13 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

Description The following table describes EPS 01B and EPS 01D power cables. Table 6-13 Description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

Cable Specifications

See illustration 1.

EPS 01B power cable in the 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Brown

L2

Black

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in. 2)

L3

Gray

N

Blue

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

563

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow

EPS 01B power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

EPS 01D power cable

L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green

Cable Specifications

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

6.1.2.3 EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 Power Cable An EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet. An APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet is used in a BTS3900A base station. The maximum length of an EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The color and number of wires in EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 power cables differ. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 power cables. NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

564

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-14 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

Description The following table describes EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 power cables. Table 6-14 Description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

Cable Specifications

See illustration 1.

EPU03A-02 power cable in the 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Brown

4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)

L2

Black

L3

Gray

N

Blue

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

565

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow

EPU03A-02 power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

EPU03A-04 power cable

L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green

Cable Specifications

16 mm2 (0.025 in. 2)

16 mm2 (0.025 in. 2)

6.1.2.4 EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 Power Cable An EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet. An APM30H (Ver.C) is used in a DBS3900 base station. The maximum length of an EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The color and number of wires in EPU03A-03 and EPU03A-05 power cables differ. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPU03A-03 and EPU03A-05 power cables. NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

566

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-15 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

Description The following table describes EPU03A-03 and EPU03A-05 power cables. Table 6-15 Description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

Cable Specifications

See illustration 1.

EPU03A-03 power cable in the 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Brown

4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)

L2

Black

L3

Gray

N

Blue

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

567

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow

EPU03A-03 power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

EPU03A-05 power cable

L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green

Cable Specifications

16 mm2 (0.025 in. 2)

16 mm2 (0.025 in. 2)

6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable An EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an APM30H (Ver.D) cabinet. An APM30H (Ver.D) cabinet is used in a BTS3900A base station. The maximum length of an EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The color and number of wires in EPU05A-02 and EPU05A-04 power cables differ. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPU05A-02 and EPU05A-04 power cables. NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

568

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-16 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

Description The following table describes EPU05A-02 and EPU05A-04 power cables. Table 6-16 Description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

Cable Specifications

See illustration 1.

EPU05A-02 power cable in the 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Brown

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

L2

Black

L3

Gray

N

Blue

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

569

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow

EPU05A-02 power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

EPU05A-04 power cable

L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green

Cable Specifications

25 mm2 (0.039 in. 2)

25 mm2 (0.039 in. 2)

6.1.2.6 EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 Power Cable An EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an APM30H (Ver.D). An APM30H (Ver.D) is used in a DBS3900 base station. The maximum length of an EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The color and number of wires in EPU05A-03 and EPU05A-05 power cables differ. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPU05A-03 and EPU05A-05 power cables. NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

570

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-17 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

Description The following table describes EPU05A-03 and EPU05A-05 power cables. Table 6-17 Description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

Cable Specifications

See illustration 1.

EPU05A-03 power cable in the 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Brown

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

L2

Black

L3

Gray

N

Blue

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

571

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow

EPU05A-03 power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

EPU05A-05 power cable

L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green

Cable Specifications

25 mm2 (0.039 in. 2)

25 mm2 (0.039 in. 2)

6.1.2.7 EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 Power Cable An EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 power cable feeds AC power from external power equipment into the power system of an APM30H (Ver.E) in a BTS3900A. The maximum length of an EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The colors and number of wires in an EPU05A-06 are different from those in an EPU05A-08 power cable. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPU05A-06 and EPU05A-08 power cables. NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

572

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-18 Exteriors of cables

(1) OT terminal (M6)

Description The following table describes EPU05A-06 and EPU05A-08 power cables. Table 6-18 Cable description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

Cable Specifications

Illustration 1

EPU05A-06 power cable in a 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Brown

L2

Black

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

L3

Gray

N wire

Blue

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

573

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Illustration 2

Illustration 3

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow

EPU05A-06 power cable in a 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L

Brown

N wire

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

EPU05A-08 power cable

L1

Black

L2

Red

N wire

White

PE

Green

Cable Specifications

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

6.1.2.8 EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 Power Cable An EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 power cable feeds AC power from external power equipment into the power system of an APM30H (Ver.E) in a DBS3900. The maximum length of an EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The colors and number of wires in an EPU05A-07 are different from those in an EPU05A-09 power cable. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPU05A-07 and EPU05A-09 power cables. NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

574

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-19 Exteriors of cables

(1) OT terminal (M6)

Description The following table describes EPU05A-07 and EPU05A-09 power cables. Table 6-19 Cable description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

Cable Specifications

Illustration 1

EPU05A-07 power cable in a 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Brown

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

L2

Black

L3

Gray

N

Blue

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

575

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

Illustration 2

Illustration 3

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow

EPU05A-07 power cable in a 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

EPU05A-09 power cable

L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green

Cable Specifications

25 mm2 (0.039 in. 2)

25 mm2 (0.039 in. 2)

6.1.2.9 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 Power Cable EPU02D or EPU02D-02 power cables feed power into the EPU02D or EPU02D-02 from the power equipment. The maximum length of an EPU02D or EPU02D-02 power cable is 10 m (32.81 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an EPU02D or EPU02D-02 power cable. Figure 6-20 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 power cable

(1) OT terminal (M6)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

576

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

NOTE

l In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively. l In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively. l In mainland China, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and red, respectively.

Description The following table describes an EPU02D or EPU02D-02 power cable. Table 6-20 Description Base Station

Cable Exteri or

Cabinet

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

DBS39 00/ BTS390 0A

See illustra tion 1.

TMC11H (Ver.D), TMC11H (Ver.E), TMC11H (Ver.E_B), TMC11H (Ver.E_C), TMC11H (Ver.E_D), TMC11H (Ver.D_B), or TMC11H (Ver.D_C)

External power equipment

Two groups of 252 power cables

See illustra tion 2.

APM30H (Ver.E), APM30H (Ver.E_B), APM30H (Ver.E_C), or APM30H (Ver.E_D)

EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07, EPU05A-08, or EPU05A-09

Two groups of 252 power cables

See illustra tion 2.

APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.D_C), or APM30H (Ver.D_B)

EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05

One group of 252 power cables

See illustra tion 1.

IMB03

External power equipment

Two groups of 252 power cables

See illustra tion 1.

OMB (Ver.C)

External power equipment

Two groups of 162 power cables

BTS390 0A

See illustra tion 2.

APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.D_C), or APM30H (Ver.D_B)

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04

One group of 252 power cables

BTS390 0

See illustra tion 1.

BTS3900 (Ver.D) DC cabinet

External power equipment

Two groups of 252 power cables

DBS39 00

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

577

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Base Station

Cable Exteri or

Cabinet

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

BTS390 0L

See illustra tion 1.

BTS3900L (Ver.D)

External power equipment

Two groups of 252 power cables

BTS390 0AL

See illustra tion 2.

BTS3900AL AC cabinet

ETP48400D

Two groups of 252 power cables

See illustra tion 1.

BTS3900AL DC cabinet

External power equipment

Two groups of 252 power cables

6.1.2.10 EPU03A-21 Power Cable An EPU03A-21 power cable connects the AC power distribution box and EPU03A-21 in the MRE1000 to provide power input for the EPU03A-21.

Exterior There are two types of EPU03A-21 power cables. When the external AC power supply is used, the power cable exterior is shown in Figure 6-21. When the power supply to the EPU03A-21 is from batteries, the power cable exterior is shown in Figure 6-22. Figure 6-21 Power cable exterior (1)

(1) OT terminal (M4)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

(2) Cord end terminal

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

578

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-22 Power cable exterior (2)

(1) OT terminal (M6)

Description The specifications for the EPU03A-21 power cable used in an MRE1000 are listed in the following table. Table 6-21 EPU03A-21 power cable specifications Cabinet

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

MRE1000

AC power distribution box in an MRE1000

When the input power is external AC power supply, one group of 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2) power cables are used. When the input power is provided by batteries, one group of 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) power cables are used.

6.1.2.11 ETP48100-A1 Power Cable An ETP48100-A1 power cable feeds external AC power into an ETP48100-A1 from a PDU10D-01 after the AC power is converted by a surge protective device (SPD). The cross-sectional area of the wires of an ETP48100-A1 power cable is 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2), as shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

579

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-23 Cable exterior

(1) Cord end terminal

(2) OT terminal (M4)

6.1.2.12 EPS30-4815AF Power Cable An EPS30-4815AF power cable feeds power into an IMB03 AC cabinet. The maximum length of an EPS30-4815AF power cable is 6 m (19.69 ft). The following figure shows the exterior of an EPS30-4815AF power cable. The crosssectional area of the wire is 1 mm 2 (0.002 in.2). NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Figure 6-24 Cable exterior

6.1.2.13 EPS4890 Power Cable An EPS4890 power cable feeds AC power into cabinets. EPS4890 power cables are used in the BTS3900 (Ver.B) AC cabinet and DBS3900 (ICR) cabinet. By using different power systems, a cabinet can support power inputs of 220 V AC single-phase and 220 V AC threephase. The maximum length of an EPS4890 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The wires in an EPS4890 power cable vary depending on the power input type. The following figure shows the power exteriors of EPS4890 power cables. NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

580

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-25 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

Description The following table describes EPS4890 power cables. Table 6-22 Description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

Cable Specificatio ns

See illustration 1.

l BTS390 0 (Ver.B) in AC scenario s l IMB03 cabinet in the DBS390 0 (ICR) scenario

EPS4890 power cable in the 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Yellow

L2

Green

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

L3

Red

N

Blue

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

581

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

Cable Specificatio ns

See illustration 2.

l BTS390 0 (Ver.B) in AC scenario s l IMB03 cabinet in the DBS390 0 (ICR) scenario

EPS4890 power cable in the 220 V AC singlephase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

6.1.2.14 EPS24S48100DC Power Cable An EPS24S48100DC power cable feeds +24 V DC power into cabinets. EPS24S48100DC power cables are used in the following cabinets: BTS3900 (Ver.B) (+ 24 V DC), APM30H (Ver.B) (+ 24 V), and DBS3900 (ICR). The maximum length of an EPS24S48100DC power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an EPS24S48100DC power cable. Figure 6-26 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

Description The following table describes EPS24S48100DC power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

582

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Table 6-23 Description Wire

Wire Color

Cable Specifications

RTN(+)

Red

NEG(-)

Black

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two groups

6.1.2.15 ETP48400 Power Cable An ETP48400 power feeds AC power into the PDU05A-01 and ETP48400 in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an ETP48400 power cable. Figure 6-27 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

(2) Cord end terminal

Description The following table describes an ETP48400 power cable. Table 6-24 Description Cable

Wire

Wire Color

Cable Specifications

ETP48400 power cable

L

Brown

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

N

Blue

6.1.2.16 ETP48150-A3 Power Cable An ETP48150-A3 power cable feeds external AC power into a BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet. The maximum length of an ETP48150-A3 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior A BTS3900 cabinet can be supplied with 220 V AC single-phase or 220 V AC three-phase power. The number of wires in an ETP48150-A3 power cable depends on the power system Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

583

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

where the ETP48150-A3 is used. The following figure shows the exterior of an ETP48150-A3 power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario as an example. Figure 6-28 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

Description The following table describes ETP48150-A3 power cables. Table 6-25 Description Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

Cable Specifications

See illustration 1.

ETP48150-A3 power cable in the 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Brown

L2

Black

4 mm2 (0.006 in. 2)

L3

Gray

N

Blue

L

Blue

N

Brown

PE

Green and yellow

See illustration 2.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

ETP48150-A3 power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

584

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

6.1.3 PDU Power Cables This section describes power cables for different models of PDUs.

6.1.3.1 PDU10D-01 Power Cable A PDU10D-01 power cable feeds power from power equipment into a PDU10D-01. The maximum length of a PDU10D-01 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior PDU10D-01 power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various PDU10D-01 power cables. NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Figure 6-29 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

(2) OT terminal (M4)

Description The following table describes PDU10D-01 power cables. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

585

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Table 6-26 Description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Wire

Wire Color

Cable Specificatio ns

See illustration 1.

OMB (Ver.C) in DC scenarios

External power equipment

RTN(+)

Black

NEG(-)

Blue

4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)

See illustration 2.

OMB (Ver.C) in AC scenarios

ETP48100-A1 in a cabinet

RTN(+)

Black

NEG(-)

Blue

See illustration 3.

OMB (Ver.C) in AC scenarios

External power equipment in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)

6.1.3.2 PDU05A-01 Power Cable A PDU05A-01 power cable feeds AC power into the PDU05A-01 in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet. A PDU05A-01 supports 220 V AC single-phase, 220 V AC three-phase, and 110 V AC dual-live-wire. The maximum length of a PDU05A-01 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The number of wires in a PDU05A-01 power cable varies depending on the power supplies. The following figure shows the exteriors of various PDU05A-01 power cables. NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

586

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-30 Cable exterior

(1) Cord end terminal

Description The following table describes PDU05A-01 power cables. Table 6-27 Description Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

Cable Specifications

See illustration 1.

PDU05A-01 power cable in the 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Brown

L2

Black

10 mm2 (0.016 in.2)

L3

Gray

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

L

Brown

N

Blue

See illustration 2.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

PDU05A-01 power cable in the 220 V AC

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

587

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

See illustration 3.

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

single-phase scenario

PE

Green and yellow

PDU05A-01 power cable in the 110 V duallive-wire scenario

L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green

Cable Specifications

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

6.1.3.3 PDU03D-01 Power Cable A PDU03D-01 power cable feeds power from a BTS3900AL AC cabinet or external power cabinet into a BTS3900AL DC cabinet.

Exterior PDU03D-01 power cables vary depending on the power supplies. The following figure shows various PDU03D-01 power supplies.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

588

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-31 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

(2) OT terminal (M8)

(3) Power series 120 connector

NOTE

Colors of wires in a PDU03D-01 power cable vary depending on regions as follows: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

Description The following table describes PDU03A-01 power cables. Table 6-28 Description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable Exterior

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

See illustration 1.

Busbar in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet

25 mm 2 (0.039 in.2), two groups, LSZHa

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

589

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

See illustration 2.

LOAD2 terminal in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet

25 mm 2 (0.039 in.2), one group, LSZHb

See illustration 3.

External power equipment

25 mm 2 (0.039 in.2), three groups, LSZHc

a: If the preceding power cables are not delivered by default, one group of 70 mm2 (0.108 in.2) PVC power cables or two groups of 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) PVC power cables that are locally purchased can be the substitutes. b: If the preceding power cable is not delivered by default, one group of 25 mm2 (0.039 in. 2) PVC power cables that are locally purchased can be the substitute. c: If the preceding power cables are not delivered by default, the PVC power cables that are locally purchased and meet the requirements in both a and b can be the substitutes.

6.1.3.4 PDU08H-01 Power Cable A PDU08H-01 power cable feeds DC power into a PDU08H-01 from power equipment. A PDU08H-01 power cable is used in the MRE1000.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the PDU08H-01 power cable. Figure 6-32 PDU08H-01 power cable exterior

(1) H4 connector

(2) HVEPC connector

Description The following table describes the PDU08H-01 power cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

590

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Table 6-29 PDU08H-01 power cable Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

MRE1000

EPU03A-21

2x1.5 mm2 (2x0.002 in.2)

6.1.3.5 HSMU Power Cable for the PDU08H-01 An HSMU power cable for the PDU08H-01 connects the EPU03A-21 and the HSMU for the PDU08H-01 to supply power for the HSMU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the HSMU power cable for the PDU08H-01. Figure 6-33 Exterior of the HSMU power cable for the PDU08H-01

(1) EPC4 connector

Description The following tables describes the HSMU power cable for the PDU08H-01. Table 6-30 HSMU power cable for the PDU08H-01 Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

MRE1000

EPU03A-21

12AWG

6.1.4 Power Cables for Other Power Supply Devices This section describes power cables for other power supply devices.

6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box The power cable for an AC junction box feeds AC power into the AC junction box from power equipment. The AC power is then converted by the AC junction box into four AC outputs, which are provided for other components such as the heater or heating film. This Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

591

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

section also describes the specifications of power cables for AC junction boxes in different cabinets.

Exterior The following figure shows the exteriors of power cables for AC junction boxes. NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Figure 6-34 Exteriors of cables

(1) OT terminal (M4)

(2) Cord end terminal

NOTE

The L wire is brown and the N wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.

Description The following table describes power cables for AC junction boxes.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

592

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Table 6-31 Cable description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

Illustration 1

APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.D), or APM30H (Ver.E)

EPS 01, EPU03A, or EPU05A

1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)

TMC11H (Ver.B), TMC11H (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.D), or TMC11H (Ver.E)

EPS 01, EPU03A, or EPU05A in an APM30H (feeding power into the AC junction box in the APM30H)

1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)

IBBS700D or IBBS700T

EPU05A in an APM30H (Ver.D) (feeding power into the AC junction box in the APM30H)

1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)

Illustration 2

BTS3900AL AC cabinet

PDU05A-01

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

Illustration 3

BTS3900AL DC cabinet

PDU05A-01 in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet (feeding power into the AC junction box in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet)

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

IBBS700D or IBBS700T

PDU05A-01 in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet (feeding power into the AC junction box in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet)

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

IBBS300D

EPU05A in an APM30H (Ver.D) or APM30H (Ver.E) (feeding power into the AC junction box in the APM30H)

2.5mm2

6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box Power cables for a power distribution box include the cable between power equipment and the power distribution box in a battery cabinet (IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS700D, or IBBS700T) and the cable between the cascaded power distribution boxes in two battery cabinets.

Exterior Power cables for power distribution boxes vary according to power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of these power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

593

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-35 Cable exterior

(1) Power series 120 connector

(2) OT terminal (M6)

(3) Power series 175 connector

(4) OT terminal (M8)

(5) EPC5 connector

-

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

594

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

NOTE

The colors of power cables for a power distribution box in an IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T (Ver.D), IBBS200D (Ver.E), IBBS200T (Ver.E), IBBS700D, or IBBS700T vary depending on regions as follows: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are red and black, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

Description The following table describes the power cables for power distribution boxes. Table 6-32 Cable description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

Illustration 1

IBBS200D (Ver.B) or IBBS200T (Ver.B)

EPS01A, EPS01B, EPS01C, or EPS01D in an APM30H (Ver.B)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

Illustration 2

IBBS200D (Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C)

EPU03A-02, EPU03A-03, EPU03A-04, or EPU03A-05 in an APM30H (Ver.C)

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

Battery compartment in an MRE1000

AC power distribution box in an MRE1000

25mm2

IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200T (Ver.D)

EPU05A-02, EPU05A-03, EPU05A-04, or EPU05A-05 in an APM30H (Ver.D)

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), 3436

IBBS200D (Ver.E) or IBBS200T (Ver.E)

l EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07, EPU05A-08, or EPU05A-09 in an APM30H (Ver.E)

50 mm2 (0.078 in.2), super flexible, 125

Illustration 3

l Power distribution box in an IBBS200D (Ver.E) or IBBS200T (Ver.E)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

595

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

Illustration 3

IBBS700D or IBBS700T

l EPU05A-02, EPU05A-03, EPU05A-04, or EPU05A-05 in an APM30H (Ver.D)

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), 3436

l ETP48400 in a BTS3900AL cabinet l TP48600A Illustration 4

IBBS20D

l OPM50M

10 mm2 (0.016 in.2)

l ETP48100-A1 in an OMB (Ver.C)

6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC A power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC feeds -48 V DC power into the DC junction box in an RFC.

Exterior Depending on the power supply supported by an RFC, there are three types of power cables for the DC junction box in an RFC. The following figure shows the exteriors of these power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

596

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-36 Exteriors of cables

(1) OT terminal (M6)

(2) Power series 120 connector

NOTE

Colors of wires in a power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.E) vary depending on regions as follows: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

Description The following table describes power cables for the DC junction box in an RFC. Table 6-33 Cable description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

Illustration 1

RFC (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.D), or RFC (Ver.E) in a DC scenario

External power equipment

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one group; 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for two groups

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

597

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

Illustration 2

RFC (Ver.C) in an AC scenario

EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 in an APM30H (Ver.C)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one group

Illustration 3

RFC (Ver.D) in an AC scenario

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in an APM30H (Ver.D)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one group

RFC (Ver.E) in an AC scenario

EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 in an APM30H (Ver.E)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one group

6.1.4.4 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL The power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL connects the PDU03D-01 to the DC junction box in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet and feeds DC power into DC junction box.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL. Figure 6-37 Exterior of a power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL

(1) OT terminal (M8)

(2) OT terminal (M6)

NOTE

The color of the power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL varies depending on the region. l

In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black, and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in Figure 6-37.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.

Description The following table describes a power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

598

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Table 6-34 Description Cable

Wire

Cable Specifications

Power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL

NEG(-): W1 and W2

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

RTN(+): W3

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

6.1.4.5 Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts The DC junction boxes in two IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts are cascaded by power cables, including the power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts and the cascading power cable for the fans in two IBBS300Ds or the cascading power cable for the TECs in two IBBS300Ts.

Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts A power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts connects the DC junction box in one IBBS300D or IBBS300T to the DC junction box in the other IBBS300D or IBBS300T to provide power for the second IBBS300D or IBBS300T. The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts. Figure 6-38 Exterior of a power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts

(1) OT terminal (M8)

NOTE

The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are red and black, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

The following table lists specifications of the power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts. Table 6-35 Description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

IBBS300D or IBBS300T

DC junction box in the cabinet

A group of 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) cables

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

599

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cascading Power Cable for the Fans or TECs A cascading power cable for the fans or TECs connects the DC junction box in one IBBS300D or IBBS300T to the DC junction box in the other IBBS300D or IBBS300T to provide power for the fan or TEC in the second IBBS300D or IBBS300T. The following figure shows the exterior of a cascading power cable for the fans or TECs. Figure 6-39 Exterior of a cascading power cable for the fans or TECs

(1) OT terminal (M4)

NOTE

The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

The following table lists specifications of the power cable between cascaded fans in IBBS300Ds or cascaded TECs in IBBS300Ts. Table 6-36 Description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

IBBS300D or IBBS300T

DC junction box in the cabinet

One group of cables with a cross-sectional area of 2.5 mm2 (0.0039 in.2)

6.1.4.6 Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D Cabinets The power distribution boxes in two IBBS20D cabinets are cascaded by a power cable, which feeds power from one power distribution box into the other.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable between cascaded IBBS20D cabinets.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

600

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-40 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Description The following table describes power cables between cascaded IBBS20Ds. Table 6-37 Description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

IBBS20D

Power distribution box in the cabinet

A group of cables with a cross-sectional area of 10 mm2 (0.016 in.2)

6.1.4.7 IBBS20L Power Cable and Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20Ls An IBBS20L power cable is used to connect an IBBS20L to upper-level equipment. A power cable between IBBS20Ls is used to connect two IBBS20Ls and feed power from the lowerlevel IBBS20L into the upper-level IBBS20L.

Exterior The following figure shows a IBBS20L power cable and a power cable between cascaded IBBS20Ls.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

601

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-41 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

NOTE

The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

Description The following table lists the specifications of an IBBS20L power cable and a power cable between IBBS20Ls. Table 6-38 Description Cable Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

IBBS20L power cable

OPM50M

One group of cables with a cross-sectional area of 10 mm2 (0.0155 in.2)

Power cable between cascaded IBBS20Ls

Upper-level IBBS20L

One group of cables with a cross-sectional area of 10 mm2 (0.0155 in.2)

6.1.4.8 Power Cable The IBBS20L-E power cable connects an upper-level power supply device to IBBS20L-E.

Exterior The following figures show the IBBS20L-E power cables. Figure 6-42 DC power cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

602

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-43 AC power cable

(1) Quick-connect terminal

Specifications of IBBS20L-E power cables The following table provides the specifications of IBBS20L-E power cables. Table 6-39 Specifications of IBBS20L-E power cables Cable Type

Power Supply Equipment

Cable Specifications

IBBS20L-E power cable

OPM30M

Cross-sectional area: 10 mm2 or 0.015 in.2

6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable Battery power cables connect batteries to power equipment. Battery power cables include the power cable between storage batteries and the power distribution box, power cable between storage batteries and the EPU, and copper bars between storage batteries. Battery power cables are required in an IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D, IBBS300T, IBBS20D, IBBS700D, IBBS700T, BTS3900AL cabinet, IMS06, or MRE1000. NOTE

Colors of battery power cables vary depending on regions as follows: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are red and black, respectively, as shown in the following figure.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

Power Cables Between Battery Packs and Power Distribution Boxes When storage batteries are installed in an IBBS200D (Ver.B), IBBS200D (Ver.C), IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200D (Ver.E), IBBS200T (Ver.B), IBBS200T (Ver.C), IBBS200T (Ver.D), IBBS200T (Ver.E), IBBS20D, IBBS700D, or IBBS700T, battery power cables are those between battery packs and power distribution boxes. The following figure shows the exteriors of battery power cables between battery packs and power distribution boxes.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

603

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-44 Cable Exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

(2) OT terminal (M8)

The following table describes battery power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

604

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Table 6-40 Description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

Illustration 1 in Figure 6-44

l IBBS700D or IBBS700T

Power distribution box in a battery cabinet

35 mm2 (0.054 in. 2)

IBBS200D (Ver.E) or IBBS200T (Ver.E) connecting storage batteries to the power distribution box on the top of a cabinet

Power distribution box in a battery cabinet

35 mm2 (0.054 in. 2)

IBBS200D (Ver.B) or IBBS200T (Ver.B)

Power distribution box in a battery cabinet

IBBS20D

Power distribution box in a battery cabinet

l IBBS200D (Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C) l IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200T (Ver.D) l IBBS200D (Ver.E) or IBBS200T (Ver.E) (connecting storage batteries to the power distribution box on the inner upper right wall of a cabinet) Illustration 2 in Figure 6-44

16 mm2 (0.025 in. 2)

10 mm2 (0.016 in. 2)

Power Cables Between Battery Packs and an EPU or Busbar When batteries are installed in the BTS3900AL, IMS06, or MRE1000, battery power cables connect the battery packs to the power equipment. The battery power cables used in a BTS3900AL or IMS06 are shown in Figure 6-45 and those used in an MRE1000 are shown in Figure 6-46.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

605

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-45 Cable exterior (in a BTS390AL or IMS06)

(1) OT terminal (M8)

(2) OT terminal (M6)

Figure 6-46 Cable exterior (in an MRE1000)

(1) OT terminal (M6)

The following table describes battery power cables. Table 6-41 Description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

Figure 6-45

IMS06

EPU05A-02

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

BTS3900AL

Busbar

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

MRE1000

AC power distribution box in an MRE1000

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

Figure 6-46

When storage batteries are installed in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T, battery power cables include power cables for the battery cabinet and power cables for battery packs. The following figure shows the exteriors of battery power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

606

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-47 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

(2) OT terminal (M8)

The following table describes battery power cables. Table 6-42 Description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable Exterior

Cable

Cabinet Type

Connection

Cable Specification s

Illustration 1 in Figure 6-47

Power cables for battery packs

IBBS300D or IBBS300T

From the positive pole of a DC junction box to the corresponding circuit breaker

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

607

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Connection

Cable Specification s

Illustration 2 in Figure 6-47

IBBS300D or IBBS300T

From a circuit breaker to the positive pole of the battery pack

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

Illustration 3 in Figure 6-47

IBBS300D or IBBS300T

From the negative pole of a DC junction box to the negative pole of the battery pack

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

IBBS300D or IBBS300T

From the positive and negative poles of a DC junction box to the EPU

50 mm2 (0.077 in.2), 3436

Illustration 4 in Figure 6-47

Cable

Power cables for a battery cabinet

Copper Bars Between Storage Batteries Copper bars are delivered with the storage batteries. The following figure shows the exterior of a copper bar. Figure 6-48 Exterior of a copper bar between storage batteries

6.2 Power Cables for Monitoring Devices This section describes power cables for all monitoring devices.

6.2.1 CMUEA Power Cable A CMUEA power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the CMUEA on the front door of a cabinet from the power distribution box in an IBBS700D. The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA power cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

608

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-49 Cable exterior

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) Bare wire

6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable A CMUF power cable feeds DC power into a CMUF from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various CMUF power cables when a CMUF is configured in different cabinets.

Exterior Figure 6-50 shows the exterior of a CMUF power cable. Figure 6-50 Cable exterior (most regions)

(1) 3V3 connector

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

(2) EPC4 connector

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

(3) Bare wire

609

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-51 Cable exterior (UK)

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes CMUF power cables. Table 6-43 Description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Description

See illustration 1 in Figure 6-50.

BTS3900AL

DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment in a BTS3900AL

In other regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively.

Figure 6-51

BTS3900AL

DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment in a BTS3900AL

In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

See illustration 2 in Figure 6-50.

IBBS700T

Power distribution box in a IBBS700T

-

6.2.3 CMUG Power Cable A CMUG power cable feeds -48 V DC power from a power distribution box into the CMUG. CMUG power cables are required by IBBS20Ds.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUG power cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

610

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-52 Cable exterior

(1) 2-pin connector

(2) OT terminal (M4)

NOTE

The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

Description The following table describes a CMUG power cable. Table 6-44 Description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

IBBS20D

Power distribution box in an IBBS20D

A group of 1.5 mm2 (0.002 in.2) cables

6.2.4 CCU Power Cable A CCU power cable feeds -48 V DC power from the DCDU-12C into a CCU. A CCU is configured in the following cabinet: BTS3900AL, IBBS700D, and IBBS700T.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CCU power cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

611

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-53 Cable exterior

(1) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes a CCU power cable. Table 6-45 Description Cabinet

Power Equipment

BTS3900AL

DCDU-12C in a BTS3900AL

IBBS700D

Power distribution box in a IBBS700D

IBBS700T

Power distribution box in a IBBS700T

6.2.5 CCU01D-03 Power Cable A CCU01D-03 power cable feeds -48 V DC power from a DC junction box into a CCU01D-03. The IBBS300D and IBBS300T need to be configured with CCU01D-03 power cables.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CCU01D-03 power cable. Figure 6-54 Exterior of the cable

(1) 3V3 connector

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

(2) OT terminal (M4)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

612

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Description The following table describes CCU01D-03 power cables. Table 6-46 Description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

IBBS300D or IBBS300T

DC junction box in the IBBS300D or IBBS300T

6.2.6 HEUA Power Cable An HEUA power cable feeds power from the EPS30-4815AF in an OMB into an HEUA. The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUA power cable. NOTE

An HEUA power cable is a Y-shaped cable. The cable connects to an HEUA and a BBU at the end with two 3V3 connectors and feeds power into the HEUA and BBU.

Figure 6-55 Cable exterior

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) H4 connector

6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable An HEUB power cable feeds power from the PDU10D-01 in an OMB (Ver.C) into an HEUB.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUB power cable. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

613

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-56 Cable exterior

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes an HEUB power cable. Table 6-47 Description Wire

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B1

W2

X1.A3

X2.B2

6.3 Power Cables for Temperature Control Devices This section describes power cables for all temperature control devices.

6.3.1 Power Cables for Fan Assemblies This section describes power cables for different models of fan assemblies.

6.3.1.1 FAN Power Cables A FAN power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN in the BTS3900 (Ver.B) or BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN power cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

614

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-57 Exterior of a FAN power cable

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) Parallel terminal

Description The following table describes a FAN power cable. Table 6-48 FAN power cable X1 End

X2 End

X1.A3

X2.B1

X1.A1

X2.B2

6.3.1.2 FAN 01A Power Cables A FAN 01A power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 01A in the RFC (Ver.B).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 01A power cable. Figure 6-58 Exterior of a FAN 01A power cable

(1) 3V3 connector

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

(2) Parallel terminal

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

615

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Description The following table describes a FAN 01A power cable. Table 6-49 FAN 01A power cable Wire

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B2

W2

X1.A3

X2.B1

6.3.1.3 FAN 01B Power Cable A FAN 01B power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 01B in an RFC (Ver.C).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 01B power cable. Figure 6-59 Exterior of a FAN 01B power cable

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

NOTE

The colors of FAN 01B power cables vary depending on regions. l

In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.

Description The following table describes a FAN 01B power cable. Table 6-50 FAN 01B power cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B1

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

616

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W2

X1.A3

X2.B2

6.3.1.4 FAN 01C Power Cable A FAN 01C power cable feeds -48 V DC power into a FAN 01C in the RFC (Ver.D).

Exterior The colors of FAN 01C power cables vary depending on regions. l

In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black, as shown in Figure 6-60.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray, as shown in Figure 6-61.

Figure 6-60 Exterior of a FAN 01C power cable in most regions

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Figure 6-61 Exterior of a FAN 01C power cable in UK

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes a FAN 01C power cable. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

617

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Table 6-51 FAN 01C power cable Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B1

W2

X1.A3

X2.B2

6.3.1.5 FAN 01D Power Cable A FAN 01D power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 01D in an RFC (Ver.E).

Exterior The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires of a FAN 01D power cable are black, as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-62 Exteriors of cables

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes a FAN 01D power cable. Table 6-52 Cable description Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B1

W2

X1.A3

X2.B2

6.3.1.6 FAN 02A Power Cable A FAN 02A power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02A in an APM30H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.B). Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

618

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Exterior The FAN 02A in an APM30H (Ver.B) is powered by the EPS 01A or EPS 01. The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 02A power cable. Figure 6-63 Exterior of a FAN 02A power cable (1)

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

The FAN 02A in a TMC11H (Ver.B) is powered by the DCDU-03C. The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 02A power cable. Figure 6-64 Exterior of a FAN 02A power cable (2)

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) OT terminal (M4)

6.3.1.7 FAN 02B Power Cable A FAN 02B power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02B in an APM30H (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 02B power cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

619

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-65 Exterior of a FAN 02B power cable

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

NOTE

The colors of FAN 02B power cables vary depending on regions. l

In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.

Description The following table describes a FAN 02B power cable. Table 6-53 FAN 02B power cable Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A3

X2.B1

W2

X1.A1

X2.B2

6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable A FAN 02D power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02D in an APM30H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.D).

Exterior The colors of FAN 02D power cables vary depending on regions. l

In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black, as shown in Figure 6-66.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray, as shown in Figure 6-67.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

620

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-66 Exterior of a FAN 02D power cable in most regions

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Figure 6-67 Exterior of a FAN 02D power cable in UK

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes a FAN 02D power cable. Table 6-54 FAN 02D power cable Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B1

W2

X1.A3

X2.B2

6.3.1.9 FAN 03B Power Cable A FAN 03B power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 03B in the BTS3900 (Ver.C) or BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

621

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 03B power cable. Figure 6-68 Exterior of a FAN 03B power cable

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

NOTE

The colors of FAN 03B power cables vary depending on regions. l

In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.

Description The following table describes a FAN 03B power cable. Table 6-55 FAN 03B power cable Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A3

X2.B1

W2

X1.A1

X2.B2

6.3.1.10 FAN 03C Power Cable A FAN 03C power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 03C in the BTS3900 (Ver.D) or BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 03C power cable when the FAN 03C is used for the BTS3900L (Ver.D) in most regions or BTS3900 (Ver.D).

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

622

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-69 Exterior of a FAN 03C power cable

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 03C power cable when the FAN 03C is used for the BTS3900L (Ver.D) in UK. Figure 6-70 Exterior of a FAN 03C power cable in UK

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes a FAN 03C power cable. Table 6-56 FAN 03C power cable Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B2

W2

X1.A3

X2.B1

6.3.1.11 FAN 02E Power Cable A FAN 02E power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02E in an APM30H (Ver.E) or TMC11H (Ver.E). Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

623

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Exterior The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires of a FAN 02E power cable are black, as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-71 Exteriors of cables

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes a FAN 02E power cable. Table 6-57 Cable description Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B1

W2

X1.A3

X2.B2

6.3.2 FAU03D-02 Power Cable An FAU03D-02 power cable feeds DC power into the FAU03D-02 in an IBC10 cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAU03D-02 power cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

624

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-72 Exterior of a FAU03D-02 power cable

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes the specifications of a FAU03D-02 power cable. Table 6-58 Specifications of a FAU03D-02 power cable Wire

X1 End

X2 End

W1

A3

B1

W2

A1

B2

6.3.3 FAU03D-01 Power Cable An FAU03D-01 power cable feeds DC power into the FAU03D-01 in an BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet.

Exterior The colors of FAU03D-01 power cables vary depending on regions. l

In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black, as shown in Figure 6-73.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray, as shown in Figure 6-74.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

625

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-73 Exterior of a FAU03D-01 power cable in most regions

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Figure 6-74 Exterior of a FAU03D-01 power cable in UK

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

6.3.4 FAU01D-05 Power Cable An FAU01D-05 power cable connects -48 V DC power supply to the FAU01D-05.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the FAU01D-05 power cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

626

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-75 Cable Exterior

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes the FAU01D-05 power cable. Table 6-59 FAU01D-05 power cable Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

A1

-

W2

A3

+

6.3.4.1 ETP48100-B1 Power Cable An ETP48100-B1 power cable feeds external AC power into an ETP48100-B1 from the power supply equipment.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an ETP48100-B1 power cable. Figure 6-76 ETP48100-B1 power cable

(1) OT terminal (M6, 16 mm 2 [0.025 in. 2])

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

627

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

6.3.4.2 FAN 03D Power Cable An FAN 03D power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 03D.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an FAN 03D power cable. Figure 6-77 Exterior of an FAN 03D power cable

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Cable Description The following table describes an FAN 03D power cable. Table 6-60 FAN 03D power cable Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

A3

B1

W2

A1

B2

6.3.5 Transfer Power Cable for the Fan Assembly A transfer power cable for the fan assembly connects the FAU01D-05 and fans in the MRE1000.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a transfer power cable for the fan assembly.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

628

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-78 Cable Exterior

(1) H4 connector

Description The following table describes the transfer power cable for the fan assembly. Table 6-61 Transfer power cable for the fan assembly Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.1

X2.1

W2

X1.2

X2.2

W3

X1.3

X2.3

W4

X1.4

X2.4

6.3.6 Power Cable for an AC Heater The power cable for an AC heater feeds AC power into the AC heater in an APM30H, TMC11H, or MRE1000 from power equipment.

Power Cable for an AC Heater Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for an AC heater. NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

629

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-79 Exterior of a power cable for an AC heater

(1) C13 connector

(2) OT terminal (M4)

NOTE

The L wire, PE wire, and N wire of a power cable for an AC heater are brown, green and yellow, and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

Description The following table describes a power cable for an AC heater. Table 6-62 Cable description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specif ication s

APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.D), or APM30H (Ver.E)

EPS or EPU in a cabinet

1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)

Transmission cabinet TMC11H (Ver.B), TMC11H (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.D), or TMC11H (Ver.E) in an AC scenario

EPS or EPU in an APM30H (feeding power into the AC junction box in a TMC11H)

1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)

Power cabinet TMC11H (Ver.B), TMC11H (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.D), or TMC11H (Ver.E) in a DC scenario

External power equipment

1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)

MRE1000

AC power distribution box in an MRE1000

1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

630

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Power Transfer Cable for an AC Heater The power transfer cable for an AC heater feeds AC power into the AC heater from the EPU in an APM30 (Ver.D_A1) by connecting the AC power output terminal on the EPU to the transfer terminal on the AC heater. The following figure shows a power transfer cable for an AC heater in an APM30 (Ver.D_A1). Figure 6-80 Exterior of a power transfer cable for an AC heater

(1) OT terminal (M4), 1 mm2 (0.0016 in.2)

(2) Cord end terminal

6.3.7 Power Cable for a Heating Film The power cable for a heating film connects the AC junction box in an APM30H to the AC junction box for the heating film in an IBBS200D. Then the AC junction box distributes power to the heating film.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for a heating film. NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Figure 6-81 Exteriors of cables

(1) OT terminal (M4)

NOTE

The L wire and N wire of a power cable for a heating film are brown and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

631

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Description The following table describes a power cable for a heating film. Table 6-63 Cable description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specific ations

IBBS200D (Ver.B), IBBS200D (Ver.C), IBBS200D (Ver.D), or IBBS200D (Ver.E)

EPS or EPU in an APM30H (feeding power first into the AC junction box in the APM30H and then into the AC junction box for the heating film in an IBBS200D)

1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)

6.3.8 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System Power cables for the temperature control system connect the power distribution box in the IBBS700D or IBBS700T, feeding DC power into the fan mounting frame in the IBBS700D or the TEC in the IBBS700T and the CCU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for the temperature control system. Figure 6-82 Cable exterior

(1) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes the power cables for the temperature control system. Table 6-64 Description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.A1

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

632

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W2

X1.A2

X2.A2

6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable An HAU01A-01 power cable feeds AC power into an HAU01A-01 from the AC junction box in a BTS3900AL, IBBS300D, or IBBS700D.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the HAU01A-01 power cable. Figure 6-83 Exterior of the cable

(1) C13 straight female connector

(2) OT terminal (M4)

Description The following table describes the HAU01A-01 power cable. Table 6-65 Description Wire

Color

Specifications

L wire

Brown

1.5 mm2 (0.005 in.2)

PE wire

Green and yellow

N wire

Blue

6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D Fan power cables in an IBBS200D include the fan input power cable and fan power transfer cable, feeding power into the fans in the IBBS200D. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

633

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Fan Input Power Cable in an IBBS200D Exterior The fan input power cable in an IBBS200D connects power equipment to the power distribution box in the IBBS200D. The exteriors of fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds vary depending on cabinet versions, as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-84 Exteriors of cables

(1) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

(2) OT terminal (M4)

(3) EPC4 connector

NOTE

The colors of fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds (Ver.C), IBBS200Ds (Ver.D), or IBBS200D(Ver.E) vary depending on regions as follows: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

Description The following table describes fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds. Table 6-66 Cable description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specification s

Illustration 1

IBBS200D (Ver.B)

EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, or EPS 01D in an APM30H (Ver.B)

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

634

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Illustration 1

IBBS200D (Ver.C)

EPU03A-02, EPU03A-04, EPU03A-03, or EPU03A-05 in an APM30H (Ver.C)

Illustration 2

IBBS200D (Ver.D)

EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04, EPU05A-03, or EPU05A-05 in an APM30H (Ver.D)

IBBS200D (Ver.E)

EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08, EPU05A-07, or EPU05A-09 in an APM30H (Ver.E)

Cable Specification s

Power Transfer Cable for the Fan in an IBBS200D Exterior The fan power transfer cable in an IBBS200D connects the power distribution box in the IBBS200D to the fan mounting frame on the cabinet door. The exteriors of fan power transfer cables in IBBS200Ds vary depending on cabinet versions, as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-85 Exteriors of cables

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) OT terminal (M6)

(3) OT terminal (M4)

Description The following table describes fan power transfer cables in IBBS200Ds. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

635

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Table 6-67 Cable description Cabl e Exte rior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipmen t

Color

Cable Specifications

Illust ratio n1

IBBS200D (Ver.B)

Power distribution box in a cabinet

The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively.

l OT terminal (M4), 1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)

Power distribution box in a cabinet

l In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively.

IBBS200D (Ver.C)

l OT terminal (M6), 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

l In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively. Illust ratio n2

IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200D (Ver.E)

Power distribution box in a cabinet

Both the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire are black.

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

6.3.11 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D The fan power cables in an IBBS300D connect power equipment in the APM30H or BTS3900AL cabinet to the DC junction box in the IBBS300D.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of fan power cables in an IBBS300D. Figure 6-86 Fan power cables in an IBBS300D

(1) EPC4 connector

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

(2) OT terminal (M4)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

636

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

NOTE

The colors of fan power cables in an IBBS300D vary according to the region: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.

Description The following table describes the fan power cables in an IBBS300D. Table 6-68 Description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

IBBS300D

Power equipment in the APM30H or BTS3900AL cabinet

A group of 2.5 mm2 (0.016 in.2) cables

6.3.12 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T TEC power cables in an IBBS200T include the TEC input power cable and TEC power transfer cable, feeding power into the TEC in the IBBS200T.

TEC Input Power Cable in an IBBS200T Exterior The TEC input power cable in an IBBS200T connects power equipment to the power distribution box in the IBBS200T. The exteriors of TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts vary depending on cabinet versions, as shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

637

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-87 Exteriors of cables

(1) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

(2) OT terminal (M4)

(3) EPC4 connector

NOTE

The colors of TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts (Ver.C), IBBS200Ts (Ver.D), or IBBS200Ts (Ver.E) vary depending on regions. l

In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

Description The following table describes TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts. Table 6-69 Cable description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

Illustration 1

IBBS200T (Ver.B)

EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, or EPS 01D in an APM30H (Ver.B)

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

Illustration 1

IBBS200T (Ver.C)

EPU03A-02, EPU03A-04, EPU03A-03, or EPU03A-05 in an APM30H (Ver.C)

Illustration 2

IBBS200T (Ver.D)

EPS05A-02, EPS05A-04, EPS05A-03, or EPS05A-05 in an APM30H (Ver.D)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

638

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

IBBS200T (Ver.E)

EPS05A-06, EPS05A-08, EPS05A-07, or EPS05A-09 in an APM30H (Ver.E)

Cable Specifications

TEC Power Transfer Cable in an IBBS200T Exterior The TEC power transfer cable in an IBBS200T connects the power distribution box in the IBBS200T to the TEC on the cabinet door. TEC power transfer cables in IBBS200Ts are divided into two types in terms of power equipment, as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-88 Exteriors of cables

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) OT terminal (M6)

(3) OT terminal (M4)

Description The following table describes TEC power transfer cables in IBBS200Ts.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

639

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Table 6-70 Cable description Cabl e Exte rior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipm ent

Color

Cable Specifications

Illust ratio n1

IBBS200D (Ver.B)

Power distributi on box in a cabinet

The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively.

l OT terminal (M4), 1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in. 2)

Power distributi on box in a cabinet

l In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively.

Power distributi on box in a cabinet

Both the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire are black.

IBBS200D (Ver.C)

Illust ratio n2

IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200D (Ver.E)

l OT terminal (M6), 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

l In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively. 2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

6.3.13 TEC Power Cables in the IBBS300T The TEC power cables in an IBBS300T connect power equipment in the APM30H or BTS3900AL cabinet to the DC junction box in the IBBS300T.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of TEC power cables in the IBBS300T. Figure 6-89 TEC power cables in the IBBS300T

(1) EPC4 connector

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

(2) OT terminal (M4)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

640

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

NOTE

The colors of TEC power cables in an IBBS300T vary by region: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.

Description The following table describes TEC power cables in IBBS300Ts. Table 6-71 Description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

IBBS300T

Power equipment in the APM30H or BTS3900AL cabinet

A group of 2.5 mm2 (0.016 in.2) cables

6.3.14 Power Cable for a Heat Exchanger in the Front Door A power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door connects power equipment to the heat exchanger in the front door of a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet. The power cables can be classified into AC power cables and DC power cables in terms of cabinet types.

Exterior l

Figure 6-90 shows the exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door in scenarios in which the cabinet is supplied with AC power.

l

Figure 6-91 shows the exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door in scenarios in which the cabinet is supplied with DC power.

Figure 6-90 Exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door (1)

(1) Common connector

(2) OT terminal (M6)

NOTE

The L wire, N wire, and PE wire of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door are brown, blue, and green and yellow, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

641

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-91 Exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door (2)

(1) 3-pin connector

(2) EPC4 connector

NOTE

The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door are black, as shown in the preceding figure.

Description The following table describes power cables for heat exchangers in the front doors. Table 6-72 Power cables for heat exchangers in the front doors Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Figure 6-90

BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) AC cabinet

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04

Figure 6-91

BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) AC cabinet

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04

BTS3012AE(Ver.D_Z) DC cabinet

DCDU-12C

6.4 Power Cables for Other Devices This section describes power cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring devices, and temperature control devices.

6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable An EMUA or EMUB power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the EMUA or EMUB. This section describes the specifications of EMUA or EMUB power cables in different cabinets.

Exterior EMUA or EMUB power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment, as shown in the following figure. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

642

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-92 Exteriors of cables

(1) EPC4 connector (2) Cord end terminal (3) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

(4) OT terminal (M4)

NOTE

The colors of EMUA or EMUB power cables in APM30Hs (Ver.C), TMC11Hs (Ver.C), APM30Hs (Ver.D), TMC11Hs (Ver.D), APM30Hs (Ver.E), TMC11Hs (Ver.E), or BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinets vary depending on regions as follows: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In the UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

Description The following table describes EMUA or EMUB power cables. Table 6-73 Cable description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Illustration 1

APM30H (Ver.D)

EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04, EPU05A-03, or EPU05A-05 in a cabinet

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

643

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Illustration 2

Illustration 3

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

APM30H (Ver.E)

EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08, EPU05A-07, or EPU05A-09 in a cabinet

TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.E)

DCDU-12C or DCDU-12B in a cabinet

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet

DCDU-12C in a cabinet

DC BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet

DCDU-12C in a cabinet

AC BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in a cabinet

APM30H (Ver.B)

EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, or EPS 01D in a cabinet

APM30H (Ver.C)

EPU03A-02, EPU03A-04, EPU03A-03, or EPU03A-05 in a cabinet

TMC11H (Ver.B)

DCDU-03C or DCDU-03B in a cabinet

TMC11H (Ver.C)

DCDU-11C or DCDU-11B in a cabinet

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable A BBU power cable feeds power into a BBU from power equipment. The maximum length of a BBU power cable is 20 m (65.62 ft).

Exterior The exteriors of BBU3900 and BBU3910 power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment, as shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

644

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-93 Exteriors of BBU3900 and BBU3910 power cables

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) OT terminal (M4) (3) H4 connector

(5) Parallel terminal (6) EPC4 connector

(4) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

(7) EPC5 connector -

The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU3910A power cable. Figure 6-94 Exterior of a BBU3910A power cable

(1) EPC4 connector

The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU5900 power cable. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

645

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-95 Exterior of a BBU5900 power cable

(1) HDEPC connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Cable Description The following table describes BBU3900 and BBU3910 power cables. Table 6-74 Cable description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Illustration 1

TMC11H (Ver.B)

DCDU-03B or DCDU-03C in a cabinet

Illustration 2

IMB03

EPS30-4815AF in a cabinet

Illustration 3

OMB

EPS30-4815AF in a cabinet

Illustration 4

BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet

DCDU-11A in a cabinet

BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet

DCDU-11A in a cabinet

APM30H (Ver.B)

EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, or EPS 01D in a cabinet

APM30H (Ver.C)

EPU03A-03, EPU03A-05, EPU03A-02, or EPU03A-04 in a cabinet

TMC11H (Ver.C)

DCDU-11B or DCDU-11C in a cabinet

BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet

DCDU-01 in a cabinet

BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet

DCDU-01 in a cabinet

OMB (Ver.C)

PDU10D-01 in a cabinet

BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet

DCDU-12A in a cabinet

Illustration 5

Illustration 6

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

646

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Illustration 7

Illustration 8

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

BTS3900L (Ver.D)

DCDU-12A in a cabinet

BTS3900AL (Ver.A)

DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment of a cabinet

APM30H (Ver.D)

EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04, EPU05A-03, or EPU05A-05 in a cabinet

APM30H (Ver.E)

EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08, EPU05A-07, or EPU05A-09 in a cabinet

TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.E)

DCDU-12B or DCDU-12C in a cabinet

IBC10

DCDU-12C in a cabinet

BTS3900L (Ver.D)

DCDU-12A in a cabinet

BTS3900AL (Ver.A)

DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment of a cabinet

APM30H (Ver.D)

EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04, EPU05A-03, or EPU05A-05 in a cabinet

APM30H (Ver.E)

EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08, EPU05A-07, or EPU05A-09 in a cabinet

TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.E)

DCDU-12B or DCDU-12C in a cabinet

MRE1000

EPU03A-21 in a cabinet

ILC29

LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on a DCDU-12B in a cabinet

NOTE

l In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively. l In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively. l In mainland China, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and red, respectively.

The following table describes BBU3910A power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

647

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Table 6-75 Cable description Cable Exterior

Wire

Wire Color in the North America

Wire Color in Europe

Wire Color in Mainland China

Wire Color in the UK

Figure 6-94

RTN(+)

Black

Brown

Red

Blue

NEG(-)

Blue

Blue

Blue

Gray

The following table describes BBU5900 power cables. Table 6-76 Cable description Cable

X1 End

X2 End

X3 End

W1

1+

+

N/A

W2

2+

N/A

+

W3

1-

-

N/A

W4

2-

N/A

-

6.4.3 RFU Power Cables RFU power cables feed power into RFUs from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of RFU power cables in different cabinets.

Exterior RFU power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment, as shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

648

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-96 Exteriors of cables

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

(3) Parallel terminal

(4) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

Description The following table describes RFU power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

649

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Table 6-77 Cable description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Illustration 1

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet

DCDU-12C in the RF compartment of a cabinet

BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet

DCDU-12A in a cabinet

RFC (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.E)

DCDU-12A in a cabinet

BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet

DCDU-12A in a cabinet

BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet

DCDU-12A in a cabinet

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet

DCDU-12C in the RF compartment of a cabinet

BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet

DCDU-12A in a cabinet

RFC (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.E)

DCDU-12A in a cabinet

l BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet

DCDU-01 in a cabinet

Illustration 2a

Illustration 3

l RFC (Ver.B) l BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet l BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet

Illustration 4

DCDU-11A in a cabinet

l RFC (Ver.C) l BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet a: The connectors at both ends of the cable shown by illustration 1 are the same as those shown by illustration 2, but the color of the cable shown by illustration 1 is different from that shown by illustration 2. l Illustration 1 shows the cable used in most regions. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wire are black. l Illustration 2 shows the cable used in UK. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

6.4.4 RRU Power Cable RRU power cables feed power into RRUs. This section describes the specifications of RRU power cables when different types of power equipment are used.

Exterior The following figure shows the exteriors of RRU power cables. Cable connectors at the RRU side vary depending on RRU models. For details on cable connectors, see the related RRU installation guide.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

650

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-97 Cable exteriors

(1) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

(2) EPC4 connector

(3) EPC5 connector

(4) OT terminal (M4)

(5) Cord end terminal

NOTE

l The colors of RRU power cables vary depending on regions as follows: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

l

In mainland China, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and red, respectively.

l The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

651

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Type RRU power cables vary according to power equipment. The following table describes different types of RRU power cables. Table 6-78 Types of RRU power cables Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specifications

Illustration 1

TMC11H (Ver.C)

DCDU-11B

APM30H (Ver.B)

EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, or EPS 01D

APM30H (Ver.C)

EPU03A-02, EPU03A-04, EPU03A-03, or EPU03A-05

TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.E)

DCDU-12B (LOAD6 to LOAD9 ports)

OMB (Ver.C)

PDU10D-01 (LOAD6 to LOAD9 ports)

The specifications of RRU power cables vary depending on RRU models. For details on the specifications of RRU power cables, see the related RRU hardware description and RRU installation guide.

TMC11H (Ver.D)

PDU10D-01 (LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports)

OMB (Ver.C)

DCDU-12B (LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports)

APM30H (Ver.D)

EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 (RRU0 to RRU5)

APM30H (Ver.E)

EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07, EPU05A-08, or EPU05A-09

MRE1000

EPU03A-21

IMB05 or ILC29

DCDU-12B (LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports) or EPU02D-02 (LOAD0 and LOAD1 ports)

Illustration 4

TMC11H (Ver.B)

DCDU-03B

Illustration 5

APM30H (Ver.D)

ODM06D

Illustration 2

Illustration 3

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

652

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

TMC11H (Ver.E) in a DBS3900 configured with 16 to 21 RRUs

ODM06D

Cable Specifications

6.4.5 SOU Power Cable The power cable for a service outlet unit (SOU) feeds AC power from the AC OUTPUT port on the EPU, EPS, or AC power distribution box into the SOU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an SOU power cable. NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Figure 6-98 Cable exterior

(1) C13 connector

(2) OT terminal (M4)

Description The following table describes an SOU power cable. Table 6-79 Cable description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable

Color

Silkscreen

Cable Specifications

W1

Brown

L

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

653

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable

Color

Silkscreen

W2

Green and yellow

PE

W3

Blue

N

Cable Specifications

6.4.6 SPD Power Cable A power cable for a surge protective device (SPD) feeds AC power into the AC surge protection box in an OMB (Ver.C).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an SPD power cable. Figure 6-99 Exterior of an SPD power cable

(1) Cord end terminal (2) OT terminal (M4) for connecting to a cable with a cross-sectional area of 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)

6.4.7 Power Cable for an AC Surge Protection Box A power cable for an AC surge protection box feeds external AC power into an OMB or MRE1000. The cabinet can be supplied with 220 V AC single-phase or 110 V AC dual-livewire power. The maximum length of a power cable for an AC surge protection box is 6 m (19.69 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for an AC surge protection box. NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

654

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-100 Exterior of a power cable for an AC surge protection box

(1) OT terminal

Description The following table describes a power cable for the AC surge protection box. Table 6-80 Cable description Cable

Wire

Wire Color

220 V AC single-phase power cable

L wire

Brown

N wire

Blue

PE wire

Green and yellow

L1 wire

Brown

L2 wire

Blue

PE wire

Green and yellow

110 V AC dual-live-wire

6.4.8 Power Cable for the AC Power Distribution Box in the MRE1000 The power cable for the AC power distribution box in the MRE1000 connects the external AC power supply and the AC power distribution box in the MRE1000. Its maximum length is 15 m (16.4 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the power cable for the AC power distribution box in the MRE1000.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

655

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-101 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal (M6)

Description The following table describes the power cable for AC power distribution box in the MRE1000. Table 6-81 Cable description Cable

Wire

Wire Color

220 V AC single-phase power cable

L wire

Brown

N wire

Blue

PE wire

Green and yellow

L1 wire

Black

L2 wire

Red

N wire

White

PE wire

Green

110 V AC dual-live-wire

6.4.9 GATM Power Cable A GATM power cable feeds power into a GATM. This section describes the specifications of GATM power cables in different cabinets.

Exterior The exteriors of GATM power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of GATM power cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

656

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Figure 6-102 Exteriors of cables

(1) 3V3 connector

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

(2) EPC4 connector

(3) Parallel terminal

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

(4) OT terminal (M4)

657

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

(5) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)

-

-

-

Description The following table describes GATM power cables. Table 6-82 Cable description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Illustration 1

BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet or BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet

DCDU-12A in a cabinet

TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.E)

DCDU-12C in a cabinet

APM30H (Ver.D)

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in an APM30H, or DCDU-12A in an RFC

APM30H (Ver.E)

EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 in an APM30H, or DCDU-12A in an RFC

BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet

DCDU-12A in a cabinet

TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.E)

DCDU-12C in a cabinet

APM30H (Ver.D)

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in an APM30H, or DCDU-12A in an RFC

APM30H (Ver.E)

EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 in an APM30H, or DCDU-12A in an RFC

BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet or BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet

DCDU-01 in a cabinet

APM30H (Ver.B)

DCDU-01 in an RFC

Illustration 4

TMC11H (Ver.B)

DCDU-03C in a cabinet

Illustration 5

BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet or BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet

DCDU-11A in a cabinet

TMC11H (Ver.C)

DCDU-11C in a cabinet

APM30H (Ver.C)

DCDU-11A in an RFC

Illustration 2a

Illustration 3

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

658

3900 Series Base Station Cables

6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

a: The connectors at both ends of the cable shown by illustration 1 are the same as those shown by illustration 2, but the color of the cable shown by illustration 1 is different from that shown by illustration 2. l Illustration 1 shows the cable used in most regions. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wire are black. l Illustration 2 shows the cable used in UK. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable The ODM06D power cable feeds power from power equipment into an ODM06D.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an ODM06D power cable. Figure 6-103 Exterior of an ODM06D power cable

(1) OT terminal

(2) Cord end terminal

Description An ODM06D power cable consists of two wires. The following table describes an ODM06D power cable. Table 6-83 ODM06D power cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Wire

Wire Color

RTN(+) wire

Brown

NEG(-) wire

Blue

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

659

3900 Series Base Station Cables

7 Transmission Cables

7

Transmission Cables

About This Chapter This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of the transmission cables in a cabinet. 7.1 E1/T1 Cable An E1/T1 cable transfers baseband signals from the BBU to the external transmission equipment. The maximum length of an E1/T1 cable is 50 m (164.04 ft). 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable An E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UELP to the main control board. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are 1.2 m (3.94 ft) long. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900Cs or OMBs configured for the DBS3900 are 0.65 m (2.13 ft) long. 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable An FE/GE fiber optic cable transfers optical signals between the BBU and the transmission equipment. The typical length of an FE/GE fiber optic cable is 10 m (32.80 ft), 20 m (65.62 ft), or 30 m (98.42 ft). 7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports In a base station using IP-based co-transmission, an interconnection cable is used to connect the FE/GE electrical ports on the main control boards of different modes. 7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports An interconnection cable connects the FE/GE optical ports on the main control boards of different modes to achieve co-transmission in IP mode. 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable An FE/GE Ethernet cable connects a BBU to the external transmission equipment through routing equipment. It transmits baseband signals. The maximum length of an FE/GE Ethernet cable is 50 m (164.04 ft). 7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable An FE/GE surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UFLP to the main control board. FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in the APM, TMC, and battery cabinets configured for the DBS3900 or BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are 1.0 m (3.28 ft) long. FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in OMB, OMB (Ver.C) configured for the DBS3900 or BTS3900C base station are 0.8 m (2.62 ft) long. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

660

3900 Series Base Station Cables

7 Transmission Cables

7.1 E1/T1 Cable An E1/T1 cable transfers baseband signals from the BBU to the external transmission equipment. The maximum length of an E1/T1 cable is 50 m (164.04 ft).

Exterior E1/T1 cables are classified into 75-ohm E1 coaxial cables, 120-ohm E1 twisted pair cables, and 100-ohm T1 twisted pair cables. The E1/T1 cable has a DB26 male connector at one end. You need to add a connector to the other end of the cable onsite based on actual conditions. Figure 7-1 shows the exterior of an E1/T1 cable for the BBU3900, BBU3910, or BBU5900. Figure 7-2 shows the exterior of an E1/T1 cable for the BBU3910A. These figures use 75-ohm E1 coaxial cables as examples. Figure 7-1 Exterior of the E1/T1 cable for the BBU3900 or BBU3910

(1) DB26 male connector

Figure 7-2 Exterior of the E1/T1 cable for the BBU3910A

(1) DB26 male connector

The following table lists the types of connectors at both ends of a 75-ohm E1 coaxial cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

661

3900 Series Base Station Cables

7 Transmission Cables

Table 7-1 Types of connectors at both ends of a 75-ohm E1 coaxial cable Cable

Connector at One End

Connector at the Other End

75-ohm E1 coaxial cable

DB26 male connector

L9 male connector L9 female connector SMB female connector BNC male connector SMZ male connector SMZ female connector

Cable Description Table 7-2, Table 7-3 and Table 7-4 describe E1/T1 cables. Table 7-2 75-ohm E1 coaxial cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

Wire Type (1)

Coaxial No.

Description (2)

X1.1

Tip

1

RX1+

RX0+

X1.2

Ring

RX1-

RX0-

X1.3

Tip

RX2+

RX1+

X1.4

Ring

RX2-

RX1-

X1.5

Tip

RX3+

RX2+

X1.6

Ring

RX3-

RX2-

X1.7

Tip

RX4+

RX3+

X1.8

Ring

RX4-

RX3-

X1.19

Tip

TX1+

TX0+

X1.20

Ring

TX1-

TX0-

X1.21

Tip

TX2+

TX1+

X1.22

Ring

TX2-

TX1-

X1.23

Tip

TX3+

TX2+

X1.24

Ring

TX3-

TX2-

X1.25

Tip

TX4+

TX3+

X1.26

Ring

TX4-

TX3-

3

5

7

2

4

6

8

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

662

3900 Series Base Station Cables

7 Transmission Cables

NOTE

(1) "Tip" refers to the wire in an E1 coaxial cable. "Ring" refers to the external conductor of an E1 coaxial cable. (2) The number can start from 1 or 0.

Table 7-3 120-ohm E1 twisted pair cable X1 End

Color

Wire Type

Description

X.1

Blue

Twisted pair

RX1+

X.2

White

X.3

Orange

X.4

White

X.5

Green

X.6

White

X.7

Brown

X.8

White

X.19

Gray

X.20

White

X.21

Blue

X.22

Red

X.23

Orange

X.24

Red

X.25

Green

X.26

Red

RX1Twisted pair

RX2+ RX2-

Twisted pair

RX3+ RX3-

Twisted pair

RX4+ RX4-

Twisted pair

TX1+ TX1-

Twisted pair

TX2+ TX2-

Twisted pair

TX3+ TX3-

Twisted pair

TX4+ TX4-

Table 7-4 100-ohm T1 twisted pair cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

Color

Wire Type

Description

X.1

White and blue

Twisted pair

RX1+

X.2

White and blue

X.3

White and orange

X.4

White and orange

X.5

White and green

X.6

White and green

RX1Twisted pair

RX2+ RX2-

Twisted pair

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

RX3+ RX3-

663

3900 Series Base Station Cables

7 Transmission Cables

X1 End

Color

Wire Type

Description

X.7

White and brown

Twisted pair

RX4+

X.8

White and brown

X.19

White and gray

X.20

White and gray

X.21

Blue and red

X.22

Blue and red

X.23

Orange and red

X.24

Orange and red

X.25

Green and red

X.26

Green and red

RX4Twisted pair

TX1+ TX1-

Twisted pair

TX2+ TX2-

Twisted pair

TX3+ TX3-

Twisted pair

TX4+ TX4-

7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable An E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UELP to the main control board. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are 1.2 m (3.94 ft) long. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900Cs or OMBs configured for the DBS3900 are 0.65 m (2.13 ft) long.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable. Figure 7-3 Exterior of an E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable

(1) DB25 male connector

(2) DB26 male connector

Description The following table describes an E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

664

3900 Series Base Station Cables

7 Transmission Cables

Table 7-5 E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable X1 End

X2 End

Wire Type

X2.2

X1.20

Twisted pair

X2.3

X1.19

X2.4

X1.4

X2.5

X1.3

X2.6

X1.22

X2.7

X1.21

X2.8

X1.6

X2.9

X1.5

X2.10

X1.24

X2.11

X1.23

X2.12

X1.8

X2.13

X1.7

X2.14

X1.1

X2.15

X1.2

X2.24

X1.25

X2.25

X1.26

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable An FE/GE fiber optic cable transfers optical signals between the BBU and the transmission equipment. The typical length of an FE/GE fiber optic cable is 10 m (32.80 ft), 20 m (65.62 ft), or 30 m (98.42 ft).

Exterior The FE/GE fiber optic cable has an LC connector at one end and an FC connector, SC connector, or LC connector at the other end, as shown in Figure 7-4, Figure 7-5, and Figure 7-6. Figure 7-4 Exterior of an FE/GE fiber optic cable (with FC and LC connectors)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

665

3900 Series Base Station Cables

7 Transmission Cables

Figure 7-5 Exterior of an FE/GE fiber optic cable (with SC and LC connectors)

Figure 7-6 Exterior of an FE/GE fiber optic cable (with LC connectors)

NOTICE The connection between the BBU and transmission equipment must comply with the following rules: l

The TX port on the BBU must be connected to the RX port on the transmission equipment.

l

The RX port on the BBU must be connected to the TX port on the transmission equipment.

7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports In a base station using IP-based co-transmission, an interconnection cable is used to connect the FE/GE electrical ports on the main control boards of different modes.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE electrical ports. Figure 7-7 Exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE electrical ports

(1) RJ45 connector

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

666

3900 Series Base Station Cables

7 Transmission Cables

7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports An interconnection cable connects the FE/GE optical ports on the main control boards of different modes to achieve co-transmission in IP mode.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE optical ports. Figure 7-8 Exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE optical ports

(1) LC connector

7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable An FE/GE Ethernet cable connects a BBU to the external transmission equipment through routing equipment. It transmits baseband signals. The maximum length of an FE/GE Ethernet cable is 50 m (164.04 ft).

Exterior An FE/GE Ethernet cable is a shielded straight-through cable, as shown in the following figure. Figure 7-9 Exterior of an FE/GE Ethernet cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an FE/GE Ethernet cable. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

667

3900 Series Base Station Cables

7 Transmission Cables

Table 7-6 FE/GE Ethernet cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

Twisted pair

X1.1

X2.1

White and orange

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.3

X2.3

White and green

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.5

X2.5

White and blue

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

X1.7

X2.7

White and brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable An FE/GE surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UFLP to the main control board. FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in the APM, TMC, and battery cabinets configured for the DBS3900 or BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are 1.0 m (3.28 ft) long. FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in OMB, OMB (Ver.C) configured for the DBS3900 or BTS3900C base station are 0.8 m (2.62 ft) long.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an FE/GE surge protection transfer cable. Figure 7-10 Exterior of an FE/GE surge protection transfer cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an FE/GE surge protection transfer cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

668

3900 Series Base Station Cables

7 Transmission Cables

Table 7-7 FE/GE surge protection transfer cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

Twisted pair

X1.1

X2.1

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

X1.7

X2.7

White

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

669

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

8

Signal Cables

About This Chapter This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of all signal cables in BTS3900A cabinets. 8.1 Signal Cables for Power Devices This section describes signal cables for all power supply devices. 8.2 Signal Cables for Monitoring Devices This section describes signal cables for all monitoring devices. 8.3 Signal Cables for Temperature Control Devices This section describes signal cables for all temperature control devices. 8.4 Signal Cables for Other Devices This section describes signal cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring devices, and temperature control devices.

8.1 Signal Cables for Power Devices This section describes signal cables for all power supply devices.

8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable A PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable connects the PMU and CCU. It transmits the RS485 signals collected by the PMU to the CCU, which then forwards the signals to the BBU.

Exterior The PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable is black. Its exterior is shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

670

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-1 Exterior of a PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-1 PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable The PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable connects the PMU and the CMUEA in the FAN 02D. It transmits the RS485 signals collected by the PMU to the BBU through the CMUEA. This monitoring signal cable is 1.1 m (3.61 ft) long.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

671

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-2 Exterior of a PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable. Table 8-2 PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

X1.3

X2.3

X1.6

X2.6

X1.4

X2.4

X1.5

X2.5

X1.7

X2.7

X1.8

X2.8

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable A PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable reports environment variables and alarms from the PMU 01B in the BTS3900 cabinet to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

672

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-3 Exterior of a PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-3 PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable A PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable reports environment variables and alarms collected by the PMU 11A in the BTS3900 cabinet or IMS06 to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

673

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-4 Exterior of a PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-4 PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.5 PMU 12A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable A PMU 12A-BBU monitoring signal cable reports environment variables and alarms collected by the PMU 12A to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 12A-BBU monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

674

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-5 PMU 12A-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMU 12A-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-5 PMU 12A-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

X1.3

X2.3

X1.6

X2.6

X1.4

X2.4

X1.5

X2.5

X1.7

X2.7

X1.8

X2.8

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.6 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable The EPU02D or EPU02D-02 monitoring signal cables include the monitoring signal cables between the EPU02D or EPU02D-02 and operator-provided equipment, between the EPU02D or EPU02D-02 and the BBU, and between cascaded EPU02Ds or EPU02D-02s. NOTE

The monitoring signal cable between the EPU02D or EPU02D-02 and the BBU connects the PMU 12A to the BBU. For details, see 8.1.5 PMU 12A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

Exterior The monitoring signal cable between the EPU02D or EPU02D-02 and operator-provided monitoring equipment reports one channel of dry-contact alarms of the EPU02D or EPU02D-02 to the operator-provided monitoring equipment. The following figure describes the exterior of this cable. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

675

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-6 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

(2) Bare wire

The monitoring signal cable between cascaded EPU02Ds or EPU02D-02s connects the two PMU 12As in the cascaded EPU02Ds or EPU02D-02s. The following figure describes the exterior of this cable. Figure 8-7 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Cable Description The following table describes the monitoring signal cable between the EPU02D or EPU02D-02 and the operator-provided monitoring equipment. Table 8-6 Cable description

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.2

Orange

Twisted pair

X1.1

White

X1.6

Green

X1.3

White

X1.4

Blue

X1.5

White

X1.8

Brown Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair 676

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

X1 End

Color

X1.7

White

Wire Type

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable between cascaded EPU02Ds or EPU02D-02s. Table 8-7 Cable description X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.7 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Power Distribution Box in the MRE1000 A monitoring signal cable for the AC power distribution box in the MRE1000 connects the AC power distribution box and the CCUB to report the alarms of the AC power distribution box to the CCUB, which then reports the alarms to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the AC power distribution box in the MRE1000.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

677

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-8 Cable exterior

(1) Cord end terminal

(2) Bare wire

8.1.8 HSMU Monitoring Signal Cable for the PDU08H-01 The HSMU monitoring signal cable for the PDU08H-01 connects the EPU03A-21 and PDU08H-01, and reports monitoring signals of the PDU08H-01 to the CCUB.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the HSMU monitoring signal cable for the PDU08H-01. Figure 8-9 HSMU monitoring signal cable for the PDU08H-01

(1) RJ45 connector

(2) Cord end terminal

Description The following table describes the HSMU monitoring signal cable for the PDU08H-01. Table 8-8 HSMU monitoring signal cable for the PDU08H-01

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

The Other End

Color

Wire Type

X1.8

X2

Brown

Twisted pair

X1.7

X3

White

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

678

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

8.1.9 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable A PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring signals collected by the PMU 11A to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-10 Exterior of a PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable. Table 8-9 PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.10 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable A PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable connects a PMIU and a CCUB. It transmits the RS485 signals collected by the PMIU to the CCUB, which then forwards the signals to the BBU. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

679

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Exterior PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of a PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-11 Exterior of a PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable. Table 8-10 PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.11 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A A surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A transmits surge protection dry contact alarm signals of the DCDU-13A to the CMUEA. The maximum length of a surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A is 0.8 m (31.50 in.). Both ends of a surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A are bare wires, as shown in the following figure. Figure 8-12 Surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

680

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

8.1.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the DCDU-03B The monitoring signal cable for the DCDU-03B is used in the BTS3900C DC cabinet. The cable transmits the surge protection alarm information of the DCDU-03B to the HEUA.

Appearance Both ends of a monitoring signal cable for the DCDU-03B are bare wires, as shown in the following figure. Figure 8-13 Monitoring signal cable for the DCDU-03B

8.1.13 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) Monitoring Signal Cable A PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the power status of the PSU (EPW25-24S48D) and receive related alarms.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable in a BTS3900. Figure 8-14 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

(2) PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

681

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable in a DBS3900. Figure 8-15 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable

Description The following table describes a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable. Table 8-11 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable X1 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.2

Blue

Twisted pair

X1.1

White

X1.6

Orange

X1.3

White

X1.4

Green

X1.5

White

X1.8

Brown

X1.7

White

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.14 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) In-Position Signal Cable A PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the power status of the PSU (EPW25-24S48D).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

682

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-16 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable. Table 8-12 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.15 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box in an IBBS20D The monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an IBBS20D is used to transmit monitoring signals from the power distribution box to the CMUG.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an IBBS20D.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

683

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-17 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an IBBS20D

(1) 8-pin connector

(2) OT terminal (M4)

(3) OT terminal (M3)

Description The following table describes the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an IBBS20D. Table 8-13 Description of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an IBBS20D

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End

The Other End

Color

Connection Position of the OT Terminal

X1.1

X2 End

Black

Positive pole of the contactor

X1.3

X3

Black

Negative pole of the contactor

X1.5

X4

Black

Positive pole of the current divider

X1.6

X5

Black

Negative pole of the current divider

X1.7

X6

Black

Negative pole of the copper bar in the power distribution box

X1.8

X7

Black

Positive pole of the copper bar in the power distribution box

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

684

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

8.1.16 IBBS20L Monitoring Signal Cable An IBBS20L monitoring signal cable is used to transmit monitoring signals from an IBBS20L to an OPM50M.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an IBBS20L monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-18 Exterior of an IBBS20L monitoring signal cable

(1) Waterproof DB15 male connector

(2) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an IBBS20L monitoring signal cable. Table 8-14 IBBS20L monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.11

X2.5

White and green

Twisted pair

X1.12

X2.4

Green

X1.13

X2.2

White and orange

X1.14

X2.1

Orange

X1.5

X2.6

White and blue

Twisted pair

-

8.1.17 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20Ls A monitoring signal cable between cascaded IBBS20Ls is used to transmit monitoring signals from a lower-level IBBS20L to an upper-level IBBS20L.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded IBBS20Ls. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

685

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-19 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded IBBS20Ls

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded IBBS20Ls. Table 8-15 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded IBBS20Ls X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

White

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.18 Monitoring Signal Cable IBBS20L-E monitoring signal cables transmit IBBS20L-E monitoring signals to OPM30M.

Exterior The following figure shows the IBBS20L-E monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

686

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-20 IBBS20L-E Monitoring Signal Cable

(1) Monitoring signal cable equipped with waterproofed DB15 male connectors at both ends

(2) Monitoring signal cable equipped with waterproofed DB9 male connectors at both ends

(3) Monitoring signal cable equipped with a waterproof DB15 male connector at end A and with a waterproofed DB9 male connector at end B

8.2 Signal Cables for Monitoring Devices This section describes signal cables for all monitoring devices.

8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable A PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information of the PMU in the OMB to the HEUA.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

687

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-21 Exterior of a PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable. Table 8-16 PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.2 APMI-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable An APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable connects the APMI in the power cabinet and the BBU. The cable transmits environment monitoring signals of the cabinet to the BBU.

Exterior An APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable has an RJ45 connector at one end and four bare wires at the other end. The following figure shows the exterior of an APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-22 Exterior of an APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

688

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Description The following table describes an APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-17 APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

Color

X2, X3, X4, or X5 End

Wire Type

Port to Which the Wire Is Connected

X1.1

White

X2

Twisted pair

TX+

X1.2

Orange

X3

X1.4

Blue

X4

X1.5

White

X5

TXTwisted pair

RX+ RX-

8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable A CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable connects a CCUB and a BBU. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the CCUB to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-23 Exterior of a CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-18 CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

689

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.3

X2.3

White

Twisted pair

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs Cascaded CCUs are connected by signal cables. The lower-level CCU can communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CCU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs. Figure 8-24 Exterior of the signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs. Table 8-19 Signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

690

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.7

X2.7

White

Twisted pair

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable A CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable connects the CCU and the BBU. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the CCU to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-25 Exterior of a CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-20 CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

691

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs Cascaded CMUAs are connected by a monitoring signal cable. The lower-level CMUEA can communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CMUA.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs. Figure 8-26 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs. Table 8-21 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

White

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs Cascaded CMUEs are connected by a monitoring signal cable. The lower-level CMUE can communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CMUE. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

692

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs. Figure 8-27 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs. Table 8-22 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

White

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs Two CMUGs are cascaded by a monitoring signal cable. The lower-level CMUG can communicate with the PMU through the upper-level CMUG.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

693

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-28 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs. Table 8-23 Description of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

White

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs CMUEAs are cascaded by monitoring signal cables. The lower-level CMUEA can communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CMUEA.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

694

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-29 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs. Table 8-24 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

White

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s CCU01D-03s are cascaded by monitoring signal cables. The lower-level CCU01D-03 can communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CCU01D-03.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03s.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

695

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-30 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03s

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03s. Table 8-25 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03s X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

White

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.11 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s Cascaded HAU01A-01s are connected by signal cables. The lower-level HAU01A-01 can communicate with the CCU through the upper-level HAU01A-01.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

696

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-31 Signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes the signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s. Table 8-26 Signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.12 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable An HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by the HEUB to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

697

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-32 Exterior of an HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-27 HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable An HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by the HEUA to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

698

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-33 Exterior of an HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-28 HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable connects the CMUEA and CCU. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the CMUEA to the CCU, which then forwards the signals to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

699

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-34 Exterior of a CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-29 CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.15 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable connects the CMUF and CCU. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the CMUF to the CCU, which then forwards the signals to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable whose color is black.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

700

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-35 Exterior of a CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-30 CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the CMUG Monitoring signal cables for the CMUG is classified into CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cables and CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cables, which are used for transferring monitoring signals from the PMU and OPM50M to the CMUG.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

701

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-36 Exterior of a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-37 Exterior of a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable

(1) Waterproof DB15 male connector

(2) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-31 Description of a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

White

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair 702

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Wire Type

The following table describes a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable. Table 8-32 Description of a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.11

X2.5

White and green

Twisted pair

X1.12

X2.4

Green

X1.13

X2.2

White and orange

X1.14

X2.1

Orange

X1.5

X2.6

White and blue

Twisted pair

-

8.2.17 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUHs A monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs is used to connect the CMUH in a lower-level cabinet to the CMUH in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected by the lower-level CMUH to the upper-level CMUH. The upper-level CMUH reports the monitoring signals to the upper-level monitoring board.

Exterior Monitoring signal cables between cascaded CMUHs are black. The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs. Figure 8-38 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

703

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Table 8-33 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.18 CMUH-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable is used to connect the CCUB in a lower-level cabinet to the CMUH in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected by the CCUB to the CMUH. The CMUH reports the monitoring signals to the upper-level monitoring board.

Exterior CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-39 Exterior of a CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

704

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Table 8-34 CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.19 CCUB-CMUH Monitoring Signal Cable A CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable is used to connect the CMUH in a lower-level cabinet to the CCUB in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected by the CMUH to the CCUB. The CCUB reports the monitoring signals to the upper-level monitoring board.

Exterior CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of a CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-40 Exterior of a CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

705

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Table 8-35 CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.20 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs A monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs is used to connect the CCUB in a lowerlevel cabinet to the CCUB in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected by the lower-level CCUB to the upper-level CCUB.

Exterior Monitoring signal cables between cascaded CCUBs are black. The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs. Figure 8-41 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs. Table 8-36 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

706

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Wire Type

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable connects the CMUEA and the BBU. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the CMUEA to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-42 Exterior of a CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-37 CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair 707

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Wire Type

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable An FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status of the FAN.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-43 Exterior of an FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-38 FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair

Twisted pair 708

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Type

Twisted pair

8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable An FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable reports monitoring alarms from the FMUE to the BBU and is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status of the FAN 03B.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-44 Exterior of an FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-39 FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair 709

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Type

8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable An FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status of the FAN 03C.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-45 Exterior of an FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-40 FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

710

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

8.2.25 WIUA Monitoring Signal Cable A WIUA monitoring signal cable connects a WIUA and a CCUB. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the WIUA to an upper-level monitoring component.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a WIUA monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-46 Exterior of a WIUA monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a WIUA monitoring signal cable. Table 8-41 WIUA monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.26 eBat Monitoring Signal Cable An eBat monitoring signal cable is used to connect an eBat to an upper-level monitoring component, transmit monitoring signals from the eBat to the upper-level monitoring component, and feed power from the upper-level monitoring component to the eBat. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

711

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an eBat monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-47 Exterior of an eBat monitoring signal cable

(1) 4-pin connector

(2) Common female connector (20AWG)

Description The following table describes an eBat monitoring signal cable. Table 8-42 eBat monitoring signal cable X1 End

The Other End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2

Red

Twisted pair

X1.2

X3

Red

X1.3

X4

Black

X1.4

X5

Black

Twisted pair

8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet A monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet transmits monitoring signals from the battery cabinet to an upper-level monitoring board.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

712

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-48 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet. Table 8-43 Monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.28 BBU Alarm Cable A BBU alarm cable transfers alarm signals from an external monitoring device to the BBU. The maximum length of a BBU alarm cable is 20 m (65.62 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU3900, BBU3910, or BBU5900 alarm cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

713

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-49 Exterior of a BBU3900, BBU3910, or BBU5900 alarm cable

(1) RJ45 connector

A BBU3910A alarm cable is used for transferring either dry contact signals or RS485 signals. Figure 8-50 shows the exterior of the alarm cable for transferring dry contact signals. Figure 8-51 shows the exterior of a BBU3910A alarm cable for transferring RS485 signals. Figure 8-50 BBU3910A alarm cable for transferring dry contact signals

(1) DB15 male connector

(2) Cord end terminal

Figure 8-51 BBU3910A alarm cable for transferring RS485 signals

(1) DB15 male connector

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

(2) RJ45 connector

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

714

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Cable Description The following table describes a BBU3900, BBU3910, or BBU5900 alarm cable. Table 8-44 BBU3900, BBU3910, or BBU5900 alarm cable Alarm Port on the BBU

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

Description

EXTALM1

X1.1

X2.1

White and orange

Twisted pair

Boolean input 4+

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White and green

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White and blue

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White and brown

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

X1.1

X2.1

White and orange

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White and green

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White and blue

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White and brown

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

EXTALM0

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Boolean input 4(GND) Twisted pair

Boolean input 5+ Boolean input 5(GND)

Twisted pair

Boolean input 6+ Boolean input 6(GND)

Twisted pair

Boolean input 7+ Boolean input 7(GND)

Twisted pair

Boolean input 0+ Boolean input 0(GND)

Twisted pair

Boolean input 1+ Boolean input 1(GND)

Twisted pair

Boolean input 2+ Boolean input 2(GND)

Twisted pair

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Boolean input 3+ Boolean input 3(GND)

715

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

The following table describes the pin assignment for the wires of the alarm cable used to transfer dry contact signals to the BBU3910A. Table 8-45 BBU3910A alarm cable for transferring dry contact signals Pin of the DB15 Male Connector

Cord End Terminal

Color

Wire Type

Description

X1.1

X2

White and blue

Twisted pair

Boolean input 1+

X1.7

X3

Blue

X1.2

X4

White and orange

X1.5

X5

Orange

X1.3

X6

White and green

X1.11

X7

Green

X1.4

X8

White and brown

X1.14

X9

Brown

X1.8

X10

Blue and red

X1.9

X11

Blue

X1.12

X12

Orange and red

X1.13

X13

Orange

X1.15

X14

Green and red

X1.10

X15

Green

-

-

Red and brown

-

-

Brown

Boolean input 1- (GND) Twisted pair

Boolean input 0+ Boolean input 0- (GND)

Twisted pair

Boolean input 3+ Boolean input 3- (GND)

Twisted pair

Boolean input 2+ Boolean input 2- (GND)

Twisted pair

OUT0_SEL OUT0_SELOU T

Twisted pair

Boolean input 4+ Boolean input 4- (GND)

Twisted pair

Boolean input 5+ Boolean input 5- (GND)

Twisted pair

NONE

The following table describes the pin assignment for the wires of the alarm cable used to transfer RS485 signals to the BBU3910A. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

716

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Table 8-46 BBU3910A alarm cable for transferring RS485 signals Pin of the RJ45 Connector

Pin of the DB15 Male Connector

Color

Wire Type

X1.3

X2.6

White and blue

Twisted pair

X1.1

X2.7

Blue

X1.6

X2.10

White and green

X1.8

X2.11

Green

X1.2

X2.13

White and brown

X1.4

X2.14

Brown

X1.7

X2.5

White and orange

X1.5

X2.4

Orange

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.3 Signal Cables for Temperature Control Devices This section describes signal cables for all temperature control devices.

8.3.1 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded Fan Assemblies A monitoring signal cable for cascaded fan assemblies is used for cascading fan assemblies in different cabinets.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies. Figure 8-52 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies

(1) RJ45 connector

Cable Type The following table describes the types of monitoring signal cables between cascaded fan assemblies. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

717

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Table 8-47 Types of monitoring signal cables between cascaded fan assemblies Cabinet

Installation Position at One End

Installation Position at the Other End

APM30H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.B) and RFC (Ver.B)

FAN 02A

FAN 01A

RFC (Ver.B) and RFC (Ver.B)

FAN 01A

FAN 01A

APM30H (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C) and RFC (Ver.C)

FAN 02B

FAN 01B

RFC (Ver.C) and RFC (Ver.C)

FAN 01B

FAN 01B

APM30H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.D) and RFC (Ver.D)

FAN 02D

FAN 01C

APM30H (Ver.E) or TMC11H (Ver.E) and RFC (Ver.E)

FAN 02E

FAN 01D

APM30H (Ver.E) and APM30H (Ver.E) or TMC11H(Ver.E)

FAN 02E

FAN 02E

RFC (Ver.D) and RFC (Ver.D)

FAN 01C

FAN 01C

RFC (Ver.E) and RFC (Ver.E)

FAN 01D

FAN 01D

BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet and BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet

FAN 01C

FAN 01C

IBC10 and IBC10

FAU03D-02

FAU03D-02

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies. Table 8-48 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

White

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair 718

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Wire Type

8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable An FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable connects the FAU03D-01 and the CCU. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the FAU03D-01 to the CCU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-53 Exterior of the FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes the FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable. Table 8-49 FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

719

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

8.3.3 FAU03D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable The monitoring signal cable for the FAU03D-02 is used for the BBU to monitor the running status of FAU03D-02.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-54 Exterior of the FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes the FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable. Table 8-50 FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs A monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs interconnects two FANs.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

720

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-55 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs. Table 8-51 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable An HEUB-FAU01D-01 monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status of the FAU01D-01, and feeds power in to the FAU01D-01.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUB-FAU01D-01 monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

721

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-56 Exterior of an HEUB-FAU01D-01 monitoring signal cable

(1) 4-pin connector

8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units A monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units interconnects two FAN 03B units.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units. Figure 8-57 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units. Table 8-52 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

722

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.7

X2.7

White

Twisted pair

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units A monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units interconnects two FAN 03C units.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units. Figure 8-58 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units. Table 8-53 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

723

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly The monitoring signal cable for the fan assembly transmits the temperature information in an OMB to the HEUA.

Exterior l

Monitoring signal cable for the OMB inner air circulation fan The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the inner air circulation fan. Figure 8-59 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the OMB inner air circulation fan

(1) 4-pin connector

l

(2) 5-pin connector

Monitoring signal cable for the OMB outer air circulation fan The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the outer air circulation fan. Figure 8-60 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the OMB outer air circulation fan

(1) Round waterproof connector

(2) 4-pin connector

8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors A monitoring signal cable for a temperature sensor is used in the following cabinets: RFC, OMB, IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D, IBBS300T, BTS3900AL, MRE1000, IMS06, APM30 (Ver.D_A1), and RFC (Ver.D_A). It transfers the temperature information about the cabinet to the monitoring board. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

724

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Exterior The exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor is shown in Figure 8-61, Figure 8-62, and Figure 8-63. Figure 8-61 Monitoring signal cable for a temperature sensor (1)

(1) Temperature sensor

(2) 4-pin connector

Figure 8-62 Monitoring signal cable for a temperature sensor (2)

(1) 4-pin connector

(2) 5-pin connector

Figure 8-63 Monitoring signal cable for a temperature sensor (3)

(1) RJ45 connector

(2) 5-pin connector

Monitoring Boards The following table lists the monitoring boards to which temperature information is reported.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

725

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Table 8-54 Types of monitoring boards Cable Exterior

Cabinet

Monitoring Board

Figure 8-61

RFC (Ver.B)

CMUA in a FAN 01A

RFC (Ver.C)

CMUE in a FAN 01B

RFC (Ver.D)

CMUEA in a FAN 01C

RFC (Ver.E)

CMUH in a FAN 01D

IBBS200D (Ver.B) or IBBS200T (Ver.B)

CMUA on the front door of an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

IBBS200D (Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C)

CMUE on the front door of an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200T (Ver.D)

CMUEA on the front door of an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

IBBS200D (Ver.E) or IBBS200T (Ver.E)

CMUH on the front door of an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

IBBS300D (Ver.A) or IBBS300T (Ver.A)

CCU01D-03 on the front door of an IBBS300D or IBBS300T

OMB (Ver.C)

HEUB

BTS3900AL (Ver.A)

CMUF

IMS06

PMU 11A in an EPU05A-02

Battery compartment in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet

CMUEA in a FAN 01C

MRE1000

CCUB

APM30 (Ver.D_A1)

CMUEA

RFC (Ver.D_A)

CMUEA

IBC10

PMU 11A in an EPU05A-02

Figure 8-62

Figure 8-63

8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable A HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable transmits the signals collected by the HAU01A-01 to the upper-level monitoring board.

Exterior The HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable connects the HAU01A-01 and CMUEA or CMUF and it has bare wires at both ends, as shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

726

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-64 Exterior of the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable (1)

When the cabinet is used with BTS3900AL (Ver.A) or TP48600A-H17B1, the CCU is required. The HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable connects the HAU01A-01 and CCU and it has an RJ45 connector at each end, as shown in the following figure. Figure 8-65 Exterior of the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable (2)

(1) RJ45 connectors

Description The following table describes the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable with an RJ45 connector at each end. Table 8-55 HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

The upper-level monitoring board of the HAU01A-01 varies with the cabinet type, as described in the following table. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

727

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Table 8-56 Upper-level monitoring boards of the HAU01A-01 Base Station

Cabinet

Upper-level Monitoring Board of the HAU01A-01

BTS3900A(Ver.B)

IBBS700D

CMUEA

IBBS700D

CCU

DBS3900 of which the BBU is installed in an APM30H(Ver.D) cabinet BTS3900AL(Ver.A)

8.3.11 Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for Fans in Front Doors A monitoring signal cable for a fan in a front door feeds power into the fan in the front door of an APM30H, TMC11H, BTS3900AL cabinet, or IBBS700T. It also reports fan monitoring signals to the monitoring board in the cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exteriors of monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front doors.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

728

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-66 Exteriors of monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front doors

(1) 4-pin connector

(2) Interconnection terminal

(3) 4-pin male connector

(4) 4-pin female connector

(5) 4-pin male connector (one row)

-

Cable Type The following table lists the types of monitoring boards to which monitoring signals are reported. Monitoring cables vary according to boards.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

729

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Table 8-57 Cable type Cable Exterior

Cabinet

Monitoring Board to Which Monitoring Signals Are Reported

Illustration 1

APM30H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.B)

CMUA

APM30H (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C)

CMUE

APM30H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.D)

CMUEA

APM30H (Ver.E) or TMC11H (Ver.E)

CCUB

Illustration 3

BTS3900AL

CMUF in a front door

Illustration 4

IBBS700T

CMUF in a front door

Illustration 2

Description The following table describes monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front doors. Table 8-58 Monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front doors Cable

X1 End

X2 End

Color

W1

X1.1

X2.1

Black

W2

X1.2

X2.2

Black

W3

X1.3

X2.3

Black

W4

X1.4

X2.4

Black

8.3.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Heat Exchanger The monitoring signal cable for the heat exchanger feeds power to the fan on the front door of the BTS3012 AE (Ver.D_Z) and transmits fan monitoring signals to the central monitoring unit type EA (CMUEA).

Exterior Figure 8-67 shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for heat exchanger.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

730

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-67 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the heat exchanger

(1) DB15 male connector

(2) RJ45 connector

Description Table 8-59 describes the pin assignment for the monitoring signal cable for heat exchanger. Table 8-59 Pin assignment for the monitoring signal cable for heat exchanger X1 End

X2/X3 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

Blue

Twisted pair

White

Twisted pair

Orange

Twisted pair

X3.1 X1.2

X2.2 X3.2

X1.3

X2.4 X3.4

X1.4

X2.5 X3.5

8.3.13 TEC Alarm Transfer Cable for the IBBS2.2 When a site is configured with an IBBS2.2, a TEC alarm transfer cable is used to connect the alarm port on the BBU with the TEC alarm cable.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

731

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-68 Exterior of a TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2

(1) RJ45 connector

(2) 4-pin interconnection terminal

Description The following table describes the TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2. Table 8-60 TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2 RJ45 Connector

4-Pin Interconnection Terminal

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.2

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.3

Green

X1.3

X3.3

White

X1.6

X3.6

Green

Twisted pair

8.4 Signal Cables for Other Devices This section describes signal cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring devices, and temperature control devices.

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors A monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor is used to inform the monitoring board of the door status that is obtained from the door status sensor. Cabinets configured with door status sensors are as follows: APM30H, TMC11H, RFC, IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D, IBBS300T, IBBS20D, BTS3900AL cabinet, OMB, OMB (Ver.C), IBBS700D, and IBBS700T.

Exterior There are four types of monitoring signal cables for door status sensors, which adapt to different cabinets. Figure 8-69, Figure 8-70, Figure 8-71, Figure 8-72, and Figure 8-73 show their exteriors. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

732

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-69 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor (1)

Figure 8-70 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor (2)

NOTE

l Cable 1 has a 2-pin connector at one end, which is connected to an HPMI. Cable 1 has a bare wire and a cord end terminal at the other end, which are connected to a door status sensor and a cable terminal block, respectively. l Cable 2 has a cord end terminal at each end. The two cord end terminals are connected to the two ports on one side of a cable terminal block. l Cable 3 has a bare wire at one end, which is connected to a door status sensor. Cable 2 has a cord end terminal at the other end, which is connected to a cable terminal block.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

733

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-71 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor (3)

NOTE

l Cable 1 has a 2-pin connector at one end, which is connected to the GATE port on a PMU. Cable 1 has a bare wire and a cord end terminal at the other end, which are connected to a door status sensor and a cable terminal block, respectively. l Cable 2 has a bare wire at one end, which is connected to a door status sensor. Cable 2 has a cord end terminal at the other end, which is connected to a cable terminal block. l Cable 3 has a cord end terminal at each end. The two cord end terminals are connected to the two ports on one side of a cable terminal block.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

734

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-72 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor (4)

NOTE

l Cable 1 has a bare wire at one end, which is connected to the GATE port on a CCUB. Cable 1 has a bare wire and a cord end terminal at the other end, which are connected to a door status sensor and a cable terminal block, respectively. l Cable 2 has a bare wire at one end, which is connected to a door status sensor. Cable 2 has a cord end terminal at the other end, which is connected to a cable terminal block. l Cable 3 has a cord end terminal at each end. The two cord end terminals are connected to the two ports on one side of a cable terminal block.

Figure 8-73 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor (5)

(1) Bare wire

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

(2) 2-pin connector

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

735

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-74 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor (6)

(1) Bare wire

(2) 2-pin connector

Figure 8-75 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor (7)

(1) Door status sensor on the front door (2) GATE port on the CCUB (3) Door status sensor on a side door

Description In different cabinets, monitoring signal cables for door status sensors are connected to different monitoring boards. The following table lists monitoring boards that collect door status information in different cabinets. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

736

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Table 8-61 Types of monitoring signal cables for door status sensors Cable Exterior

Cabinet

Monitoring Board

Figure 8-69

l RFC (Ver.B)

CMUA

l TMC11H (Ver.B) l IBBS200D (Ver.B) or IBBS200T (Ver.B) l RFC (Ver.C)

CMUE

l TMC11H (Ver.C) l IBBS200D (Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C) l RFC (Ver.D)

CMUEA

l TMC11H (Ver.D) l IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200T (Ver.D) l IBBS700D configured with an APM30H (Ver.D) together l RFC (Ver.E)

CMUH

l IBBS200D (Ver.E) or IBBS200T (Ver.E) TMC11H (Ver.E)

CCUB

IBBS700T configured with an APM30H (Ver.D) or APM30H (Ver.E) together

CMUF

IBBS300D (Ver.A) or IBBS300T (Ver.A)

CCU01D-03

OMB

HEUA

OMB (Ver.C)

HEUB

l BTS3900AL (Ver.A)

CCU

l IBBS700D or IBBS700T configured with a BTS3900AL cabinet together Figure 8-70

APM30H (Ver.B) and APM30H (Ver.C)

HPMI

Figure 8-71

APM30H (Ver.D)

PMU 11A

Figure 8-72

APM30H (Ver.E)

CCUB

Figure 8-73

IBBS20D

CMUG

Figure 8-75

MRE1000

CCUB

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable An electronic label unit (ELU) signal cable transmits the cabinet type to a monitoring board in the cabinet.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

737

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an ELU signal cable. Figure 8-76 Exterior of an ELU signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

(2) 4-pin connector

Cable Description The following table describes the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 1 in the preceding figure. Table 8-62 Description of the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 1 X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

The following table describes the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 2 in the preceding figure. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

738

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Table 8-63 Description of the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 2 X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

Orange

Twisted pair

X1.4

X2.2

White

X1.5

X2.3

Blue

X1.3

X2.4

White

Twisted pair

In different cabinets, ELU signal cables are connected to different monitoring boards. The following table lists monitoring boards to which an ELU reports information. Table 8-64 Monitoring boards to which ELUs report information Cable Exterior

Cabinet Name

Monitoring Board

Illustration 1

BTS3900 (Ver.B) or BTS3900L (Ver.B)

FMUC

BTS3900 (Ver.C) or BTS3900L (Ver.C)

FMUE

BTS3900 (Ver.D), BTS3900L (Ver.D), or IBC10

FMUEA

APM30H (Ver.B), TMC11H (Ver.B), RFC (Ver.B), IBBS200D (Ver.B), or IBBS200T (Ver.B)

CMUA

APM30H (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.C), IBBS200D (Ver.C), or IBBS200T (Ver.C)

CMUE

APM30H (Ver.D), TMC11H (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.D), IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T (Ver.D), or IBBS700D. The IBBS700D refers to that working with an APM30H (Ver.D).

CMUEA

APM30H (Ver.E), TMC11H (Ver.E), or MRE1000

CCUB

RFC (Ver.E), IBBS200D (Ver.E), IBBS200T (Ver.E), or IBBS700D. The IBBS700D refers to that working with an APM30H (Ver.E).

CMUH

IBBS700T working with an APM30H (Ver.D) or APM30H (Ver.E)

CMUF

OMB (Ver.C)

HEUB

BTS3900AL (Ver.A), IBBS700D, or IBBS700T. The IBBS700D and IBBS700T refer to those working with the BTS3900AL cabinets.

CCU

ILC29 (Ver.E)

FMUF

IBBS20D

CMUG

Illustration 2

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

739

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

8.4.3 Monitoring Signal Cables for the IBBS Door Control and Temperature Sensor A monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor reports the IBBS door control alarm signals and temperature alarm signals to the base station.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor. Figure 8-77 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor

(1) 4-pin connector

(2) 2-pin connector

(3) Cord end terminal

Description The following table describes the monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor. Table 8-65 Monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

One End of the Wire

The Other End of the Wire

Color

Type

Label

X1.3

X7

White

Twisted pair

TEC Alarm-

X1.2

X8

Blue

X2.1

X9

White

X2.2

X10

Orange

TEC Alarm+ Twisted pair

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

BAT_TEMP Alarm+ BAT_TEMP Alarm740

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

One End of the Wire

The Other End of the Wire

Color

Type

Label

X3

X11

White

Twisted pair

SMOKE Alarm +

X4

X12

Brown

X5

X13

White

X6

X14

Green

SMOKE AlarmTwisted pair

DOOR Alarm DOOR Alarm

8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable An EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable transmits signals monitored by the EMUA/EMUB to the BBU. The cables are delivered with EMUA/EMUBs.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-78 Exterior of an EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

(2) DB9 male connector

Description The following table describes an EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

741

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Table 8-66 EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

Port to Which the Monitoring Signals Are Reported

X1.1

X2.3

White

Twisted pair

TX+

X1.2

X2.7

Orange

X1.5

X2.6

White

X1.4

X2.2

Blue

TXTwisted pair

RXRX+

8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable An EMU monitoring signal cable transmits monitoring signals from an EMU to a BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an EMU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-79 Exterior of an EMU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

(2) DB9 male connector

Description The following table describes an EMU monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

742

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Table 8-67 EMU monitoring signal cable Pin on the RJ45 Connector

Pin on the DB9 Male Connector

Color

Type

Label

X1.1

X2.3

White

Twisted pair

TX+

X1.2

X2.7

Orange

X1.5

X2.6

White

X1.4

X2.2

Blue

TXTwisted pair

RXRX+

8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module A monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection module connects the AC surge protection module in the PDU to the CCU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection module. Figure 8-80 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection module

(1) 2-pin terminal block

(2) Cord end terminal

8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box An alarm signal cable for the AC surge protection box is used in an OMB. The cable transmits the surge protection alarm information for the AC input power to the HEUA.

Exterior The monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection box consists of two wires without any connectors at both ends. The following figure shows the wires. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

743

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-81 Alarm signal cable for the AC surge protection box

8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box A monitoring signal cable for the surge protection box transmits information about the AC surge protection box to the HEUB.

Exterior A monitoring signal cable for the surge protection box consists of two wires without any connectors at both ends, as shown in the following figure. Figure 8-82 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the surge protection box

8.4.9 RRU AISG Multi-Wire Cable An RRU AISG multi-wire cable connects an RRU and an RCU to transmit RS485 control signals from a base station to an RET antenna. The length of an AISG multi-wire cable is 5 m (16.4 ft). NOTE

An RCU is a driving motor used for the phase shifter in the RET antenna. It receives control commands from a base station and executes the commands to drive the stepper motor. The stepper motor uses a gear to drive the adjustable phase shifter in the antenna and change the downtilt angle.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an AISG multi-wire cable. Figure 8-83 Exterior of an AISG Multi-wire cable

(1) Waterproof DB9 male connector

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

(2) Standard AISG female connector

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

744

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Description The following table describes an AISG multi-wire cable. Table 8-68 Description of an AISG multi-wire cable X1 End (Pin of the Waterproof DB9 Male Connector)

X1.1

X2 End (Pin of the Standard AISG Female Connector)

X2.1

Color

White and blue Blue

Wire

Description

Twisted pair

+12 V

X1.3

X2.3

White and orange

X1.5

X2.5

Orange

X1.4

X2.4

White and green

-

GND

X1.9 and X1.4 are interconnected.

-

-

-

GND

-

X2.1 and X2.6 are interconnected.

-

-

+12 V

-

X2.4 and X2.7 are interconnected.

-

-

GND

Twisted pair

RS485 B RS485 A

8.4.10 RRU AISG Extension Cable When the distance between an RRU and an RCU is longer than 5 m (16.4 ft), an AISG multiwire cable is not long enough to connect the RRU and the RCU. In this case, an AISG extension cable is used to extend the AISG multi-wire cable for transmitting RS485 signals.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an AISG extension cable. Figure 8-84 Exterior of AISG extension cable

(1) Standard AISG male connector

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

(2) Standard AISG female connector

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

745

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Description The following table describes an AISG extension cable. Table 8-69 Description of an AISG Extension cable X1 End (Pin of the Standard AISG Male Connector)

X2 End (Pin of the Standard AISG Female Connector)

Color

Wire

Description

X1.1

X2.1

White and blue

Twisted pair

+12 V

Twisted pair

DC Return A

Twisted pair

RS485 B

Blue X1.7

X2.7

White and orange Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White and green

X1.5

X2.5

Green

X1.6

X2.6

White and brown

RS485 A Twisted pair

+24 V

Brown

8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable A GPS clock signal cable transmits GPS clock signals from the GPS antenna system to the BBU. The cable is used when GPS clock signals serve as the clock reference of the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a GPS clock signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

746

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-85 Exterior of a GPS clock signal cable

(1) SMA male connector

(2) Type N female connector

8.4.12 GPS Jumper A GPS jumper connects the GPS surge protector to the GPS antenna. The maximum length of a GPS jumper is 100 m (328.08 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a GPS jumper. Figure 8-86 Exterior of a GPS jumper

(1) N50 straight male connector

8.4.13 BBU Interconnection Signal Cables A BBU interconnection signal cable connects BBU 0 and BBU 1 to forward information between the BBUs.

Cable Type BBU interconnection signal cables are classified into two types based on their functions, as listed in following table. Table 8-70 Cable type

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Cable

Function

Installation Position

BBU interconnection signal cable

Forwards control and synchronization information from one BBU to another

Connects the UMPT and UCIU or connects two UMPTs.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

747

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Cable

Function

Installation Position

Transmits baseband data and other data between two BBUs.

Interconnects two WBBPf boards

Exterior BBU interconnection signal cable connecting the UMPT to the UCIU l

When two BBUs are installed in one cabinet, a 2 m (6.56 ft) long BBU interconnection signal cable is used, as shown in the following figure.

l

When two BBUs are installed in different cabinets, a 10 m (32.81 ft) long BBU interconnection signal cable is used, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 8-87 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting the UMPT to the UCIU (1)

(1) DLC connector

(2) Breakout cable

Figure 8-88 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting the UMPT to the UCIU (2)

(1) DLC connector

(2) Armored optical cable

(3) Breakout cable

BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two UMPTs The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two UMPTs. l

When two BBUs are installed in one cabinet, a 2 m (6.56 ft) long BBU interconnection signal cable is used.

l

When two BBUs are installed in different cabinets, a 5 m (16.40 ft) long BBU interconnection signal cable is used.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

748

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-89 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two UMPTs

(1) SFP+ connector

BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two WBBPfs The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two WBBPfs. l

When two BBUs are installed in one cabinet, a 2 m (6.56 ft) long BBU interconnection signal cable is used.

l

When two BBUs are installed in different cabinets, a 5 m (16.40 ft) long BBU interconnection signal cable is used

Figure 8-90 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two WBBPfs

(1) QSFP connector

8.4.14 Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations When a 3012 series base station and a 3900 series base station are installed side by side, the cable between two combined base stations is used to connect the UCIU in the 3900 series base station and the DCTB or DGLUb in the 3012 series base station.

Exterior There are two types of cables used for connecting two combined base stations. The following figure shows the cable connected to the DCTB in the 3012 series base station. Figure 8-91 Exterior of a cable between two combined base stations (1)

(1) MD36 male connector

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

(2) DB15 male connector

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

749

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

The following figure shows the cable connected to the DGLUb in the 3012 series base station. Figure 8-92 Exterior of a cable between two combined base stations (2)

(1) DB15 male connector

Description As shown in Figure 1, the cable has a DB15 male connector at one end and an MD36 male connector at the other end. The following table describes the cable. Table 8-71 Cable between two combined base stations (1) X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.6

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.7

Blue

X1.3

X2.11

White

X1.4

X2.12

Orange

X1.5

X2.2

White

X1.10

X2.3

Green

X1.6

X2.15

White

X1.11

X2.16

Brown

X1.12

X2.10

White

X1.15

X2.28

Gray

X1.shell

X2.shell

-

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Shield

As shown in Figure 2, the cable has a DB15 male connector at each end. The following table describes the cable. Table 8-72 Cable between two combined base stations (2)

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Blue

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

750

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.3

X2.3

White

Twisted pair

X1.4

X2.4

Orange

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.10

X2.10

Green

X1.6

X2.6

White

X1.11

X2.11

Brown

X1.12

X2.12

White

X1.15

X2.15

Gray

X1.shell

X2.shell

-

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Shield

8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance An adapter used for local maintenance connects the USB(1) port on the UMPT to a commissioning Ethernet port during local maintenance. NOTE

a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than configuring and exporting information of the base station.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an adapter used for local maintenance. Figure 8-93 Exterior of an adapter used for local maintenance

(1) USB connector

(2) Ethernet connector

Description The following table describes an adapter used for local maintenance. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

751

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Table 8-73 Adapter used for local maintenance Pin of the USB Connector

Pin of the Ethernet Connector

Color

Wire Type

X1.9

X2.1

Blue

Twisted pair

X1.8

X2.2

White

X1.6

X2.3

Orange

X1.5

X2.6

White

X1.Shell

X2.Shell

-

Twisted pair

Shield

8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable A GATM monitoring signal cable transmits control signals from the BBU to the GATM. It also transmits monitoring signals from the GATM to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a GATM monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-94 Exterior of a GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-74 GATM monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair 752

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Wire Type

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.4.17 CMUA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by the CMUA to the GATM.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-95 Exterior of a CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-75 CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair

Twisted pair 753

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Wire Type

Twisted pair

8.4.18 CMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by the CMUE to the GATM.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-96 Exterior of a CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-76 CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair 754

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Wire Type

8.4.19 CMUEA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable connects the GATM and the CMUEA in FAN 03C. It transmits monitoring signals collected by the CMUEA to the GATM.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-97 Exterior of a CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-77 CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

755

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

8.4.20 CMUH-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable is used to connect the CMUH in a FAN 01D to a GATM and transmit monitoring signals collected by the CMUH to the GATM.

Exterior CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-98 Exterior of a CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-78 CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.4.21 FMUC-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable A FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable connects the GATM and the FMUC in FAN. It transmits monitoring signals collected by the FMUC to the GATM. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

756

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-99 Exterior of a FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-79 FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.4.22 FMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable A FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable connects the GATM and the FMUE in FAN 03B. It transmits monitoring signals collected by the FMUE to the GATM.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

757

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-100 Exterior of a FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-80 FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.4.23 RET Control Signal Cable The RET control signal cable is used to connect the GATM and the Bias-Tee, enabling the GATM to supply power to the TMA and to control the RET antenna.

Exterior Figure 8-101 shows the exterior of a RET control signal cable.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

758

3900 Series Base Station Cables

8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-101 Exterior of a RET control signal cable

(1) SMA elbow male connector

(2) SMA straight male connector

8.4.24 ODM06D Surge Protection Alarm Cable An ODM06D surge protection alarm cable transmits information about the surge protector in an ODM06D to a central monitoring unit type EA (CMUEA).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an ODM06D surge protection alarm cable. Figure 8-102 Exterior of an ODM06D surge protection alarm cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

759

3900 Series Base Station Cables

9 CPRI Cables

9

CPRI Cables

About This Chapter This section describes CPRI cables, including CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables. 9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable CPRI electrical cables are high-speed cables, which fall into two categories: SFP high-speed cables and SFP+ high-speed cables. They transmit signals between the BBU and RFUs or between RFUs. 9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable CPRI fiber optic cables are classified into multimode fiber optic cables and single-mode fiber optic cables. They transfer CPRI signals.

9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable CPRI electrical cables are high-speed cables, which fall into two categories: SFP high-speed cables and SFP+ high-speed cables. They transmit signals between the BBU and RFUs or between RFUs.

Selection Principle The following table describes the principles for selecting CPRI electrical cables. Table 9-1 Principles for selecting CPRI electrical cables

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

RFU CPRI Data Rate(Gbit/s)

CPRI electrical cable type

1.25 or 2.5

SFP high-speed cables

4.9

SFP+ high-speed cables

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

760

3900 Series Base Station Cables

9 CPRI Cables

Exterior The SFP high-speed cable has the same exteriors as the SFP+ high-speed cable. The following figure shows the exterior of a CPRI electrical cable. Figure 9-1 Exterior of a CPRI electrical cable

9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable CPRI fiber optic cables are classified into multimode fiber optic cables and single-mode fiber optic cables. They transfer CPRI signals. A multimode fiber optic cable connects a BBU to an RRU or connect two RRUs. The maximum length of a multimode fiber optic cable connecting a BBU and an RRU is 150 m. The default length of a multimode fiber optic cable connecting two RRUs is 10 m. If the distance between two RRUs exceeds 10 m, contact Huawei engineers. The single-mode fiber optic cable can be divided into two types: single-mode fiber optic cable directly connecting a BBU to an RRU or connects two RRUs (shortened to directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable) and single-mode fiber optic cable connecting an ODF to a BBU or RRU (shortened to single-mode pigtail). The length of each single-mode fiber optic cable between the BBU and RRU or between RRUs cannot exceed the maximum allowed remote distance between the BBU and RRUs. The maximum length of the single-mode pigtail between an ODF and a BBU is 20 m (65.62 ft). The maximum length of the single-mode pigtail between an ODF and an RRU is 70 m (229.66 ft). NOTE

l The ODF is an outdoor transfer box for fiber optic cables, which interconnects the single-mode pigtail and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable. l The ODF and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable are provided by the customer and must comply with the ITU-T G.652 standard. l A multimode fiber optic cable is used together with a multimode optical module, and a single-mode pigtail is used together with a single-mode optical module.

Selection Principle The following table describes the principles for selecting CPRI fiber optic cables.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

761

3900 Series Base Station Cables

9 CPRI Cables

Table 9-2 Principles for selecting CPRI fiber optic cables

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Remot e Distan cea

CPRI Data Rate of the Optical Module (Gbit/s)

Selection Principle

Connects...to...

Remarks

≤ 100 m (328.08 ft)

2.5 or 4.9

Multimode fiber optic cable

9.8

Directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable

Connects a BBU to an RRU or connect two RRUs.

When multiple RRUs are cascaded, multimode fiber optic cables and single-mode fiber optic cables can be used together.

100 m (328.08 ft) < Remote distanc e ≤ 150 m (492.13 ft)

All

Recommended: singlemode fiber optic cable (single-mode pigtail and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable)

Connects a BBU to an RRU.

The single-mode pigtail at the RRU or BBU side is connected to the trunk single-mode fiber optic cable by using an ODF.

2.5 or 4.9

Multimode fiber optic cable

9.8

Directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable

Connects a BBU to an RRU or connect two RRUs.

When multiple RRUs are cascaded, multimode fiber optic cables and single-mode fiber optic cables can be used together.

> 150 m (492.13 ft)

-

Single-mode fiber optic cable (single-mode pigtail and trunk singlemode fiber optic cable)

Connects a BBU to an RRU.

The single-mode pigtail at the RRU or BBU side is connected to the trunk single-mode fiber optic cable by using an ODF.

≤ 70 m (229.66 ft)

40 or 100

OM3 multimode fiber optic cable

Connects a BBU to an RRU.

Short-distance connection between the BBU and RRU

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

762

3900 Series Base Station Cables

9 CPRI Cables

Remot e Distan cea

CPRI Data Rate of the Optical Module (Gbit/s)

Selection Principle

Connects...to...

Remarks

70 m (229.66 ft) < Remote distanc e ≤ 100 m (328.08 ft)

40 or 100

OM4 multimode fiber optic cable

100 m to 1000 m (328.08 ft to 3280.8 ft)

40 or 100

Directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable

Connects a BBU to an RRU.

-

40 or 100

Single-mode fiber optic cable (single-mode pigtail and trunk singlemode fiber optic cable)

Connects a BBU to an RRU.

The single-mode pigtail at the RRU or BBU side is connected to the trunk single-mode fiber optic cable by using an ODF.

a: The remote distance between the BBU and RRUs refers to the total length of the cables between the BBU and the RRU that is farthest way from the BBU.

Exterior Multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable: The cable has a DLC connector at each end, as shown in the following figure. Figure 9-2 Multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable

(1) DLC connector

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

(2) Breakout cable

(3) Label on the breakout cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

763

3900 Series Base Station Cables

9 CPRI Cables

NOTE

l When a fiber optic cable connects a BBU to an RRU, the breakout cable on the BBU side is 0.34 m (1.12 ft) and the breakout cable on the RRU side is 0.03 m (0.098 ft). l When a fiber optic cable connects two RRUs, the breakout cables on both sides are 0.03 m (0.098 ft).

The following figure shows the connection of the multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable between a BBU and an RRU as an example. Figure 9-3 Connection of the multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable between a BBU and an RRU

(1) Multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable between a BBU and an RRU

Main fiber optic cable for an OFD06: The main fiber optic cable for an OFD06 connects a BBU to an OFD06 and has 12 LC connectors at each end, as shown in the following figure. Figure 9-4 OFD06 trunk fiber optic cable

(1) LC connector

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

(2) Breakout cable

(3) Label on the breakout cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

764

3900 Series Base Station Cables

9 CPRI Cables

Single-mode pigtail: The single-mode pigtail has a DLC connector at one end and an FC, LC, or SC connector at the other end, as shown in the following figure. Figure 9-5 Exterior of a single-mode pigtail

(1) DLC connector

(2) Breakout cable

(3) Label on the breakout cable

(4) FC connector

(5) LC connector

(6) SC connector

NOTE

l When a single-mode pigtail connects a BBU to an ODF, the breakout cables on the BBU side and ODF side are 0.34 m (1.12 ft) and 0.8 m (2.62 ft), respectively. l When a single-mode pigtail connects an RRU to an ODF, the breakout cables on the BBU side and ODF side are 0.03 m (0.098 ft) and 0.8 m (2.62 ft), respectively.

The following figure shows the connection of the single-mode pigtail.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

765

3900 Series Base Station Cables

9 CPRI Cables

Figure 9-6 Connection of the single-mode pigtail

(1) Single-mode pigtail between a BBU and an ODF (2) Single-mode pigtail between an RRU and an ODF

The OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber optic cables have the same exterior, in which each end has an MPO connector. The MPO connector with a strap connects to the BBU and the MPO connector without a strap connects to the RRU, as shown in the following figure. Figure 9-7 OM3/OM4 multimode fiber optic cable

(1) MPO connector

(2) Strap

(3) MPO connector

Pin Assignment The following table describes the labels on the breakout cables of a CPRI fiber optic cable and recommended cable connections.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

766

3900 Series Base Station Cables

9 CPRI Cables

Table 9-3 Labels on the breakout cables of a CPRI fiber optic cable and recommended cable connections

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Label on the Breakout Cable

Installation Position Connection Between a BBU and an RRU or Between an OFD06 and an RRU

Connection Between RRUs

Connection Between a BBU or RRU and an ODF

1A

CPRI RX port on the RRU

CPRI RX port on RRU 1

RX port on the BBU or CPRI RX port on the RRU

1B

CPRI TX port on the RRU

CPRI TX port on RRU 1

TX port on the BBU or CPRI TX port on the RRU

2A

OFD06 or TX port on the BBU

CPRI TX port on RRU 0

ODF

2B

OFD06 or RX port on the BBU

CPRI RX port on RRU 0

ODF

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

767

3900 Series Base Station Cables

10 RF Cables

10

RF Cables

About This Chapter This chapter describes the RF cables, including RF jumpers and inter-RFU RF signal cables. 10.1 RF Jumpers RF jumpers are divided into two types: RRU RF jumpers connecting RRUs to an antenna system and RRU RF jumpers connecting RFUs to an antenna system. RF jumpers transmit signals between a base station and an antenna system. Fixed-length RF jumpers can be 2 m (6.56 ft), 3 m (9.84 ft), 4 m (13.12 ft), 6 m (19.69 ft), and 10 m (32.81 ft) long. Variablelength RF jumpers can be 6 m (19.69 ft) long at most. 10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable An inter-RFU RF signal cable connects the RX IN/OUT ports on two RFUs to transfer the diversity signal.

10.1 RF Jumpers RF jumpers are divided into two types: RRU RF jumpers connecting RRUs to an antenna system and RRU RF jumpers connecting RFUs to an antenna system. RF jumpers transmit signals between a base station and an antenna system. Fixed-length RF jumpers can be 2 m (6.56 ft), 3 m (9.84 ft), 4 m (13.12 ft), 6 m (19.69 ft), and 10 m (32.81 ft) long. Variablelength RF jumpers can be 6 m (19.69 ft) long at most.

RRU RF Jumper Figure 10-1 and Figure 10-2 show RRU RF jumpers.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

768

3900 Series Base Station Cables

10 RF Cables

Figure 10-1 Exterior of an RRU RF jumper (1)

(1) DIN straight male connector

Figure 10-2 Exterior of an RRU RF jumper (2)

(1) Type N male connector

RFU RF Jumper The following figure shows the exterior of an RFU RF jumper. Figure 10-3 Exterior of an RFU RF jumper

(1) DIN straight male connector

(2) DIN elbow male connector

The following table describes RFU RF jumpers. Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

769

3900 Series Base Station Cables

10 RF Cables

Table 10-1 Cable description Cable Exterior

Cabinet

Application Scenario

Illustration 1

BTS3900 or BTS3900L

-

BTS3900A or BTS3900AL

The GATM and Bias-Tee are not configured.

BTS3900A or BTS3900AL

The GATM and Bias-Tee are configured.

Illustration 2

10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable An inter-RFU RF signal cable connects the RX IN/OUT ports on two RFUs to transfer the diversity signal.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an inter-RFU RF signal cable. Figure 10-4 Exterior of an inter-RFU RF signal cable

(1) QMA elbow male connector

Issue 04 (2017-10-27)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

770